Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
CAG2020-357 - Original - Colvico, Inc. - Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades - 11/05/2020
ApprovalOriginator:Department: Date Sent:Date Required: Authorized to Sign: o Director or Designee o Mayor Date of Council Approval: Budget Account Number: Budget? o Yes o No Grant? o Yes o No Type:Review/Signatures/RoutingDate Received by City Attorney:Comments: Date Routed to the Mayor’s Office: Date Routed to the City Clerk’s Office:Agreement InformationVendor Name:Category: Vendor Number:Sub-Category: Project Name: Project Details: Agreement Amount: Start Date: Basis for Selection of Contractor: Termination Date: Local Business? o Yes o No* *If meets requirements per KCC 3.70.100, please complete “Vendor Purchase-Local Exceptions” form on Cityspace. Notice required prior to disclosure? o Yes o No Contract Number: Agreement Routing Form For Approvals, Signatures and Records Management This form combines & replaces the Request for Mayor’s Signature and Contract Cover Sheet forms. (Print on pink or cherry colored paper) Visit Documents.KentWA.gov to obtain copies of all agreementsadccW22373_1_20 DATE: October 20, 2020 TO: Kent City Council SUBJECT: Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Project - Award MOTION: Award the Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades Project to Colvico, Inc. in the amount of $1,008,504.20 and authorize the Mayor to sign all necessary documents, subject to final terms and conditions acceptable to the City Attorney and Interim Public Works Director. SUMMARY: The project consists of installing a new back-up power generator, construction of a generator shelter, concrete pad, automatic power transfer gear, motor control centers, programable logic controller, replacing existing power pole and transformers, electrical work and site improvements at the Clark Springs watershed. The bid opening for the Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades Project was held on October 13, 2020 with six bids received. The lowest responsible and responsive bid was submitted by Colvico, Inc. in the amount of $1,008,504.20. Bid Tab Summary 01.Colvico, Inc.$1,008,504.20 02.Northeast Electric, LLC $1,101,100.00 03.A to B Builders, LLC $1,126,026.00 04.Pacific Crest Construction, Inc. $1,175,900.00 05.Source Electric, LLC $1,410,200.00 06.Sundancer Electric, Inc.$1,423,400.00 Engineer's Estimate $1,133,000.00 BUDGET IMPACT: There are no budget impacts. This is a planned project with funding coming from the Water Utility Capital Fund. SUPPORTS STRATEGIC PLAN GOAL: Evolving Infrastructure - Connecting people and places through strategic investments in physical and technological infrastructure. Thriving City - Creating safe neighborhoods, healthy people, vibrant commercial districts, and inviting parks and recreation. Sustainable Services - Providing quality services through responsible financial management, economic growth, and partnerships. ATTACHMENTS: 1. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades Bid Tab (PDF) CONFORMED TO ADDENDUM 1 CITY OF KENT KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades Project Number: 19-3021 BIDS ACCEPTED UNTIL BID OPENING October 13, 2020 October 13, 2020 9:45 A.M. 10:00 A.M. (Bid submittal time) DELIVER TO CITY OF KENT, CITY HALL 220 4th Avenue S., Kent, WA 98032-5895 TIMOTHY J. LAPORTE, P.E. PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR INDEX Section 1 Bidder’s Package Section 2 Payment and Performance Bond and Contract Section 3 Table of Contents Section 4 Kent Special Provisions Section 5 Technical Specifications Section 6 Geotechnical Memorandum Section 7 Kent Standard Plans Section 8 WSDOT Standard Plans Section 9 Traffic Control Plans Section 10 Prevailing Wage Rates Section 11 Relevant Record Drawings Section 12 Clarifications CITY OF KENT KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades Project Number: 19-3021 BIDS ACCEPTED UNTIL October 13, 2020 9:45 A.M. (Bid submittal time) BID OPENING October 13,2020 10:00 A.M. DELIVER TO CITY OF KENT, CITY HALL 220 4th Avenue S., Kent, WA 98032-5895 TIMOTHY J. LAPORTE, P.E. PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR Except for Technical Specifications 9/22/2020 BIDDER'S NAM F Colvi co-lnc CITY OF KENT KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades Project Number: 19-3 O2L BIDS ACCEPTED UNTIL October 13, 2O2O 9=45 A.M, (B¡d submittal time) BID OPENING October 13t 2O2O 1O:OO A.M. DELIVER TO crTY oF KENT, CrTY HALL 22O 4th Avenue S., Kent, WA 98032-5895 TIMOTHY J. LAPORTE, P.E. PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR KENTW¡s¡rrNcroN ORDER OF CONTENTS Invitation to Bid Contractor Compliance Statement Declaration – City of Kent Equal Employment Opportunity Policy Administrative Policy 1.2 – Minority and Women Contractors City of Kent Equal Employment Opportunity Compliance Statement Proposal Subcontractor List (over $1 million) – HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical Subcontractor List (over $1 million) – Structural Steel Installation and Rebar Installation Contractor’s Qualification Statement Statement that Bidder Has Not Been Disqualified Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes Proposal Signature Page Bid Bond Form Combined Declaration Form Non-Collusion, Minimum Wage Change Order Bidder’s Checklist Payment and Performance Bond Contract Table of Contents Kent Special Provisions Technical Specifications Geotechnical Memorandum Kent Standard Plans WSDOT Standard Plans Traffic Control Plans Prevailing Wage Rates Relevant Record Drawings Clarifications INVITATION TO BID Notice is hereby given that the City of Kent, Washington, will receive sealed bids at the City Clerk's office through October L3t 2O2O up to 9:45 a.m. as shown on the clock on the east wall of the City Clerk's Office on the first floor of City Hall, 22O 4th Avenue South, Kent, Washington. All bids must be properly marked and sealed in accordance with this "Invitation to Bid." Bids must be delivered and received at the City Clerk's office by the above-stated time, regardless of delivery method, including U.S. Mail. All bids will be opened and read publicly aloud at IOrOO a.m. for the City of Kent project named as follows: Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades Project Number: 19-3021 The City of Kent will conduct the bid opening at the time and date as scheduled, however, due to the coronavirus disease 2O19 (COVID-19) and its impacts the bid opening process will take place as follows: Bidders shall call the City Clerk at (253) 856-5725 to drop off bids. The City Clerk will read the bids out loud from the Clerk's office. Individuals can stand in the lobby outside the Clerk's office during the bid opening to hear the bid results, but must stand 6 feet or more apart. The project consists of the construction of a generator, generator shelter, replacing existing power pole and transformers, electrical work, and site improvements including grading, block wall, cement concrete pads, asphalt paving, motor control equipment installation, and other work all in accordance with Kent Special Provisions, Technical Specifications, and the WSDOT Standard Specifications. The City will make the project site open to contractors interested in bidding the project on October 6, 2O2O from 9:OO a.m. to 11:OO a.m. The project site entrance is located on SE Kent Kangley Road approximately O,4O miles east of SE Summit- Landsburg Road. Climbing down the metering building will not be permitted. City staff will be present only to provide access to the site and buildings; not to answer questions or provide information. The City of Kent has determined the project is essential pursuant to the Governor Inslee issued Proclamation 2O-25. Should a contract be executed and this Proclamation or a similar proclamation be in place, specialized plans and protocols must be established and implemented to meet the social distancing and sanitation measures set forth by the United States Department of Labor or the Washington State Department of Health, It is the contractor's responsibility to implement these measures. The Engineer's estimated range for this project is approximately $1,100,000 to $1,300,000. Bid documents may be obtained by contacting City of Kent Engineering Department, Nancy Yoshitake at 253-856-550B. Fortechnical questions, please call Bryan Bond at 253-856-5662. Bids must be clearly marked "Bid' with the name of the project on the outside of the envelope, addressed to the City Clerk, 22O 4th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032-5895. Only sealed bids will be accepted. No facsimiles or electronic submittals will be considered. Each bid shall be in accordance with the plans and specifications and other contract documents now on file in the office of the City Engineer, City of Kent, Washington. Plans and specifications can also be downloaded at no charge at KentWA.gov/doing- business/bids-orocurement. Copies of the WSDOT Standard Specifications are available for perusal only. Apprentice Utilization Requirements are mandatory for all public works estimated to cost one million dollars or more, in which case no less than 15o/o of the labor hours must be performed by apprentices. KCC 6,01.030. A cashier's check, cash or surety bond in the amount of 5o/o of the bid must be included with the bid. The City of Kent reserves the right to reject any and all bids on any or all schedules or alternates or to waive any informalities in the bidding and shall determine which bid or bidders is the most responsive, satisfactory and responsible bidder and shall be the sole judge thereof. Note: The award of the contract will not occur until the City of Kent has reviewed all bids for responsiveness and responsibility determinations and the Kent City Council has formally awarded the contract. No plea of mistake in the bid shall be available to the bidder for the recovery of his/her deposit or as a defense to any action based upon the neglect or refusal to execute a contract. Bidders must submit with their initial bid a signed statement as to whether they have previously performed work subject to the President's Executive Order No. 1L246. No bidder may withdraw his/her bid for a period of sixty (60) days after the day of bid opening. Dated this 28th day of September,2O2O BY: Kimberley moto, City Cl Published in Daily Journal of Commerce on September 29 and October 6, 2O2O. CONTRACTOR COM PLIANCE STATEM ENT (President's Executive Order # LL246) Da ia fil17,trll This statement relates to a proposed contract with the City of Kent named Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades Project Number: 19-3021 I am the undersigned bidder or prospective contractor. I represent that - 1.I have,have not, participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the President's Executive Order #LL246 (regarding equal employment opportunity) or a preceding similar Executive Order. Colvico, lnc. NAME OF BIDDER / Vice President SIGNATURE/TITLE PO Box 2682 Spokane. WA 99220 ADDRESS (Note to Bidders: The information required in this Compliance Statement is informational only) Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 BY 1 September ?.8,2O2O DECLARATION CITY OF KENT EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNTTY POLICY The City of Kent is committed to conform to Federal and State laws regarding equal opportunity. As such, all contractors, subcontractors and suppliers who perform work with relation to this contract shall comply with the regulations of the City's equal employment opportu nity policies. The following questions specifically identify the requirements the City deems necessary for any contractor, subcontractor or supplier on this specific contract to adhere to. An affirmative response is required on all of the following questions for this contract to be valid and binding. If any contractor, subcontractor or supplier willfully misrepresents themselves with regard to the directives outlined, it will be considered a breach of contract and it will be at the City's sole determination regarding suspension or termination for all or part of the contract; The questions are as follows: 1. I have read the attached City of Kent administrative policy number 1.2. 2. During the time of this contract I will not discriminate in employment on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, age, or the presence of all sensory, mental or physical disability. 3. During the time of this contract the prime contractor will provide a written statement to all new employees and subcontractors indicating commitment as an equal oppoftunity employer. 4. During the time of the contract I, the prime contractor, will actively consider hiring and promotion of women and minorities. 5. Before acceptance of this contract, an adherence statement will be signed by me, the Prime Contractor, that the Prime Contractor complied with the requirements as set forth above. By signing belo agree to fulfill the five requirements referenced above By For: Golvico lnc. Title: Vice President Date: 10113120 Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 2 September 28,2020 CITY OF KENT ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY NUMBER: L.2 EFFECTIVE DATE: January 1, 1998 SUBJECT:MINORITY AND WOMEN CONTRACTORS SUPERSEDES: April 1, 1996 APPROVED BY Jim White, Mayor POLICY: Equal employment opportunity requirements for the City of Kent will conform to federal and state laws. All contractors, subcontractors, consultants and suppliers of the City must guarantee equal employment opportunity within their organization and, if holding contracts with the City amounting to $10,000 or more within any given year, must take the following affirmative steps: 1. Provide a written statementto all new employees and subcontractors indicating commitment as an equal oppoftunity employer. 2. Actively consider for promotion and advancement available minorities and women. Any contractor, subcontractor, consultant or supplier who willfully disregards the City's nondiscrimination and equal opportunity requirements shall be considered in breach of contract and subject to suspension or termination for all or part of the contract. Contract Compliance Officers will be appointed by the Directors of Planning, Parks, and Public Works Depaftments to assume the following duties for their respective departments. 1. Ensuring that contractors, subcontractors, consultants, and suppliers subject to these regulations are familiar with the regulations and the City's equal employment opportunity policy. 2. Monitoring to assure adherence to federal, state and Iocal laws, policies and guidelines. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 3 September 28,2020 CITY OF KENT EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE STATEMENT This form shall be filled out AFTER COMPLETION of this project by the Contractor awarded the contract. I, the undersigned, a duly represented agent of 1.,[ ( tco Çr^r- Company, hereby acknowledge and declare that the before- mentioned company was the prime contractor for the contract known as Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades/Project Number: 19-3O21 that was entered into on the the City of Kent. toatel LC i) 12 O , between the firm I represent and I declare that I complied fully with all of the requirements and obligations as outlined in the City of KentAdministrative Policy 1.2 and the Declaration City of Kent Equal Employment Opportunity Policy that was part of the before-mentioned contract. By For: Title: Date: Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: l9-3O2L 4 September 28,2O2O PROPOSAL To the City Clerk City Hall Kent, Washington 98032 The undersigned hereby ceftifies that Colvico. lnc. has examined the job site and construction details of the work as outlined on the plans and described in the specifications for the project named Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades/Project Number: 19-3021 for the City of Kent, Washington, and has read and thoroughly understands the plans and specifications and contract governing the work embraced in this improvement and the method by which payment will be made for that work and hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement in accordance with the bid and contract, and at the following schedule of rates and prices: NOTE TO BIDDERS: 1) All bid items are described in the Kent Special Provisions (KSP) or the Standard Specifications (WSDOT). Reference the Section No. listed in this proposal, where the bid item is described. 2) Proposal items are numbered in sequence but are non-continuous. 3) Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid must be shown. 4) Should bid items with identically worded bid item descriptions, marked with asterisk (x), appear in more than one schedule of the proposal, the bidder must bid the same unit price on corresponding items for each schedule. If the Contractor enters different unit prices on these items, the City will unilaterally revise the bíd amounts to the lowest unit price on each corresponding item and recalculate the Contractor's total bid amount. The corrected total bid amount will be used by the City for award purposes and fix the amount of the contract bond. EXAMPLE SCHEDULE I - STREET ITEM NO. SECTION NO. UNIT PRICE TOTAL AMOUNT APPROX. OUANTITY ITEM 1006 2-03.5 WSDOT 100 CU YDS Roadway Excavation, Including Haul $14.00 Per CY $1,400.00 Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 5 September 28,2O2O ITEM SECTION NO. NO. APPROX. OUANTIW ITEM UNIT PRICE TOTAL AMOUNT 1000 8-34.5 KSP 1 LUMP SUM Mobilization, Demobilization, Site Preparation and Clean-up $ z8,54o.oo Per LS $ zB,54o.oo 1010 B-34.5 KSP 1 LUMP SUM Site Work $ 99,5zo.oo $ Per LS 99,52O.OO 1020 8-34.5 KSP 1 LUMP SUM Structu ra I 5 ro8,z45.oo Per LS $ ro8,z45.oo 1030 8-34.5 KSP 1 LUMP SUM Electrical $ 434,o35.oo $ Per LS 434,o3 5.oo 1040 B-34.5 KSP 1 LUMP SUM Automatic Control $ 233,386.o0 $ .,,, per LS ot3,386'oo 1050 1-04.4(1) 1 WSDOT CALC Minor Changes $5,000,00x Per CALC $5,000.00 xCommon Dfl ce to all bidders 1060 B-01.5 WSDOT 1 FORCE ACCOUNT Erosion/Water Poll ution Control $5,ooo.oo* $5,000.00 Per FA xCommon ori ce to all bidders LO70 1-10,4( 1) KSP 1 LUMP SUM $ 3,o96.oo Per LS $ 3,o96.ooProject Tem pora ry Traffic Control 9o8,222.OO # e ,d ø¡?g 9 ct Løa9- Sub Total $ 10o/o WA State Sales Tax $8zz.zo 06#t ) 6"4 Jo Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 6 Tota September 28,2O2O SUBCONTRACTOR LIST (Contracts over 1 million dollars) HVAC, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL Name of Bidder: Colvico, lnc. Project Name:CIark Snrinos Generator and Electrical Uoorades Proj ect Number: 19-3O21 Pursuant to RCW 39.30.060, Bidder shall list the names of the subcontractors with whom the Bidder, if awarded the contract, will subcontract for performance of the work of heating, ventilation, and air conditioning; plumbing; and electrical, or name itself for the work. Failure of the Bidder to submit, within one hour after the published bid submittal time, the names of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work or the naming of two or more subcontractors to perform the same work shall render the Bidder's Bid non-responsive and, therefore, void. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Subcontractor Name:M/, Plumbing Subcontractor Name : Electrical Subcontractor Name: Colvico. lnc will setf-perform all electrical work 10t13t20 sig Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 Date 7 September 28,2020 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST (Contracts over 1 million dollars) STRUCTURAL STEEL INSTALLATION AND REBAR INSTALLATION Name of Bidder:Colvico. lnc Project Name:Clark nos Generator and lectrical Unorades Project Number:19-3ft21 pursuant to RCW 39.30.060, Bidder shall list the names of the subcontractors with whom the Bidder, if awarded the contract, will subcontract for performance of the work of structural steel installation and rebar installation. Failure of the Bidder to submit, within 48 hours after the published bid submittal time, the names of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work or the naming of two or more subcontractors to perform the same work shall render the Bidder's Bid non-responsive and, therefore, void. Structural Steel Installation Subcontractor Name: Colvico will self-perform this lnstall Rebar Installation Subcontractor Name Colvico will self-perform this lnstall 10t13t20 Signat ure Bi der Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: t9-302I Date B September 28, 2020 CoNTRACTOR'S QUALTFTCATTON STATEM ENT (RCW 39.04.35O) THE CITY WILL REVTEW THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPO^ISES TO THTS FORM TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE BIDDTNG CONTRACTOR IS RESPOAISIBLE TO PERFORM THE CONTRACT WORK, THIS FORM TNCLUDES CRTTERIA ESTABLTSHED BY STATE LAW THAT MUST BE MET TO BE CONSTDERED A RESPONSTBLE BIDDER AND QUALIFTED TO BE AWARDED THTS PUBLTC WORKS PROJECT AS WELL AS SUPPLEMENTAL CRTTERTA ESTABLTSHED BY THE CTTY THAT ARE APPLTCABLE TO THTS PUBLTC WORKS PROJECT, THE BTDDER SHOULD READ AND RESPOND TO THTS FORM CAREFULLY. Indicia of contractor's responsibility inherently involve subjective determinations as to the contractor's ability to peform and complete the contract work responsibly and to the owner city's satisfaction. The city has an obligation and a duty to its citizens and its taxpayers to administer its budgets and complete its projects in a businesslike manner. Accordingly, it has a duty to exercise the type of inquiry and discretion a business would conduct when selecting a contractor who will be responsible to peform the contract work. The city's supplemental criteria are based, in large part, on the qualification statement form used by the American Institute of Architects. The city provides these criteria so as to provide the most objective framework possible within which the city will make its decision regarding the bidder's ability to be responsible to perform the contract work. These criteria, taken together, will form the basis for the city's decision that a bidder is or is not responsible to perform the contract work. Any bidder may make a formal written request to the city to modify the criteria set forth in this qualification statement, but that request may only be made within 48 hours of the date and time that the bidder first obtains the bid documents or three (3) business days prior to the scheduled bid opening date, whichever occurs first. If the city receives a modification request, it will consider any information submitted in the request and will respond before the bid submittal deadline. If the city's evaluation results in changed criteria, the city will issue an addendum establishing the new or modified criteria. If the city determines that, based on the criteria established in this statement, a bidder is not responsible to perform the contract work, the city will provide written notice of its determination that will include the city's reason for its decision. The bidder has 24 hours from the time the city delivers written notice to the bidder that the bidder is not responsible to perform the contract work to appeal the city's determination. No appeals will be received after the expiration of this 24 hour appeal period. The city may deliver this notice by hand delivery, email, facsimile, or regular mail. In the event the city uses regular mail, the delivery will be deemed complete three days after being placed in the U.S. Mail. The bidder's right to appeal is limited to the single remedy of providing the city with additional information to be considered before the city issues a final determination. Bidder acknowledges and understands that, as provided by RCW 39.04.350, no other appeal is allowed and no other remedy of any kind or nature is available to the bidding contractor if the City determines that the bidder is not responsible to perform the contract work. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 9 September 28,2020 If the bidder fails to request a modification within the time allowed, or fails to appeal a determination that the bidder is not responsÍble within the time allowed, the city will make its determination of bidder responsibility based on the information submitted. COMPLETE AND STGil THTS FORM AS PART OF YOUR BID, FATLURE TO PROPERLY COMPLETE THIS FORM MAY ALSO RESULT TN A DETERMINATTON THAT YOUR BTD TS NON-RESPONSTVE AND THEREFORE VOTD. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAT CONSEQUENCES: CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. The undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. SUBMITTED BY: NAME: ADDRESS: Colvico. lnc Jesse Draqoo PO Box 2682 okan W PRINCIPAL OFFICE: ADDRESS: ( n[ ¡/ lCo I {',(-. PHONE: FAX: 2812 N P¡rtsburg St Spokane, WA 99207 509-252-5817 509-534-3551 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS - Per state law a bidder must meet the following responsibility criteria 1. Required Responsibility Criteria 1.1 Provide a copy of your Department of Labor and Industries certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW. See attached sheet (1.1) L.2 Provide your current state unified business identifier number. 6010097031.3 Provide proof of applicable industrial insurance coverage for your employees working in Washington as required in Title 51 RCW, together with an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW, and a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW. Providing a copy of a state of Washington "Master License Service Registration and Licenses" form is typically sufficient evidence of the requirements of this subsection. See attached "Certificate of Workers Compensat¡on Goverage" L.4 Provide a statement, signed by a person with authority to act and speak for your company, that your company, including any subsidiary companies or affiliated companies under majority ownership or under Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 10 September 28,2020 Project Number: l9-3O2L control by the owners of the bidder's company, are not and have not been in the past three (3) years, disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065 (3). See attached Signed Statement (1.4)1.5 Provide a signed statement, signed under penalty of perjury by a person with authority to act and speak for your company, that within the three- year period immediately preceding the bid solicitation date, your company is not a "willful" violator as defined in RCW 49.48.082, of any provisions of chapters 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW, as determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Department of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction. See attached Signed Statement (1.5)1.6 Provide proof that a designated person or persons with your company has either received training from the department of labor and industries or an approved training provider on the requirements related to public' works and prevailing wages under chapter 39.04 RCW and 39.L2 RCW or provide proof that your company has completed three or more public works projects and have had a valid business license in Washington for three or more years and are exempt from this training requirement. Please Refer to Sections 1.1, 4.4, and 4.5 SUPPLEMENTAL CRITERIA - Established by the City to determine bidder responsibility ORGANIZATION 2.L How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor? Since 1987 2.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? Since 1987 2.2.L Under what other or former names has your organization operated? 2.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following: 2 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 2,3.4 2.3.5 2.3.6 2.5.1 Date of organization: 2.5.2 Name of owner: Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: f 9-3021 Date of incorporation : 03/04 11987 State of incorporation: WA President's name: Cory Colvin Vice-president's name(s) : Jesse Dragoo Secretary's name: Treasurer's name: 2.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following: 2.4.1 Date of organization: 2.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicable) 2.4.3 Name(s) of general partner(s): 2.5 If your organization is individually owned, answer the following: 11 September 28,2020 2.6 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principals: 3. LICENSING 3.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, and indicate license numbers, if applicable. See attached 3.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed. N/A 4. EXPERIENCE 4,I List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces. AII Electrical Work 4.2 Claíms and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes, please attach details.) 4.2.L Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? No 4.2.2 Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your organization or its officers? No 4.2.3 Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration with regard to construction contracts within the last five years?No 4.3 Within the last five years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? (If the answer is yes, please attach details.) No 4.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the name of project, owner, architect or design engineer, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date, See attached 4.4.L State total worth of work in progress and under contract: Estimated at $7.5 Million4.5 On a separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years, giving the name of project, owner, architect or design engineer, contract amount, date of completion and percentage of the cost of the work performed with your own forces. See attached 4,5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five years: 4,G on u$r2"2p5á?3i3ï""a, tist the construction experience and present commitments of the key individuals of your organization. See attached4.7 On a separate sheet, list your major equipment. See "Current Truck & Equipment Listing" list attached Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond LZ September 28, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 6 5. REFERENCES 5.1 Tfade RefefenCe5¡ Matt Breen, Planning & Engineering Division - Spokane lnternat¡onal Airport (509) 455-6455 5.2 Bank References: Wash¡ngton Trust Bank, Therese Babter (509) 953-gS2z 5.3 Surety: Traveler's Gasualty & Surety Company of America 5.3,1 Name of bonding companlrAlliant lnsurance Services, tnc 5.3.2 Name and address of agent: shelly Donovan (s09) 343-9262 FINANCING 818 W Riverside Ave, Ste 800 Spokane, WA 99201 6.1 FinancialStatement After bid opening, the City may require the following financial information from any of the three apparent low bidders. If so required, the selected bidder(s) must respond with this financial information within 24 hours of the City's request for that information. The City's request for this information shall not be construed as an award or as an intent to award the contract. A bidder's failure or refusal to provide this information may result in rejection of that bidder's bid. 6.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organ¡zation's latest balance sheet and income statement showing the following items: Current Assets (e.9., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory and prepaid expenses); Net Fixed Assets; Other Assets; Current Liabilities (e.9., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes); Other Liabilities (e.9., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus and retained earnings). 6.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and date thereof: 6.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one? 6.L.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organ¡zation whose financial statement is provided (e.9., parent- subsidiary). 6.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for construction? Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 13 September 28, ZO2O 7. SIGNATURE 7.L Dated at this 13th day of October .2020. Name of Orga nization: Colvico. lnc By: Title:Vice President 7.2 J¿ ss¿ ,l)n o ooo . bein g duly sworn, deposes and says that the information prdvided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. Subscribed and sworn before me this lZ* day of Notary Public: My Commission Expires:2 07 2020 Dr , 2020 il1ilililt¡¡llil¡ilt¡ lir-rt¿irl i', ì.!ie St¿,ic nf ' ,,',¡r¡r¡gton ANGËtA T GILBERT M\ , . rXplRES i-)rrt,r ''i¡f R 07.2O2O 1111ililililililililililll Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 t4 September 28,2020 Departnent oflabor and Industríes PABax44458 Olympia, WA. 985t44l.50 COLVICO INC .. PO BOX 2682 SPOKANEWA99¿2O Dcpartment of Labor and Industrics PO Box 44460 Olympia, It/A 98504-¿{460 COLVICOINC 2812 N PITTSBURG SPOKANE WA 99207 cOl"ï/tcoINc Rcg: UBI: Regisføed ag prwided by Law as: Constlt¡cdon Contractor (eco{}. alENËBe! : fficølwDaæt4l8ll9ç3 Exptnatioa Ðate : 12/ 5 12021 EOL\ruCOINC Lic: EC eOLVilx134D6 UBI:601-009-703 Licensed as provided by Law as: Eleptrical Confractor (ËCtl) - GEI.IERAL Effcctive Date : 1126 / 19 87 Êxpiration D are: 3 I 26 I 202 I CC COT,VII*O72JH ffil-00q443 1.1 - Department of Labor and Industries - Certificate of Registration 131 874 10t12t2020 colvtco tNc Æ'F..h ffiF STÁrr f,f W,tß*llHGrü\l Department of Labor & lndustries Certificate of Workers' Compensation Coverage October 12,2020 WA UBI No. L&lAccount lD Legal Business Name Doing Business As Workers' Comp Premium Status: Estimated Workers Reported (See Description Below) Account Representative Licensed Contractor? License No. License Expiration 601 009 703 535,104-02 colvtco tNc colvrco tNc Account is current. Quarter 2 of Year 2020 "51 to 75 Workers" Employer Services Help Line, (360)902-4817 Yes colvil.134D6 03t26t2021 What does "Estimated Workers Reported" mean? Estimated workers reported represents the number of full time position requiring at least 480 hours of work per calendar quarter. A single 480 hour pos¡tion may be filled by one person, or several part t¡me workers. lndustrial lnsurance Information Employers report and pay premiums each quarter based on hours of employee work already performed, and are líable for premiums found later to be due. lndustrial insurance accounts have no policy periods, cancellation dates, limitations of coverage or waiver of subrogation (See RCW 5l .l 2.050 and st.t6.r90). https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Details/liabilityCertificate.aspx?UBl=601009703&LlC=COLVll.134D6&VlO=&SAW=false&ACCT=53510402 1t1 S Statement Section 1.4 Statutory Requirements IGcIcot¡\G. P: 509.536 I 875 F: 509.534.355l PO. Box 2682 Spokane, WA99220 to/L3/20 RE City of Kent Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades Project No. 19-3021 To Whom lt May Concern: As per City of Kent's Bid Form - Statutory Requirements, Section L.4; Colvico, lnc including any subsidiary compan¡es or affiliated companies under majority ownership or under control by the Owners of the bidder's company have NOT been disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.0L0 or 39.L2.065 (3). Please contact me below if you have any questions. Cordially, Jesse Dragoo Vice President Colvico, Inc. (5Û9l'2s2-s8L7 J Dragoo@colvicoinc.co m Section 1.5 Statutory Requirements Signed Statement il\G. P: 509 536 I 875 F:509 534 3551 PO Box 2682 Spokane, WA99220 LO/L3/20 RE : City of Kent Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades Project No. 19-3021 To Whom lt May Concern As per City of Kent's Bid Form - Statutory Requirements, Section L.5; Signed under penalty and perjury by Colvico's Vice President, Jesse Dragoo, that Colvico, lnc. , within the three-year period immediately preceding the bid solicitation date, is NOT a "willful" violator as defined in RCW 49.48.082, of any provisions of chapters 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW, as determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Department of Labor and Industries or through a civiljudgement entered by a court of limited or generaljurisdiction. Please contact me below if you have any questions. Cordially, \u/ Jesse Dragoo Vice President Colvico, lnc. (s09)2s2-s817 J Dragoo@ colvicoinc.com llrrc- PO BOX 26820 SPOKANE WA 99220 o 509-536-1875 SUPPLEMENTAL CRITERIA Citv of Kent Bid Form - Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades Proiect No.: L9-3O2L L. Required Responsibility Criteria 1.3 Provide proof of applicable industrial insurance coverage for your employees working in Washington as required in Title 5L RCW, together with an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW, and a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW. Providing a copy of a State of Washington "Master License Service Registration and Licenses" form is typically sufficient evidence of the requirements of this subsection. See attached Colvico's "Certificate of Workers Compensation Coverage" State Excise Tax No: 91-1363502 Employment Security Dept. No: 620619 00-0 3. Licensing 3.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, and indicate license numbers, if applicable. State of Washington - Electrical Contractors License No. COLVII*I34D6 -,-- eneraIC-ontr.actsr"s-License No,-colVllËo72)H- State of ldaho - Electrical Contractors License No. ELE-C-4858 State of Oregon - Business License No. 1-1-41-1-4 State of Montana - Contractor Registration License No. 5L681 State of North Dakota - Contractors License No. 48744 4. Experience 4.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the name of the project, owner, architect or design engineer, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date. o Post Falls WRF Tertiary Treatment lmp. / Owner: Snohomish County / Amt: S4.9 Million / 5% Complete / Completion Date: 05/25 /2022 r LV Electrical lnfrastructure Phase lll / Owner: State of WA - Dept of Enterprise Serv. / Amt: $3 Million / 10% Complete / Completion Date: tL/30/2O21, . Replace Boiler Plant VA Med Center / Engineer: Riverside Engineering / Amt: 52.9 Million / 90% Completed / Corirpletion Date: Unknown o EL 47.5 Pumping Station / Owner: Goodman & Mehlenbacher Ent. / Amt: 51-.6 Million /98% Completed / Completion Date: LO/20 4.4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract: Szo lv¡¡ll¡on 4.5 On a separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years, giving the name of project, owner, architect or design engineer, contract amount, date of completion and percentage of the cost of the work performed with your own forces. Riverside Extension Phase 28 / Owner: City of Spokane / Amt: 5386,093.20 / Completion Date: O4/2O19 / Cost of Work by Colvico: 5379,76320 West Surface Parking Lot Expansion / Owner: Spokane lnt'l Airport / Amt: 5ZqA3ø2.90 / Completion Date: 10/08/2019 / Cost of Work by Colvico: Szqs,lzl..go Pullman RW 05 NAVAIDS / Engineer: FAA CentralAcquisition / Amt: $ t.S lVl¡ll¡on / Completion Date: O2l2O20 / Cost of Work by Colvico: 5L.2 Million LV Electrical lnfrastructure Phase ll / Owner: State of WA - Dept of Enterprise Serv. / Amt: 53.2 Million / Ioo% Complete / Cost of Work by Colvicô: 53 Million a a a a 4.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present commitments of the key individuals of your organization. All Colvico employees hold the same commitment by providing safe work environments, establishing programs which promote safe work practices and provides leaders who encourage, guide, instructs and insists upon compliance with our safety policies and procedures. o Corv Colvin, President - Experience in Electrical Contracting since 1987 o Jesse Dragoo, Vice President - Experience in Electrical Contracting for l-5+ years o TerrV DenBoer, Project Manager - Experience in Electrical Contracting for 15+ years ¡ Tom Baldwin, Project Manager- Experience in Electrical Contracting for 15+ years 4.7 On a separate sheet, list your major equipment. See "Current Truck & Equipment Listing" List attached. cRREG2016151413121110ôI765321#42414039383736353433323130292827za2524232221191817474645444316706057565348413025241917I32VEH. #'t 19ll611511411211010910810610410310199989796938887857271696865591471411401291271364i/ryBq)599DN/AN/AN/A6222-VLN/A96252XN/A1719Yt838123U8799VH9187-YFN/ALICENSE #805619RN/A1245-MC2066M455221S1329U88877-ZUN/AN/A4192878N/A¡UA897s-ZVN/A836475CA17652X54691Q4621 UR5921 UGN/AwK15978141932739511N/A'1765XH0218-l<Z2051VY1254-XZ4725818858276D843046A19024TRFd)KCR88490cc8614V10151567104H1HTDUXN4JH5442122FDLF47GONCA594372FDKF38G7LCA79847s60761FY1904V436778191FUYDCYB3MH39767170360 0R 281 1 1004-102476-tït17351 G9FS31 265A06520341022744102280JJG002303'lu1 0405658160761 HTLDTVNOËHA4s13743017JJG001 26391K9E32234D1 005290JJG00163721252291 5H47632SJJG0017772JJG001 635112D412X449CP006898JJGOO24453E0760JJG001 0343HO160336241 059994.016022JJG0032329VIN #1 0NFH1625V1 0004011 HTLDTVR7GHA124811 HTZMKCRl FHA184751 FDYU90RDVA45989715841 0017U3-5881 -00125707w494187141HPX546351 UgCR2400H1 0240042701237540424197619741988't98919911 988199019921 9941 9891 9891 990198419741 983197219761 989199'l19821 9661 9881 9971577I 991'19911992YEAR199719861 9851 98319751973197521 96919761 9881 961FAYETFORDFORDFORDrHcLUFKINCASEKAYLYNCASEFRUEHAUFGENERAL ENGICASECASETRAIL -EZECASEAMERCASEATLUSSULLAIRCHEVSULLAIRCASEMAKEWILSONtHctHcFORDUTILITYtHcUTILITYLUFKINUTILITYFRUEHAUFUTILITYHOGG DAVISTERRIMITEBROWNFORDFREIGHTLINERSULLAIRSTRATTOTRAILMAXSULLAIRSULLAIRCASELEISUREHOMEF600TRACTCIR580K4X4c60FI.ATBED185CFM58OK 2WDMODELs2500s2500LNT9OOO?sl90035'28'VAN28',93464HK135BAPBW9640'F900OFFICE185CFMsR 2032F350 4X4F¡fsO SUPER DUTYTD-20-FBR185CFM185CFM58OK 2WDOFFICE48'VANs190045'580K 4X4LFD-3028'.580K 4X4580K 4X4DU6R16580K 4X458OK 2WDAXSgOJD185CFMU-HAULVAN TRUCKJLG 125OOT CRANE TRUCKTRAILERFTATBEÐ TRUCK W/POLÊ RAGKzWD FLATBED TRUCKFLATBED LOOP TRAILER5 YARD DUMP TRUCK5 YARD DUMP TRUCKTANDOM AXEL BOOM LINE TRUCKSEMIVAN TRAILERBUCI(ET TRUCKSEMIVAN TRAILERSEMIVAN TRAILERSEMIVAN TRAILERSEMIVAN TRAILER25,00 LB. 3 REEL UTILITY TRAILER61 HOGG DAVIS REEL TRAILEREXCAVATORSEMIVAN TRAILERSEMI-TRUCK sTH WHEEL1O'X25'OFFICE TRAILERAIR COMPRESSOR20' SISSORLIFT Wß2" X96" PLATFORMFLATBED TRUCK1O TON EQUIPMENT TRAILERAIR COMPRESSORAIR COMPRESSORSTD BACKHOE WBREAKER1O'X 35'OFFICE TRAILERSEMI VAN TRAILER W/OFFICETELECT BOOM LINE TRUCKSEMIVAN TRAILEREXTENDA HOE15 TON EQUIPMENT TRAILERBÂCKHOE 4X4SEMIVAN TRAILER,IO TON EQUIPMENT TRAILERSTD BACKHOE WCLAMSHELLBACKHOE 4X41 6' WHITE FLATBED TRAILEREXTENDA HOE WCLAMSHELLLARGE REEL TRAILEREXTENDA HOE PLUMBEDAIR COMPRESSORAIR COMPRESSORAIR COMPRESSORSTD BACKHOE PLUMBEDDESCRIPTIONsoLD 10/2/17solÐ 8/6/16soLD 1/15/18sotDsoLD ô/15/17soLD 216MIASHOPSHOPSHOP6119t2019SHOPSELLIITGSHOPSHOPSHOPLOCATIONSHOPSHOPSHOPSHOPsoLD 9/24119SHOPSHOPSHOPSHOPSHOPDICK BALDWINSHOPsoLD 5/31/16SOLD10t11t2019SHOPSOLDSHOP8t9t201961512019SHOPSHOPSHOPSHOPSHOPSHOPSHOP9891988998178t9t201996449838STATUSN/AN/AocT.2019JU1.2019JUL.20l9JUN.2019N/APERMIN/ANTPERMIN/ANTocT.2020AUG.2019NiAN/A¡t/AN/ANOV. 2020N/AN/AN/APERMIN/ANTF88.2020FEB.2020N/AN/APERMIN/ANTN/AsEP.2020PERMIN/ANTJ4N.2019N/AN/AMAY.2020NiAJAN.2019N/A4UG.2019t'¡/AFEB,2020SOLDMAY.2020N/ALICENSE DUE DATE 9998979695949392919089888786858483828180797877767574IÕ72717069686766656463o¿61605958575655*535251504S48252251250248246243242241240239238237236235234233232231230229228227226221219218217215214213211206200r99198'1961951931911891881871841831741731711691621551531s08767548N/Ac06639D2555URN/A55568443291PF92372AA806803R821551 N821 552NB21527N82152ôN824891 Nc68536M821 529N88823627047NG821501 N844436HB,44438H844437H430597MN/AB526592N/A805620R0463UUN/A851095240463212819MHN/AN/A4301Y11302-XZN/A2747428408-VJN/A4914-YN9039044843€VJ812301 FNiA0561 UU412110D81496751Ftsx21528E80901 8JJG01 6731 I1 HTJUZRM2JHJ57427O1 C98E26283P691 08761 8395098N4C1 295098N4C241WC200111G40037311FDWF36L92E8377741 FTNF2OL52E8258211 FTNF2OL72E8258221 FTNF2OL22E8258251 FTNF20L02E8258?41 FDXF46S92E8377751 FTNF2OL32E8377731 FTNF2OL92E8258231GBGC34R8WE1679031G86C24R7W21752971 TK404528M0221 991 FTNF21 LO1 E8356851 FTNF21 191 E8356841 FTNG21 121 EB4OOOI1 FTNF2l L41 EB4OOO21 HTD21 370BGB'r5403JJG0021 0521 FDNK74P7KVA33126l FDWHTOPOPVAOO3S6'106201VRS072P6W10007593FEKF37G3VMA2O945.IHTLAHEM6FHA391801 HSZPDTRXFHAS29l O1 G9FS31 22RA065936JJG60207229Jp.F02847274RHFS1628T1 0009571 P9FS1 320XP331276P37841 FDPF8OCXSVA5z71 3004-095671318wÁ.78857124-111902+111844l HTLDTVN4KHæ7875MA¿577374w478104286FILE MISSING1FTZFI726WN/A1715620081 9931 988200320021 9951 995I 988200220022002200220022002200220021 9981 9981 98120012001200120011 9811 9891 9891 99319971 999199719851 985I 9941 99919961 99919961 9991 9831 9881993198819781 9851998FORÐCASEtHcEAGLEHYDRA PLATFORMALLMANDALLMANDWELLS CARGOFORDFORDFORDFORDFORDFORDFORDFORDCHEVCHEVTRAIL KINGFORDFORDFORDFORDtHcCASEFORDFORDVERMEERFORDtHctHcTRAILMAXCASECASEWILSONPANHANDLESTRATTOSULLAIRFORDSULLAIRBEUTHLINGHMSULLAIRSULLAIRrHcFRUEHAUFHMBLACK DIAFORDF250 4X4580 S K 4X4s1600HP32NL4C APMCNL4C APMC25',F350F250F250F250F250F450F250F250c3500c25001 945-1 350F250 4X4F250 4X4F250 4X4F250 4X4TRANSTAR 43OO580KF700OFFICECARGO 700012" FLATBEDv-35504F30s2500TB-20-FBR590 4X446016'13'sR 2042185 CFMf800185 CFM830014'FLATBED185 CFM185 CFMs190040'FLATBEDBLACK DIAMONDF1503/4 TON EXT. PICKUPBACKHOEU-HAUL VAN TRUCKTRAILERBRIDGE SCAFFOLD PLATFORMPORÎABLE 4 LIGHT TOWERPORTABLE 4 LIGHT TOWEROFFICE TRAILER2WD 1 TON FLATBEDzWD3I4 TON PICKUP2WD3I4 TON PICKUP2WD3I4 TON PICKUP2WD 314 TON PICKUP2WD SAW,AA/ATER TRUCK2WD3I4 TON PICKUP2WD3I4 TON PICKUP2WD 1 TON PICKUP2WD3I4 TON SERVICE BODY PICKUPLOW-BOY TRAILER STEP DECK3/4 TON PICKUP3/4 TON PICKUP3/4 TON PICKUP3/4 TON PICKUP12 YARD DUMP TRUCKBACKHOEUHAUL VAN TRUCKOFFICE TRAILERBOX VAN TRUCKWATER TRAILER WPUMPTRENCHER2WD 1 TON FTATBEÞW.TARPOTBUCKET TRUCK12 YARD DUMP TRUCK20 TON EQUIPMENT ÏRAILEREXTENDAHOE WCLAMSHELLTRENCHER85OO LB. FLATBED TRAILERFLATBED TRAILER20' SISSORLI FT W/42'X96" PLATFORMAIR COMPRESSORN/ATION/AL CRANE TRUCKAIR COMPRESSOR48'' ROLLER COMPACTOREQUIPMENT TRAILERAIR COMPRESSORAIR COMPRESSORBUCKET TRUCKSEMIVAN TRAILER1O TON EQUIPMENT TRAILERSEMIJOB TRAILER1/2 TON PrCl(UPsoLD 5/2018oos7t8t2019SHOPSHOPSHOPSHOP3118t2019SHOPSHOP10t7t201910t21t2019SCRAPPEDSHOPSHOP10t29t2019SOLDTOCONNOR4t15t2019SHOP5t15t2019SHOP5t27t2019SHOPSHOPSHOP7t8t2019SHOPSHOP10t15t2019SOLDSOLD ?SHOP9t30t2019SHOPSHOPSHOPSHOPSHOPDUPLICATE TO 187 ?SOLD8t5t2019SHOPSHOPSHOPMliA?soLD 4/2A16SHOPSHOPSOLD?solÐ 66/16991 39817983899229838981798909838991 0992299019876DEC.2018N/AFEB.2020MAY.2020NiAJUL.2019N/AMAR 2O2ONOV.2019DEC.2019DEC.2019DEC 2019N/ADEC.2019DEC.2019DEC.2019DEC.2019PERMANETDEC.2019DEC.2019DEC.2019MAR.2020NOV.2020N/AJUN.2019N/AsEP. 2020JUN.2019NiAN/A4UG.2019N/AN/As8P.2020APR. 2020N/AFEB.2016MAR.2020N/AJUL. 2020JAN. 2020APR.2020N/AN/AJUN.2010N/A 151150149148147146't45144143142 i 298141140139138137136135134133132131130129128127126125124123122121120119118117116115114Il3112111110't 09108107106105104103102101100308306305304303302301300299297296295294293292291290289288287286284283282281280279278277276275274273272271270268æ7266265264263262261260259258257256254253N/A1253X24765-YN871o-VUNiA1798WR837360U837361 U837357U837356U837355U837354UN/Ac89432GN/A1793WR5181-UR5797VG3330-UJ97372X97362X9664-ZXc42810A8867862861 972R861 969R861970R861973R861971 RN/A824951 N824950NN/A824952N824954N824953NN/AN/A802717L837439K837438KN/AB87282F887283F6825-UKNiAN/AB1 1759F8926197876753EN5C3931 3218UD2420F10029734RYG142087T1112394RACS24232N019420cx051 301CgTF18229T9971 611 FDRF3G6OCEBl OO341 FDRF3G69DEB1OO331 FT7X2B60CE810044I FT7X2B69CEB1 00431FT7X2B67CEB10042I FT7X2B65CEB1 0041135182621XKAAR8X7PS61 31 281 351 63451 CgTF1 8257T99729542EDT122991 0589784ZEÐT12214106961 0FW20870138PR0052472PR00741 1 56091XPFLB9X4MD306O8O1 FDRF3GG3BE8916911FT7X2B62BEB91 6921FT7X2B68BEB916951 FT7X2B66BEB916941FT7X2B64BEB96S751FT7X2B64BEB91 693G800324l HTSCAB L4WH5238241HTSDADR6WH5O5422JJG02594561 HÏSCABP7YH2587121M2P270C2MM0109691 M2P324C2SM0245864C0072852561 1 3851 HTJUZRMXJH62O9451 HTJUZRK6KH685O161 HTJUZRK9KH673829JJGO2435421 HTJUZRM9JH5465461 HTJUZRM4JH621 0554P5D7142681115230JJG0210437JJG02034481 FTSX21 558ED274401TTSX215't8EC03388l TFTSX2'15588C462612005198520072002200220092012201220122012201220121 9932006200720092009197920042007I 9912011201120112011201120111 998I 998199920001 991I 99520021S¡2004't 9881989I 9891 9991 988I 988200819971998200820082008CASEBUTLERCARGOCARGODAE WOOOLYMPICFORDFORDFORDFORDFORDFORDTAKEUCHITAKEUCHIOLYMPICOLYMPICOLYMPICFREEWAYALLMANDALLMANDSULLAIRPETERBUILTFORDFORDFORDFORDFORDFORDDAE WOOrHcrHcCASErHcMACKMACKGEHLFORDBOBCATtHcrHcrHcCASElHctHcPJCASECASEFORDFORDFORD580 SUPER MT 4X427 FT16 FT24Fr625-FoM 't2 25F350F350F25O 4x4F250 4X4F250 4X4F250 4X4TB1 35RT-600TB1 35RoM 12 25LOAD TRAILLOAD TRAIL14'NL6NL6185 CFMMOD.378F350F250 4X4F250 4X4F250 4X4F250 4X4F250 4X4G25P-34700n444E4900/530P580 SUPER L4700rf4448RD6885RD688SG25O3RDF3S ÐStT25O TURBO HFU-HAULU-HAULs16005801s1600s1600MOD.D714259051 4X4580 SUPER L 4X4F250 4X4F250 4X4F250 4X4EXTENDAHOE WCLAMSHELL20 TON EQUIPMENT TRAILERGREY CARGO TRAILERWHITE CARGO TRAILERFLATBED EQUIP TRAILER45OO LB FORKLIFT1 8' TILTBED EQUIP. TRAILER1 TON FLATBED TRUCK1 TON FLATBED TRUCK3/4 TON EXT CAB PICKUP3/4 TON EXT. CAB PICKUP3i4 TON EXT" CAB PICKUP3/4 TON EXT CAB PICKUPMINIEXCAVATORsTH WHEEL TRACTORMINIEXCAVATOR18' TILTBED EQUIP TRAILER1O' DUMP TRAILER1O' DUMP TRAILERFLATBED EQUIP TRAILERPORTABEL 4 LIGHT TOWERPORTABLE 4 LIGHT TOWERAIR COMPRESSOR14 YD DUMP TRUCK2WD 1 TON FLATBED TRUCK3/4 TON EXT. CAB PICKUP3/4 TON EXT CAB PICKUP3i4 TON EXT, CAB PICKUP3/4 TON EXT. CAB PICKUP3/4 TON EXT. CAB PICKUP45OO LB FORKLIFTBUCKET TRUCKBUCKET TRUCKBACKHOEN/ATION/AL CRANE TRUCK12 YARD DUMP TRUCK12 YARD DUMP TRUCKMINIEXCAVATOR1 TQù¡ SERVISE TRUCI(SKIDSTEER LOADERVAN TRUCKVAN TRUCKU-HAUL VAN TRUCKBACKHOEU-HAUL VAN TRUCKU-HAUL VAN TRUCK14,OOO GVW GREY DUMP TRAILEREXTENDAHOEBACKHOE3/4 TON EXT. CAB. PICKUP3/4 TON EXÏ. CAB PICKUP3/4 TON EXT. CAB PICKUPSHOP5t28t2019SHOPSHOPSHOPSHOP712312018SHOPLARRY FINAFROCKJEFF RITZMATT HALVERSONMARK SCHALADERSHOPSHOP3t5t2019SHOP4t10t20195t20t2019SHOPSHOPSHOP7t9t2019512812019SHOP DELIVERYWAYLON MARCHADAM FERRISCHRIS DUNCANCHRIS WISNERSCOTT DUNCANWAREHOUSESHOPSHOP4t15t20198t5t2015SHOP9t30t2019oosS6LÞffi'I6SHOP9t3t20194115t2019SHOP10t15t201931512019SHOP9t6t20195t20t20198t22t2019COREY DUNCANJESSIE PLOWMANDAVE ALLEN98619861983898389838983898619838983899019895989099229838989198619891N/APERMANENTF88.2020FEB.2020N/AFÊB'.2020DEC.2019DEC.2019DEC. 2019DEC.20l9sEP.2019DEC.2019N/ADEC.2019N/ADEC.2019DEC.2019JUL.2019J4N.2020JUN.20l9JUN.2019APR. 2020DEC.2019FEB. 2020FEB.2020FE8.2020FEB.2020FEB.2020FEB.2020NiAM4R.2020M4R.2020NiAMAR.2020DEC.2019DEC.2019NiAN/AN/AM4Y.2020MAY.2020JUL.20l9N/AsEP.2020JUN.2019MAY.2020N/ANiAFEB. 2020DEC.2019DEC.2019 2032022012001991981971961951541931921911901891881871861851841831821811801791781771761751741731721711701691681671661651641631621611601591581571561551g153152361360359358357356355354353352351350349348347346345344343342341340339338337336335334JJJ332331330329328327326$2532432332232031931831731631531431331231 0.3097035-Zl58220RP0861-zN9239344c58880Fc91678Ec26492EN/Ac63594Cce16{ÞÞN/ANiAN/AN/AN/AN/ANiAc1 38358N/A3446-XXN/Ac03467DNiAN/A85169024766-YN3676-YL8664VF808591W808590W808592W808589W1791WRN/AN/ANiAffi8340YN/A't796WR6113-YDN/A2954-XX868800X7758-UJ7754-UJ0894VS0895VS864059W864058W864060W451s-TQ16VDX1427G50525332FWNiAZCV4TÞ223658sFTRE1 21 8G1 00437516VDX1 423G50524951FDXF47F4XEL757341FTRE14W8XH8878921FTRE14W9XHA633335Y12621FTFW1EF7FKD49OO4RSsJX101285615022411426537544944012515320171841VR20821671 000505N6C4l 31 071 7830831NMOLS6AN5DTl 59926104513234JUBFl 8245N0167114P0201 7R1 HTMPAFN66H23O936TO450JXl 34339433771GDM7H1J1 PJ5017561 6VDX1 42XE531 34081 B9CR101 't D2726453sVUTW132571003861 FTFXI ET4DKG1211281 FTFXl ET6DKG1211291FTFX,IET2DKG121271 FTFXI ETODKG121261 CgTF1 82X6T997s961352044343303F803006RI1 351 96011C91F1822819972721 DSBl 22R8A17019241591 I1 89CR1219827262261 FVABsAK83HL7354830301002 00 803030082sVUTGW13254P000050sVUTW1327AP0000512C6TD5HT3CG2911143C6TD5HT6CG2932003C6TDsHT6CG2893731C9EY'101 7T1 418092tGcllGSSRl\ro71æ5201620072016201619991 9991 99920042015rs72006200720072007200820132005200620061 993201320092013201320132013200620081gffi200820102011200320082008201 020102012201220121996BIG TEXSTERLINGFELLINGBIG TEXFORDFORDFORDDITCH WITCHFORDCTIEV,GEHLTEXTRONBOBCATVERMEERCASETAKEUCHIFORDVAILc&BSNORKELtHcJDSKYJACKGMCBIG TEXBUTLERWYLIEFORDFORDFORDFORDOLYMPICTAKEUCHISKYJACKSNORKELC¡IEVTAKEUCHIOLYMPICDITCH WITCHMULTIQUIPBUTLERFRTLINERSULLAIRSULLAIRWYLIEWYLIEDODGEDODGEMÞGE'DODGECRAFTCOL14LX1T951 3FT-6R14LXF450E1 50E150RT95HF1 50 4X4G30RS5-34K-7005449440T300RT-650580SM ilTBlSOFRCRTRANSIT CONNECT XL18'FLATBEDT860 RFO42004/T365450 JLTsJ8841TOP KICK i CAT D14LXHWSC-6EEXP-sOO-SF1 50 4X4F1 50 4X4F150 4X4F150 4X4oM-12 25TB1 35RsJ8841T86OKODIAKIGATETBI 35RoM-12 25FX3OMIKASA MDR-g DHHWSC-6-EFLTO,I85JD CFM185 CFMEXP-5OOXEXP-5OOX25OO RAM 4X425OO RAM 4X425OO RAM 4X4SS125DUMP TRAILERSEMI TRUCK6K REEL TRAILERDUMP TRAILER1 TON BUCKET TRUCK1i2 TON VAN1/2 TON VANTRENCHER1/2 TON CREW CAB PICKUPVAI'I34'REACH FORKLIFTCORE DRILL & VAC/BUCKET ASSSOD CUTTERSKIDSTEER LOADERTRENCHER4WD BACKHOEMINIEXCAVATORCARGO VANRIPPER ATTACHMENTFLATBED TRAILERBOOMLIFT 60'ELLIOT 1560F CRANE MOUNTEDCRAWLERiDOZER W/RIPPER41'4X4 SISSORLIFTBUCKET TRUCKDUMP TRAILERREEL TRAILER5OO GAL. WATER TRAILER1/2 TON SUPER CAB PICKUP1/2 TON SUPER CAB PICKUP1/2 TON SUPER CAB PICKUP1/2 TON SUPER CAB PICKUP18'TILTBED TRAILERMINIEXCAVATOR41'4X4 SISSORLIFTBOOM LIFT 60'zO'RgLt BåCKTRUÊKMINIEXCAVATOR18'TILTBED TRAILERVAC TRAILERWALK BEHIND 2 DRUM ROLLERWIRE REEL TRAILER24'FLATBEDAIR COMPRESSORAIR COMPRESSOR5OO GAL. WATER TRAILER5OO GAL.WATER TRAILER3/4 TON CREW CAB PICKUP3/4 TON CREW CAB PICKUP3/4 TON CREW CAB PICKUPSUPER SHOT TARPOT TRAILERSHOPDELIVERYSHOP1t112019SHOPCHUCK SOMERVILLEMIKHAIL PEGANOV11t1t2019ETHAN GILESsGLÞ 9/15/17SHOPSHOPSHOP10t15t201910115120194t8t20't9SHOPSHOP DELIVERYSHOPSHOPSHOPSHOPSHOP9t9t2019SHOP GARBAGESHOPSHOPTROY DEIDTRICKSSHOPEVAN TISLERPATSHOP3t18t2019SHOPSHOPsoLI)8t25/169t3t20198t26t20196t10t2019SHOP3t29t2019SHOP8t9t2019SHOPSHOP812612019SHOPCHRIS KEITHLYSOtÞ¡l/1s¡17GARY PURVIANCESHOP986099229922992298909889986098919891986r986098609891F88.2020NOV.2019M4R.2020F88.2020DEC.2019ocT.2019ocT.2018N/AJUL.20l9N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AMAY.2020N/AFEB,2O2ONiAFEB.2019N/AN/AJAN.2019F88.2020JAN.2019AUG.2019ocT.2019ocT.2019ocT.2019ocT.2019DEC. 2019N/AN/ANiAÈvAN/ADEC 2019APR.2019N/A4PR.2020NOV.2019DEC.2019DEC.2019DEC.2019DEC.2019DEC. 2019DEC.2019tsaDEC.2019sEP. 2019 2552g25325225125024924824724624524424324224124023923823723623523423323223123022922822722622522422322222122021921821721621521421321221121020920820720620520441341241141040940840740640540440340240140020039839739639539439339239r390389388387386385384383382381380379378377376375374373372371370369368367366365364363362c32219NN/AN/AN/A40903482381648NANA23815A823817A.82381 8ABc9891 1 5Lc981 181c981 161c981 1 7Lc71970L12761A'Bc77323L33364449033644N/Ac31725Lc31723Lc31724LNiAc72992Jc70104Jc70107Jc70105Jc701 06JN/ANiAc98391 Hc73580Hc41388JÇ41387Jc41386J7387-ZYc74002H7388-ZY7389-ZY7386-ZYN/A7512-A/c58665Fc58666Fc94709E8825-ZPN/AN/AN/A0862-2N1GBM7C't8X9F406056?HA¿-1109923HA4-20974041DA72C7137C0187845VUTW1326GP0000291235034041 235034031 CgTFI 825ET9972761 CgTF1 823ET997275I CgTF1 82XCT9975761GDG6H1 89YJ9049611 GDG6Hl B2YJ9O579O1 GDG6H1 84YJ9049641GDG6H,IB2YJ9O69241FT7X2B67HEF398211 J KDTA2O4YAOOOTO31FUWTECA2WH95923O1 DSBl 22R961 701664'1356-1 0220177281 FT7X2B63HEC455121 FT7X2863HE8592451 FT7X2B6XHEC98529365341FTFW1EF8HKC362931 GDG6H 1 B5YJ9O761 5IGDE6Hl B9YJ9O131O1GDEGH1B.1YJ9O1785I GDE6HI 88YJ901542sAJLS091 6D8302826sAJLS091 8D83028271 HTSDN2N4PH46751 91 FTFXl EGgGKF54704I FT7X2B6XHEC86252I FT7X2868HEC862s11 FT7X2866HEC86250't19MP40294G085459I HTMMAANXgH12550116VDX1429H403639016VDX1425H401 67351F9ú227263V048249N7C426281sVUTW1326DP0000593CTRVDG9GE1032413C6TRVDG9FE5l 93701 HTSDAAN07H288969r 0081 600r IG055620N7C4232931235017751 S9SKI 6N7R1 22852420091 9891 99320072016201320132014201420122000200020002000201720001 998200619942008201720172017201720172000200020002000201 320131993201620172017201720142009201720172003201220132016201620001 994CHEVROLETDEMCOHONDAHONDATRAILEZEWYLETAKEUCHITAKEUCHIOLYMPICOLYMPICOLYMPICGMCGMCGMCGMCFORDINTERSTATEFREIGHTLINERDITCH WITCHTSESKYJACKFORDFORDFORDTRENCH TRFORDGMCGMCGMCGMCMAGNUMMAGNUMtHcFORDFORDFORDFORDBRINDLEtHcBIG TEXBIG TEXSAUBERCASEWYLEDODGEDODGEtHcSULLAIRCASETAKEUCHIWHEELERc7500TOt /-tTACTYACTYTETOEXP5OOT8235RTB235RoM12-2SoM12-2SoM12-2STOPKTCK C6500TOPKTCK C6500TOPKTCK C6500TOPKTCK C6500F2502ODTAFLD112FX3OSRCSL-20-'108-64sJilt3219F250F250F250SP36F1sOXLTOPKTCK C6500TOPKTCK C5500TOPKTCK Cs500TOPKTCK C5500RCM-DRCM-D4900F1sOXLF250F250F250PMT 132G4300L14LXL14LXMOD. 153958OMT SUPER MEXP-5OOX-SRAM 25OO PROMASTERRAM 25OO PROMASTER4900/DT466E185CFMATT6658OMT SUPER MTB135Rt-85SERVICE TRUCKTOW DOLLYSMALL UTILITY DUMPSMALL UTILITY DUMPLOW-BOY TRAILER STEP DECK5OO GAL WATER TRAILER7sOOLB MINI EX7sOOLB MINI EX18'TILTBED TRAILER18'TILTBED TRAILER18'TILTBED TRAILER26'UHAUL26'UHAUL26'UHAUL26'UHAUL3/4TON 4X4 EXT CAB SER.BED20 TON EQUIPMENT TRAILER6 YARD DUMP TRUCKVAC TRAILERSELF LOADING REEL TRAILER32'' WIDE 1 9' SISSORLIFT3/4TON 4X4 EXT CAB SER.BED3i4TON 4X4 EXÏ CAB SER.BED3/4TON 4X4 EXT CAB SER.BED4'' TRENCH COMPACTOR1/2 TON CREW CAB PICKUP26'UHAUL24'UHAUL24'UHAUL24'UHAULGENERATOR 'X' MARKERGENERATOR 'X' MARKER6 YARD DUMP TRUCK1/2 TON 4X4 EXT CAB3/4TON 4X4 EXT CAB3i4TON 4X4 EXT CAB3/4TON 4X4 EXT CABEXTENDABLE PLE/REEL TRAILERTEREX LINE TRUCK WPOLE RACKDUMP TRAILER WEXTENSIONSDUMP TRAILER WEXTENSIONS3 REEL TRAILER4X4 EXTENDA HOE5OO GAL. WATER TRAILER3/4 TON VAN3/4 TON VANDERRICK DIGGERAIR COMPRESSORSKIDSTEER ROCK RAKEBACKHOEMINIEXCAVATORREEL TRAILERCONNOR KSTOLEN 11151185113t2019SHOPSHOP DELIVERYSHOPSHOP5113120193t18t2019SHOPSHOP10t15t20191t14t20197124t20199t30t2019DICK BALDWINSHOPSHOPSHOPSHOP91512019JOE PETERSONROGER KEETCHDWAIN LONGFELLOWSHOPCORY COLVINSHOP7t31t2019SHOPSHOPSHOPSHOP10t15t2019TERRY DEN BOERMARK EASTONMARTY PETERSONTOM BALDWIN8t9t20198t9t2019611t20198t22t2019SHOP6t13t2019SHOPJACOB CRISTARRON ZUCATISHOPSHOPSHOPSHOP9122t2019SHOP9838983898609922986098919644981798829922988998899882990198849901Jun-'19NAN/AN/APERMAMENTMAR.2020NANAM4R.2020M4R.2020MAR.2020DEC.2019DEC.2019DEC.2019DEC.20l9DEC.2019PERMAMENTDEC.20'19DEC.2019ocT.2019N/ASEPT. 2019SEPT. 2019SEPT.2019N/AAPR.2020MAR.2020MAR,202OM4R.2020M4R.2020N/AN/ADEC.2019DEC.2019MAR.2020MAR.2020MAR.2020FEB.2019FEB.2020F88.2020FEB.2020FEB.2019N/ASEPT.2O2ODEC.2019DEC.2019FEB. 2019DEC.2019N/AN/AN/AM4R.2020 295294293292291290289288287286285284283282281280279278277276275274273272271270269268267266265264263262261260259258257256442441440439438437436435434433432431430429428427426425424423422421420419418417416411414NAc71067RNA226994D22700p.DNANAc40069sNA958964895897A8NANAc89300Nc89301 NNANA7913-TLNAc88102Nc85450M196004CNAc97612LNAc33489N86286481FÍ7X2B62KEG784721 FT7X2B6OKEG7847127011746I FTNFl EV7AKC3688912400044250HDT1424J1 01 899150HDT1423J1 0242781240004911310441 FTEXl EPXKKCTOG5OsTXBU71 8F1 0024585DEFH2025K10079525DEFH2023K1 007951GX630RH-TXF3200801 0961 FT7X2B6XKED4197O1 FT7X2B63KED41 9691 ï031 0SKCEE2637471 T031 0SKLDE25175420131004002RS634JD122'18241FTFW1 EsOJKE24366IXKAD69X9NS5796O15VUTW1323HP00029731 08021 FTNF21545E8706561 235034051 FTRFI 4W07N475787l CgTF't82XFT997436202020202012201220162019201920152014201 I2015201920192017201520192019201420132013201320181992201720172005201320072015FORDFORDSKYJACKFORDTAKEUCHIIRONBULLIRONBULLTAKEUCHIMULTIQUIPFORDACME EZE-TOWFOXFOXHUSQVARNATAKEUCHIFORDFORDJOHN DEEREJOHN DEERESULLAIRGEHLFORDKENWORTHWYLEVOLVOFORDTAKEUCHIFORDOLYMPICF250F250sJilt3226F1 50TB24ORHDD71414HDD71414TB24ORWBH-16EAVF1 50EZE-TOW7X20FH7X20FHFS524TL8F250F25031 OSK31OSK185CFMRS6-34F150T-600EXP-5OOX-SECl40ELF250T8235RF150oM12-2S3/4 TON 4X4 EXT. CAB PICKUP3i4 TON 4X4 EXT. CAB PICKUP32'' WIDE 26' SISSORLIFTF150 4X4 REGULAR CAB8sOOLB MINI EXCAVATOR14' DUMP TRAILER14' DUMP TRAILER8sOOLB MINIEXCAVATORCONCRETE POWER BUGGY1/2 TON EXT. CAB 4X4 PICKUP5OOO LB GW/R TOW DOLLY1OKX20'FLATBED1OK X 20' FLATBED11 HP WALK BEHIND SAWTRACKED SKID STEER LOADER3/4 TON EXT CAB 4X4 PICKUP3/4 TON EXÏ CAB 4X4 PICKUP4X4 EXTENDA HOE4X4 EXTENDA HOEAIR COMPRESSOR6OOOLB 35' REACH FORKLIFTCREW CAB SHORT BOX14 YARD DUMP TRUCK5OO GAL WATER TRAILER35.OOO LB EXCAVATOR3/4TON STD CAB 4X47sOOLB M¡NI EX1/2 TON 4X4 STD.CAB18'TILTBED TRAILERON ORDERON ORDER1012t2019SHOPSHOPSHOP10t15t20198t9t20197t9t2019CLINT REIDSHOP3t5t2019SHOP4112120195t20t2019DOUG JOHNSTONTRAVIS LUDLAM9t25120198t9t201910t15t201910r2812019JESSE DRAGOO8t9t2019SHOPSHOPSHOP10t15t2019MIKE DEIFESHOP98't79922991 09838983898389861990196449922992696449922NAAUG.2020NAAUG.2O2AUG.2020NANAJUL. 2020NADEC.2019DEC.2019NANADEC.2019DEC.2019NANADEC.2019NAocT.2019ocT.2020NOV.2019NAAUG.2019NAAUG.2019SEPT.2O2O BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA Statement that Bidder Has Not Been Disqualified This statement is required by state law (RCW 39.04.350(1)(d)) to be submitted to the Clty before the contract can be awarded. The bidder hereby certifies that, within the three-year period immediately preceding the bid solicitation date (October L3, 2O2O), the bidder has not been disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3). Colvico. lnc Bidder's Na Signature of orized Official* Jesse Draooo Printed Name Vice President Title 1 Sookane WA Date City State * If a corporation, proposal must be executed in the corporate name by the president or vice-president (or any other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). If a co-partnership, proposal must be executed by a partner. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 15 September 28,2020 BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes Thls certification is required by sfafe law (RCW 39.04.350(2)) to be submitted to the City before the contract can be awarded. The bidder hereby certifies that, within the three-year period immediately preceding the bid solicitation date (October L3, 2020} the bidder is not a "willful" violator, as defined in RCW 49.48.O82, of any provision of chapters 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW, as determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Depaftment of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction. I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Washington that the foregoing is true and correct. Colvico- Inc Bidder's Busin ame Signature f Authorized Official* Printed Name Vice President Title 1Ctl1 3t20 Spokane WA Date City State * If a corporation, proposal must be executed in the corporate name by the president or vice-president (or any other corporate officer accompaníed by evidence of authority to sign). If a co-partnership, proposal must be executed by a partner. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 16 September 28,2020 PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE The undersigned bidder hereby proposes and agrees to start construction work on the Contract, if awarded to him/her, on or before ten (10) calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed, and agrees to complete the Contract within sixty (60) working days after issuance of the City's Notice to Proceed. The undersigned bidder hereby agrees to submit all insurance documents, performance bonds and signed contracts within ten (10) calendar days after City awards the Contract. The City anticipates issuance of the Notice to Proceed on the day of the preconstruction meeting, No bidder may withdraw his/her bid for a period of sixty (60) calendar days after the day of bid opening. The required bid security consisting of a bid bond, cashier's check or cash in an amount equal to 5olo of the total amount is hereto attached. Notice of acceptance of this bid or request for additional information shall be addressed to the undersigned at the address stated below. Receipt of Addendum No.'s _, to the plans and/or specifications is hereby acknowledged. Failure to acknowledge receipt of the addenda may be considered an irregularity in this proposal. By signlng this Proposal Signature Page, the undersigned bidder agrees to accept all contract forms and documents included within the bid packet and to be bound by all terms, requirements and representations listed in the bid documents whether set forth by the City or by the Bidder. DATE:10t13t20 Colvico.Inc NAME OF BIDDER Signature of Authorized Representative Jesse Dra President (Print Name and Title) 2f312 N Pittsburo Address Spokane, WA 99207 Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 T7 September 28,2O2O BID BOND FORM KNOW ALL MEN BYTHESE PRESENTS: That we,Colvico. lnc.as Principal, and TravelersCasualtvandSuretvCompanyof America , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CIry OF KENT, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent of Bid (5%) Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bond themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades/Project Number: 19-3021 According to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal thereof, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure so to do, pay and fodeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the invitation to bid, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damaged, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS 1.3th DAY OF October 2A20. Colvi PRI CI Casualty Company of Arnerica SURETY novan, Attorney ln Fact 20 Received return of deposit in the sum of $ Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 18 September 28,2A2O TRAVELER6î Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Travelers Casualty and Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine lnsurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connect¡cut (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint SHELLY DONOVAN of SPOKANEWashington , their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or perm¡tted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. lN W|TNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed, and their corporale seals to be hereto affixed, this lTth day of January, 2419. State of Connecticut By: City of Hartford ss.Vice President On this the lTth day of January, 2019, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine lnsurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrumênt for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of said Companies by himself as a duly authorized officer. lN WTNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto sel my hand and official seal My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021 Anna P. Nowik, Notary Public This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and 8t. Paul Fire and Marine lnsurance Company, which resolutions are now ¡n full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assi$tant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attomeys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory ¡n the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing author¡ty to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided lhat each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; ând it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, ¡f required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company ofücers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Execut¡ve Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice Pres¡dent, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretiary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attomey or to any e,ertificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attest¡ng bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the näture thereol and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. l, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine lnsurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing ¡s a true and conect copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, whích remains in full force and effect. Dated this l3th day of October , 2020 Êo- f /á+I Kevin E. Hughes, Assßtant Secretary 7o uertfy the authentlcity of thÍs Powerof Attomey, please all us at 7-8OO-421-3880, Please refe¡ to the aþove-namúAttorney-irr-Factand the deÞils of tt e bond to whích this Power of Atþrney is atbched, L. a ß{rüitr Trt r¡ôråñYôtr PUBLIç * 0ûÛl[*[ CITY OF KENT COMBINED DECLARATION FORMI NON-COLLUSTON, MTNTMUM WAGE NON.CO LLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. 2 That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and to have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM I, the undersigned, having duly sworn, deposed, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer, workman, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wage as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades Project Number: 19-3021 I NAME OF PROJECT SIGNATURE OF Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 Colvi lnc DDER'S FIRM RIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF BIDDER 19 September 28,2020 This chanqe order form is for example purposes only. By submittinq a bid, the bidder aqrees to be bound by the terms of this chanqe order form for anv chanqe orders, CHANGE ORDER NO, [Enter # t, 2,3, etc,] NAME OF CONTRACTOR:llnsert Company Name] ("Contractor") CONTRACT NAME & PROJECT NUMBER:[Insert Name of Original Contract & Project #, if applicablel ORIGINAL CONTRACT DATE :llnsert Date Original Contract was Signedl This Change Order amends the above-referenced contract; all other provisions of the contract that are not inconsistent with this Change Order shall remain in effect. For valuable consideration and by mutual consent of the pafties, the project contract is modified as follows: 1, Section 1 of the Contract is hereby modified to revise existing work as follows: In addition to work required under the original Agreement and any prior Amendments, Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to : [Insert detailed description of additional materials, services, etc., that are needed which necessitate this change order - Be as detailed as possible. You may also refer to an attached exhibit, but clearly identify the exhibit by title and datel 2. The contract amount and time for performance provisions of Section 1 of the Contract are also modified as follows: Original Contract Sum, (including applicable alternates and WSST) $ Net Change by Previous Change Orders (incl. applicable WSST) $ Current Contract Amount (incl. Previous Change Orders) $ Current Change Order $ Applicable WSST Tax on this Change Order $ Revised Contract Sum $ Clark Springs cenerator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 20 September 28,2020 Original Time for Completion (ínsert date) Revised Time for Completion under prior Change Orders (insert date) Days Required (+) for this Change Order working days Revised Time for Completion (ínsert date) In accordance with Sections L-O4.4 and 1-04.5 of the Kent Special Provisions and WSDOT Standard Specifications, and Section VII of the Agreement, the Contractor accepts all requirements of this Change Order by signing below. Also, pursuant to the above-referenced contract, Contractor agrees to waive any protest it may have regarding this Change Order and acknowledges and accepts that this Change Order constitutes final settlement of all claims of any kind or nature'arising from or connected with any work either covered'or affected by this' Change Order, including, without limitation, claims related to contract time, contract acceleration, onsite or home office overhead, or lost profits. This Change Order, unless otherwise provided, does not relieve the Contractor from strict compliance with the guarantee and warranty provisions of the original contract, particularly those pertaining to substantial completion date. All acts consistent with the authority of the Agreement, previous Change Orders (if any), and this Change Order, prior to the effective date of this Change Order, are hereby ratified and affirmed, and the terms of the Agreement, previous Change Orders (if any), and this Change Order shall be deemed to have applied. The parties whose names appear below swear under penalty of perjury that they are authorized to enter into this contract modification, which is binding on the parties of this contract. 3. The Contractor will adjust the amount of its performance bond (if any) for this project to be consistent with the revised contract sum shown in section 2, above. IN WITNESS, the parties below have executed this Agreement, which will become effective on the last date written below. coN e (úile) DATE Print N Its By: (signature) Print Name: Timothv J. LaPofte. P.E.Its Public Works Director (title) CITY OF KENT: By DATE APPROVED AS TO FORM: (applicable if Mayor's signature required) Kent Law Depaftment Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 21 September 28,2O2O Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 22 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 BIDDER’S CHECKLIST The following checklist is a guideline to help the Contractor make sure all forms are complete. The bidder’s attention is especially called to the following forms. Failure to execute these forms as required may result in rejection of any bid. Bidder’s Package should include the following: Bid Document Cover Sheet filled out with Bidder’s Name .................... Order of Contents ................................................................................. Invitation to Bid ................................................................................... Contractor Compliance Statement ........................................................ Date ............................................................................................ Have/have not participated acknowledgment ............................. Signature and address ................................................................ Declaration – City of Kent Equal Employment Opportunity Policy ........ Date and signature ..................................................................... Administrative Policy ........................................................................... Proposal ............................................................................................... First line of proposal – filled in ................................................... Unit prices are correct ................................................................ Subcontractor List (contracts over $1M – HVAC, Plumbing, & Electrical) ............ Subcontractors listed properly .................................................... Signature .................................................................................... Subcontractor List (contracts over $1M – Structural Steel & Rebar Installation) .. Subcontractors listed properly .................................................... Date and signature ..................................................................... Contractor’s Qualification Statement ................................................... Complete and notarized .............................................................. Statement that Bidder Has Not Been Disqualified ................................ Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes .................... Proposal Signature Page ...................................................................... All Addenda acknowledged ......................................................... Date, signature and address ....................................................... Bid Bond Form ..................................................................................... Signature, sealed and dated ....................................................... Power of Attorney ....................................................................... (Amount of bid bond shall equal 5% of the total bid amount) Combined Declaration Form ................................................................. Signature .................................................................................... Change Order Form .............................................................................. Bidder’s Checklist ................................................................................ The following forms are to be executed after the Contract is awarded: A) CONTRACT This agreement is to be executed by the successful bidder. B) PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND To be executed by the successful bidder and its surety company. The following form is to be executed after the Contract is completed: A) CITY OF KENT EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE STATEMENT To be executed by the successful bidder AFTER COMPLETION of this contract. KENT PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BONT} TO CITY OF KENT W^9¡ttxote¡Bond No. !07326238 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the under.sig ned,Colvico, lnc. as Principal,and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, as a Surety Corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to becorne Surety upon bonds of Contractors with Municipal Corporations, as Surety, arejointly and severally held and firmly bound to the CITY OF KENT in the penal sum of $1.008.504.20* , together with any aQjustments, up or down, in the total contract price because of changes in the contract work, for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or personal representatives, as the case may be, This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, and the Codes and Ordinances of the ClTy OF KENT. Nevertheless, the conditions of the above oblígation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to a motion, duly made, seconded and passed by the City Council of the City of Kent, King County, Washington, the Mayor of the City of Kent has let or is about to let to the above bounden Principal, a cèrtain contract, the said contract providing for construction of Glark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades./Project Number: lg-3O21 (which contract is referred to herein and is made a part hereof as though attached hereto), and WHEREAS, the Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, for non-FHWA prqjects only, if the Principal shall faithfully perform all the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time herein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under the said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men, and all persons who shall supply the Principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work and shall indemnif¡r and hold the CITY OF KENT harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in said contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under said contract, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect, lN lVITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this instrument under their sêparate seals. The name and corporate seal (if required by law) of each corporate party is hereto affixed and duly signed by its undersigned representatives pursuant to authority of its governing body. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 1 9-3021 23 October B, 2O2O TWO WITNESSES DATE. October 28,2020 &nqt)n&tb* Colvico, lnc. PRI NC I PAL ncipal's name above) TIïLE, ?êq DATE:October 28,2020 CORPORATE SEAL: ftqvele¡s Casualty and Surety Company of America SURETY BY PRINT ruAVT DATE; October 28,2020 ^ttt*n'\"Ñsrr'*-: CORPORATE SEAL:BY: Shawn M. Wilsoh C' Râ ty DATE: October28,2O20 iii.l.lFoRD. CCIhJN. TITLE Attornev-in-Fact ADDRESS:One Tower Square *Hartford, CT 06183 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE SEAL I hereby certify that I am the (Assistant) Secretary of the Corporation named as Príncipal in the within Bond; that Who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal Colvico lnc. of the said Corporatíon; that I know his signature thereto is genuine, and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body, SECRETARY OR ASSISTANT SECRETARY Clark Springs Generator & Electrical UpgradeslBond Project Number: 1 9-3021 24 October B, 2O2O TRAVEtER6l' Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Travelers Casualty and Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine lnsurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Shawn M Wilson of SPOKANEWashington , their true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted iñ any actions or proceedings allowed by law. lN WTNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed, and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 17th day of January, 2019. State of Connecticut By: City of Hartford ss.Vice President On this the lTth day of January, 2019, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine lnsurance Company, and that he, as such, being aulhorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of said Companies by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021 Anna P. Nowik, Notary Public This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Travelers Casualg and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surely Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine lnsurance Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any V¡ce Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to onê or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, lhat any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Ass¡stant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Ass¡stant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attomeys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certifìcates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: Presídent, any Executive Vice Presidenl, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. l, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualg and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine lnsurance Company, do hereby certifo that the above and foregoing is a true and conect copy of the Power of Attomey executed by said Companies, which remains in full force and effect. Dated this 28th day of Octobe¡ , 2020 /* l//*u 0 Kevin E. Hughes, AssiÉtant Secretary To verify the authenticity of thÍs Power of Attarney, please all us at 7-8OO-427-388O. Please tefer to the above-namd Attorney-ín-Fact and the detaÍls of the bond to which this Power of Attorney is attached. L /*"fä./ Aú{rdlt*¡r r¡dt^FYdlt P|JFIIC oilflr*¡l munícípal corporat¡on ("City"), a organized under the laws of the CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, ís entered into between the CITY OF KENT, a Washingtonnd Colvico. lnc. State of Washinqton located and doing business at 2812 N Pittsburo St.. Sookane. WA 99207 ("Contractor") WITNESS: In consideration of the tefms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the project documents, plans, and specifications all of which are a part of this Agreement, the parties agree as follows: The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment for: Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades/Project Number: 19-3021 in accordance with and as described in the Contract and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under the Contract and every part thereof. The Contract shall include all project specifications, provisions, and plans; the City's general and special conditions; the 2020 Standard Specificatíons for Road, Bridge, and Munícipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Depatment of Transportation and the, Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, including all published amendments issued by those organizations, if applícable ("Standard Specifications"); the City's bid documents; and the Contractor's response to the City's bid. The Contractor is responsible to obtain copies of the 2O2O WSÐOT Standard Specifications includíng the latest amendments issued by WSDOT as of the date of bid opening. Unless otherwise directed by the City, work shall start within ten (10) days afterthe City issues its Notice to Proceed and work shall be physically completed within sixty (6O) working days. The term of this Contract shall continue until all work has been completed, Final Acceptance has occurred, and all Contractor obligations have been fulfilled. The Contractor shall provide and bear all expense of all equipment, work, and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing all the work provided for in the Contract, except where the specifications allocate that responsibility to the City. The total contract amount for all Work performed under this Contract, including Washington State Sales Tax, is $1,008,504.20. The City hereby promises and agrees wíth the Contractor to employ, and does employ, the Contractor to províde the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the Contract and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the Contract and the schedule of unit or itemized prices provided by Contractor in its response to the City's bid, at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for ín the Contract. The Contractor for itself, and for its heirs, executors, adminístrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to the full performance of all covenants herein contained upon the part of the Contractor. 1 2 3 Clark Springs Generator & Electr¡cal Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 25 October L3,2020 4 5 It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City by reason of entering into this contract, except as expressly provided herein, Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, volunteers and assigns harmless from any and all claims, i{uries, damages, losses or suits, including all legal costs and attorney fees, arising out of or in connect¡on with the performance of this contract, except for iqjuries and damages caused by the sole negligence of the City. The City's inspection or acceptance of any of Contractor's work when completed shall not be grounds to avoid any of these covenants of indemnification. Should a court of competentjur¡sdiction determine that this contract is subject to RCW 4.24.115, then, in the event of líability for damages arising out of bodily i{ury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the Contractor and the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers, the Contractor's liability hereunder shall be only to the extent of the contractor's negligence. IT IS FURTHER SPECIFICALLY AND EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD THAT THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE CONTRACTOR'S WAIVER OF IMMUNITY UNDER INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE, TITLE 51 RCW, SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS INDEMNIFICATION. THE PARTIES FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE MUTUALLY NEGOTIATED THIS WA IVE R. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this contract. Contractor agrees, upon the City's written demand, to make all books and records available to the City for inspection, review, photocopying, and audit in the event of a contract related dispute, claim, modification, or other contract related action at reasonable times (not to exceed three (3) business days) and at places designated by the City. The Contractor shall procure and mainta¡n, during the term of construction and throughout the specified term of maintenance, insurance of the types and in the amounts described in Exhibit A attached and íncorporated by this reference. Contractor is responsible for locating any underground utilities affected by the work and is deemed to be an excavatorfor purposes of RCW Ch. 19.122, as amended. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with RCW Ch, 19.122, including utilization of the "one call" locator service before commencing any excavation activities. b 7 B Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 1 9-3021 26 October 8,2O2O CITY OF KENT BY DANA RALPH, MAYOR DATE: ATTEST KIMBERLEY A. KOMOTO, CITY CLERK APPROVED AS TO FORM: KENT LAW DEPARTMENT co BY PRINT NAME: Jesse Dragoo TITLE: Vice President DATE:l)etn 26 2020 Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Prqject Number: 1 9-3021 27 October 8, 2O2O 11/05/2020 EXHIBIT A I NSURANCE REQU r REMENTS FOR CONSTRUGTION PROJEGTS I nsurance The Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Agreement, insurance against claims for iqjuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, their agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. It. Minimum Scope of lnsurance Contractor shall obtain insurance of the types described below 1. Gommercial General Liability insurance shall be written on ISO occurrence form CG OO O1 or its equivalent, with minimum limits of $3,OOO,OOO per occurrence and in the aggregate for each 1 year policy period. This coverage may be any combination of primary, umbrella or excess liability coverage affording total liability limits of not less than $3,000,OOO per occurrence and in the aggregate. Products and Completed Operations coverage shall be provided for a period of 3 years following Substantial Completion of the work. The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide the Aggregate per Project Endorsement ISO form CG 25 03 11 85. The City shall be named as an Additional lnsured under the Contactor's Commercial General Liability insurance policy with respect to the work performed for the Gity. All endorsements adding Additional Insureds shall be issued on form GG 2() 1O 11 85 or a form deemed equivalent, providing the Additional lnsureds with all policies and endorsements set forth in this section. 2. Automobile Liability insurance covering all owned, non-owned, hired and leased vehicles. Coverage shall be written on lnsurance Services Office (lSO) form CA OO 01 or a substitute form providing equivalent liability coverage. lf necessary, the policy shall be endorsed to provide contractual liability coverage. 3. Workers'Gompensation coverage as required by the lndustrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington. B. Minimum Amounts of lnsurance Contractor shall maintain the following insurance limits: 1. Gommercial General Liability insurance shall be written with minimum limits of $3,OOO,OOO per occurrence and in the aggregate for each 1 year policy period. This coverage may be any combination of primary, umbrella or excess liability coverage affording total liability limits of not less than $3,OOO,OOO per occurrence and in the aggregate. Products and Completed Operations coverage shall be provided for a period of 3 years following Substantial Completion of the work. Clark Springs Generator & Electr¡cal Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 19-3021 2A October B, 2O2O EXHIBIT A (Continued) 2, Automobile Liability insurance with a minimum combined single limit for bodily i{ury and property damage of $1,OOO,OOO per accident. C. Other lnsurance Provisions The insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions for Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability: 1. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respect the City. Any insurance, self-insurance, or insurance pool coverage maintained by the City shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. 2 The Contractor's insurance shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be cancelled by either party, except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City. 3. The City of Kent shall be named as an additional insured on all policies (except Professional Liability) as respects work performed by or on behalf of the contractor and a copy of the endorsement naming the City as additional insured shall be attached to the Certificate of lnsurance. The City reserves the right to receive a certified copy of all required insurance policies. The Contractor's Commercial General Liability insurance shall also contain a clause stating that coverage shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respects to the lim¡ts of the insurer's liability. D. Gontractor's lnsurance for Other Losses The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause whatsoever to any tools, Contractor's employee owned tools, machinery, equipment, or motor vehicles-owned or rented by the Cıntractor, or the Contractorts açjerìts, suppliers or contractors as well as to any temporary structures, scaffolding and protective fences. E. Waiver of Subrogat¡on The Contractor and the City waive all rights against each other any of their Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extend covered by Builders Risk insurance or other property insurance obtained pursuant to the lnsurance Requirements Section of this Contract or other property insurance applicable to the work, The policies shall provide such waivers by endorsement or otherwise. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 1 9-3021 29 October B, 2O2O EXHIBIT A (Gontinued) F. Acceptability of lnsurers lnsurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best rating of not less than A:Vll. G. Verification of Goverage Contractor shall furnish the City with original certificates and a copy of the amendatory endorsements, including but not necessarily limited to the additional insured endorsement, evidencing the Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability insurance of the Contractor before commencement of the work. H. Subcontractors Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the same insurance requirements as stated herein for the Contractor. Clark Springs Generator & Electr¡cal Upgrades/Bond Project Number: 1 9-3021 30 october B,2020 Proposed on 10/29/2020 for ALLIANT INS SERV INC COLVICO, INC. - Policy Term 11/01/2020 – 11/01/2021 Page | 17 Refer to policy for actual terms and conditions Coverage and amendments DESCRIPTION FORM NUMBER ADDL INSD-OWNERS/LESSEE/CONTRACTOR B CG 20 10 10 01 ADDITIONAL INSURED-OWNERS, LESSEES CG 20 37 07 04 EXCLUSION-LEAD CG D0 76 06 93 EXCLUSION - DISCRIMINATION CG D1 42 02 19 AMEND-POLL EXCL-INCL LTD COV POLL COST CG D1 73 02 19 AMEND-NON CUMULATION OF EACH OCC CG D2 03 12 97 EXCL-EXTERIOR INSULATION & FINISH SYSTEM CG D2 04 12 17 DESIGNATED PROJECTS(S) GEN AGGR LIMIT CG D2 11 01 04 EXCLUSION -SILICA OR SILICA-RELATED DUST CG D2 40 09 15 BLANKET AI-W/COMP OPS IF REQ BY CONTRACT CG D2 46 04 19 EXCL-CONSTR MAN ERRORS AND OMISSIONS CG D2 93 11 03 XTEND ENDORSEMENT FOR CONTRACTORS CG D3 16 02 19 EXCL-CLMS OR SUITS BY NAMED INSUREDS CG D3 22 10 20 ADDL INSD-OWNERS/LESSEE/CONTRACTOR B CG D3 61 03 05 EXCL-PROJ SUBJ TO WRAP-UP-LTD EXCEPTIONS CG D3 91 08 13 DAMAGE TO PROPERTY ENDORS-LEGAL LIABILIT CG D4 10 04 08 EXCL - ARCHITECT/ENG/SURVEY PROF SERV CG D5 46 10 11 EXCL-VIOLATION OF CONSUMER FIN PROT LAWS CG D6 18 10 11 ELECTRONIC DATA LIABILITY COVERAGE CG D8 23 02 19 WASHINGTON - FUNGI OR BACTERIA EXCLUSION CG F2 41 05 02 WA CHANGES EMPLOY RELATED PRACTICES EXCL CG F2 66 02 19 DEDUCTIBLE LIAB INSURANCE - WASHINGTON CG F3 07 11 08 WASHINGTON CHANGE - WHO IS AN INSURED CG F4 66 01 08 COMM'L GENERAL LIABILITY DEC CG T0 01 11 03 DECLARATIONS PREMIUM SCHEDULE CG T0 07 09 87 KEY TO DECLARATIONS PREMIUM SCHEDULE CG T0 08 11 03 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIAB COV PART DEC CG T0 09 09 93 TABLE OF CONTENTS - COM GEN LIAB COV CG T0 34 02 19 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIAB TABLE OF CONTENTS CG T0 43 01 16 GL DECLARATIONS COMPOSITE SCHEDULE CG T0 71 03 98 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COV FORM CG T1 00 02 19 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIABILITY COV FORM CG T1 01 01 16 EXC-HAZARD-CONNECTED DESIGNATED EXPOSURE CG T4 81 11 88 GENERAL PURPOSE ENDORSEMENT CG T8 00 01 00 GENERAL PURPOSE ENDORSEMENT CG T8 01 01 00 GENERAL PURPOSE ENDORSEMENT CG T8 02 01 00 EMPLOYERS OVERHEAD LIABILITY GN 01 13 11 03 Proposed on 10/29/2020 for ALLIANT INS SERV INC COLVICO, INC. - Policy Term 11/01/2020 – 11/01/2021 Page | 19 Refer to policy for actual terms and conditions Coverage and amendments DESCRIPTION FORM NUMBER UMBRELLA OVERPRINT (CG T0 53 04 96) CG T0 53 04 96 EXCESS FOLLOW-FORM AND UMBRELLA LIABILITY INSURANCE EU 00 01 07 16 POLICY DECLARATIONS EXCESS FOLLOW-FORM AND UMBRELLA LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY EU 00 02 09 20 SCHEDULE OF UNDERLYING INSURANCE EU 00 03 08 18 POLICY JACKET - EXCESS FOLLOW-FORM AND UMBRELLA LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY EU 00 06 08 18 CAP ON LOSSES FROM CERTIFIED ACTS OF TERRORISM AND EXCLUSION OF OTHER ACTS OF TERRORISM COMMITTED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES EU 00 07 07 16 WASHINGTON CHANGES EU 00 74 07 16 COVERAGE FOR FINANCIAL INTEREST IN FOREIGN INSURED ORGANIZATIONS EU 01 44 07 16 NUCLEAR ENERGY LIABILITY EXCLUSION (BROAD FORM) - COVERAGES A AND B EU 02 09 08 18 POLLUTION NOT RELATED TO AUTOS EXCLUSION WITH LIMITED EXCEPTIONS - COVERAGE A EU 02 16 08 18 AMENDMENT OF COVERAGE - DEFINITIONS EU 02 34 07 16 AIRCRAFT LIABILITY EXCLUSION INCLUDING SERVICE FOR HIRE WITH LIMITED EXCEPTION FOR UNMANNED AIRCRAFT - COVERAGES A AND B EU 03 12 10 20 CONSTRUCTION IDENTIFIED HAZARDS EXCLUSIONS - COVERAGE B EU 03 22 08 18 DISCRIMINATION EXCLUSION - COVERAGE B EU 03 31 08 18 FUNGI OR BACTERIA EXCLUSION - COVERAGE B - WASHINGTON EU 03 38 08 18 LEAD EXCLUSION - COVERAGE B EU 03 44 08 18 NON CUMULATION OF OCCURRENCE LIMIT EU 03 46 08 18 POLLUTION LOSS, COST OR EXPENSE EXCLUSION - COVERAGE A EU 03 48 08 18 SILICA OR SILICA-RELATED DUST EXCLUSION - COVERAGE B EU 03 63 08 18 NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR NONRENEWAL PROVIDED BY US IL T3 20 05 19 FEDERAL TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT DISCLOSURE IL T3 68 01 15 DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US IL T4 05 05 19 POLICYHOLDER NOTICE - LEAD PN T1 94 08 94 IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING INDEPENDENT AGENT AND BROKER COMPENSATION PN T4 54 01 08 INTERLINE ENDORSEMENTS TAB PAGE ZZ TA BS IL 01 POLICYHOLDER NOTICES TAB PAGE ZZ TA BS PN 01 Proposed on 10/29/2020 for ALLIANT INS SERV INC COLVICO, INC. - Policy Term 11/01/2020 – 11/01/2021 Page | 18 Refer to policy for actual terms and conditions Coverage and amendments DESCRIPTION FORM NUMBER OVERPRINT PAGE AUNN1A16 POLICY COVER AUNN2I16 BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM CA 00 01 10 13 WASHINGTON CHANGES CA 01 35 10 13 LESSOR - ADDITIONAL INSURED AND LOSS PAYEE CA 20 01 10 13 DRIVE OTHER CAR COVERAGE - BROADENED COVERAGE FOR NAMED INDIVIDUALS CA 99 10 10 13 WASHINGTON INSURANCE IDENTIFICATION CARD CA ID WA 07 96 BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE PART DECLARATIONS (ITEMS 1 AND 2) CA T0 01 02 15 BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE PART DECLARATIONS (ITEMS 4 AND 5) CA T0 03 02 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM CA T0 31 02 15 BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT CA T3 53 02 15 SHORT TERM HIRED AUTO - ADDITIONAL INSURED AND LOSS PAYEE CA T4 52 02 16 AMENDMENT OF EMPLOYEE DEFINITION CA T4 59 02 15 BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED - PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY WITH OTHER INSURANCE - CONTRACTORS CA T4 99 02 16 BLANKET ADDL INSURED PNC CA T8 02 11 20 COVERAGE DESCRIPTION COVDESC WASHINGTON CHANGES - DEFENSE COSTS IL 01 23 11 13 NUCLEAR ENERGY LIABILITY EXCLUSION ENDORSEMENT (BROAD FORM) IL 01 98 09 08 COMMON POLICY DECLARATIONS IL T0 02 11 89 COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS - WASHINGTON IL T0 05 06 10 LENDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE - FORM A IL T0 10 12 86 CALCULATION OF PREMIUM - COMPOSITE RATES IL T3 02 07 86 NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR NONRENEWAL PROVIDED BY US IL T3 20 05 19 DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US IL T4 05 05 19 AMENDMENT OF COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS - PROHIBITED COVERAGE - UNLICENSED INSURANCE AND TRADE OR ECONOMIC SANCTIONS IL T4 12 03 15 FORMS, ENDORSEMENTS AND SCHEDULE NUMBERS IL T8 01 01 01 CALCULATION OF PREMIUM - COMPOSITE RATES IL T8 25 11 20 IMPORTANT NOTICE - INDEPENDENT AGENT AND BROKER COMPENSATION PN T4 54 01 08 COMMERCIAL AUTO TAB PAGE ZZ TA BS CA 01 INTERLINE ENDORSEMENTS TAB PAGE ZZ TA BS IL 01 POLICYHOLDER NOTICES TAB PAGE ZZ TA BS PN 01 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED ENTITY – NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: Number of Days Notice of Cancellation: PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ADDRESS: PROVISIONS: If we cancel this policy for any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a number of days is shown for cancellation in the schedule above, we will mail notice of cancellation to the person or organization shown in the schedule POLICY NUMBER:ISSUE DATE: above. We will mail such notice to the address shown in the schedule above at least the number of days shown for cancellation in the schedule above before the effective date of cancellation. IL T4 05 03 11 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved.Page 1 of 1 DT-CO-8M267150-COF-19 11-25-19 30 ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION (CONTINUED ON IL T8 03) THE ADDRESS FOR THAT PERSON (CONTINUED ON IL T8 03) SPOKANE WA 99220 POLICY :ISSUE D : NUMBER ATE THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLE ASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED PERSO N OR ORG ANIZATION –NOTICE OF CANCELLATIO N PROVIDED BY US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION:Number of Days Notice: PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ADDRESS: PROVISIONS If we cancel this policy for any legally permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a number of days is shown for Cancellation in the Schedule above, we will mail notice of cancellation to the person or organization shown in s uch Schedule. We will mail such notice to the address shown in the Schedule above at least the number of days shown for Cancellation in such Schedule before the effective date of cancellation. IL T4 05 05 19 ú 2019 The Tra ve le rs Indemnity Co mpa ny.All rights rese rve d.Page 1 of 1 COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LI YEAELIT T IS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES T E POLICY.PL ASE READ IT CAREFULLY.H H E XTEND ENDORSEMENT FOR CONTRACTORS Thi e dorseme t m d fie i surance prov ded under he f l o ing:s n n o i s n i t o l w COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LI Y COVERAG PA TEAELITER Thi endorsem nt broadens cov rage.Howev r cov rage fo anyseee,e r i ju y,dama e o me i al ex ense descri ed in any o the provnrgrdcpsbfi ion o th s e dorseme t may bssfinne ex luded orc l m ted by anothe endorsem n to this Cov rage Pa t,and the e ciiretersov rage broadening prov sions do no ap ly toeitp the ex en tha cov rage is ex l ded or lim ted by such an entttecuidorsem n .The fo lo ing li ti g i a getlwsnseneral cov rage de cript on only Read al the prov sions o thi endorsesi.l i f s em nt and the re t o y ur pol cy ca e ullesfoirfy to de erm ne r gh s,dut es,and wha i and s not cov red.t i i t i t s i e Wh I An Insured Unnam d Subsid arieoseis In i ental Med cal Mal racti ecdipc Bla ket Addit onal Insured Gov rnme talnien Bla ket Wa v r f Sub ogationnieOr En it e Pe m t Or Au ho iza ions Re ati g Totisristrtln Co tra tua Liab l ty Rai roadncliilsOpeatiosrnDaaeToPremseRenedo YoumgistT An o ganizat on o he than a pa tnership,jo ntritrri v nture or l m ted liab l ty company;oreiiii A rust;t The fol owing is ad ed told a indi a ed in i s nam o the docum n s thasctterett :gov rn it stru ture.e s c Any o yo r sub idiar e ,o her than a pa tnershi ,f u s i s t r p jo n v nture o lim ted liabil ty com any,that iiteriips no shown as a Nam d Insured in thete De la ation i a am d In ured f:c r s s N e s i The fol owing is ad ed toldYoarethesoeownero,o ma ntai anulfrin :ownership intere t o mo e than 50%in,suchsfr Any gov r men al enti y tha ha issued a perm tentttsisubsidiayonthefistdayothepolcyperio;r r f i d or authoriza ion wit re pe t to ope ationsthscrand pe fo med by yo or on your behal and that yourrufSuhsubsidiaryinotaninuredundecssrarerequiredbyanyodinance,law,buil ing coderdsiilaohernurance.m r t i s or written cont act or agreeme t to incl de a anrnus No such subsidiary i a insured fo "bodily inju ysnrr"addi ional i sured on thi Cov rage Pa t is atnsern or "property dama e"tha o curred,o "perso al i sured,but only wi h re pgtcrnntse t to liabi i y fo "bodilycltr i ju y","prope ty dam ge"or "perso al andnrranandavrtsingijuy"caused by an o fe sedeinrfn adv rti ing inj ry"ari ing ou o uch operatio s.e s u s t f s ncomited:m t The in uran e prov ded to such gov r men alscientBeoeyoumantaiedanownershipinteretfrins en ity doe not apply o:t s tomoethan50%i such ub idiary;orfrnss Any "bodi y inju y ,"property dama e olr"g "rAfethedate,i any duri g the poli y periotrf,n c d "pe sonal and adv rti ing injury"a i ing o t oresrsufthatyonolongermantainaownershiuinp operatio s perfo m d fo the gov r men alnrerentiteretoorehan50%n such subsi ia y.n s f m t i d r en ity ort;Fo purpose o Pa agraphrsfr o Se tionfc Who Any "bodily inj ry or "property dam geu"a "Is An Insured,ea h such subsidiary wil becl i clu ed in the "products-co ple edndmtdeemdtoedeignatedintheDeclaratona:e b s i s s operatio s hazard".n Pa e 1 o 3gf COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LI YEAELIT pharma eut cal co m t ed by o wi h thecismit,r t k owledge o co sent o ,the n urednrnfis.The fo lo i g repla e Pa agraphlwncsr o thef de i i ion o "o cur en e in thefntfcrc"The fol owing i a ded to thelsd Se tion:c Se tio :c n An a t o om ssio com i ted i prov dincrinmtnig "In i ental m d cal se v ce "m a s:c d e i r i s e n or fa l ng to prov de "incidental me icaiiidl Med cal surgi al dental laborato y,x rayi,c ,,r -se v ce ",fi st a d o "Good Sam r tanrisrirai or nur ing se v ce or treatm n ,adv ce osrietirsevce"to a person,unle s yo are irissun i struction o the related fur i hi g on,r n s n fthebusinesorocupatonoprovdinscifig fo d or bev rages;oroeproesionalheathaesevce.f s l c r r i s The furni hing o di pensing o dru s osrsfgrThefolowigrepaesthelatparagrapholnlcsf m d cal dental o surgi al supplie oei,,r c s rPaagaphrrof appl a ce .i n s: The fol o ing i added to Parag aphlwsr ,Unle s yo a e in the business or o cupatiosurcn ,ofoprovdigproesionalhealtcaesevce,f i n f s h r r i s Pa ag aphsrr ,,and abov doe not apply to :"bodily injury"arising out of prov din o ai ing o rov de:i g r f l t p i Thi i surance i ex e s ov r any v li ansnscseadd "In i ental me ica se v ce "by any ocddlrisf col e ti le othe in urance whether prim ry,l c b r s ,a y ur "em loyee "who is a nu se,nurseopsr ex e s,conti gent o on any other ba is,thatcsnrs a sistant,em rgen y me i al techni iasecdccn i av ilab e to any o your "em loy es"fosalfper or arame ic;orpd "bo ily injury that ari e ou o prov ding od"s s t f i r fa l n to prov de "i cidental medi al serv ce "i i g i n c i sFrstaior"Good Sama itan se v ce "byidrris a y o y u "em loyee "o "to any perso to the ex ent notnforpsrnt subje t tocvlunteero Pa ag aphrr o Se t onfci Who Is Anworkers",other than an employed or v lunteer do tor.Any such "em loyee "o c p s In ured.s or "v lu teer wo kers"prov ding o fa l ngonririi to prov de fi st aid or "Good Sama i anirrt The fo lowing is a ded to Paragraphld ,se v ce "during thei work hou s fo yourisrrr ,wil be deem d to be a t ng wi hin thelecit ofscoeotheiemloymntbyyoopfrpeur pe fo m n dutie rela ed to the co du trrigstnc : o yo r busine s.f u s If the insured has a ree in a cont act ogdrr The fo lo i g repla e the la t se tence olwncssnf ag ee ent to waiv that i sured'righ ormenstf Pa ag aphrr of re ov ry against any person o o gan zat on,wecerrii :waiv our right o e ov ry again t uch pe son oefrcessrr organi ation,but only fo pay ents we ma ezrmkFothepurpoeodetemnintherssfrig be ause o :c fapplcableEahOccurrenceLimt,al relatedicil a t or om ssions com i ted i prov di g ocsimtninr "Bo ily i ju y"o "property dam ge"thatdnrra fa l n to prov de "inci ental me icaiigiddl o curs;ocr se v ce ",fi st a d o "Good Sam r tanrisrirai "Pe so al and adv rti ing inj ry"ca sed byrnesuusevce"to any one perso wil be deeme torisnld an o fe se hat i com it edfntsmt;be one "o currence".c The fo lowi g ex lu ion i added to subsequent to the ex cution o thelncssef cont a t orcr Pa ag aphrr ,,of ag ee ent.r m :The fol o ing repla e Pa agraphlwcsr o thef de i i ion o "insured cont act"i thefntfrn Se tion:c"Bo ily inju y or "property dama e"ari ingdr"g s ou o the v ola ion o a penal stat te otfitfur Any ea em nt or l cense agreem nt;s e i e ordi ance rela i g to the sale ontnf Pa e 2 o 3gf COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LITYEAELI Pa ag aphrr o the de init o o "i suredffinfn Any prem se whi e rented to yo oislur cont a t i therc"n Se tion is tem ora i y o cupied by you wi h pe m ssioncprlctri de eted.o he owne ;orlftr The co tent o any premi e whi e suchnsfssl prem se i rented to yo ,i y u rent suchissufoThefolowingreplaethedeiitiono"prem selcsfnfis prem se fo a period o sev n or feweisrferdamaeinheg"t Se tionc:conse utiv day .c e s "Pre i e dama e m a s "property dama e"to:m s s g "e n g Pa e 3 o 3gf COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB L TYEAELII T IS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES T E POLICY.PL ASE READ IT CAREFULLY.H H E BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED Thi e dorseme t m d fie i surance prov ded under he f l o ing:s n n o i s n i t o l w COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LI Y COVERA E PARTEAELITG Any "bodily injury","property dam ge"oar "pe sonal injury arising out o the prov di g,r "f i nThefolowingiaddedtols or fa l re to prov de,any pro e sionaliuifs: arch te tural engineer ng o surv yingic,i r eAnypersonooganzatonthatyoagreeinarriiusevce,ncl ding:r i s i uwritenconractoragreemnttoinludeaanttecs addi ional i sured o thi Cov rage Part i atnnsesn The preparin ,approv ng,or fa li g togiin i sured,ut onlynb:prepa e or approv ,ma s,shoprep drawi gs,opin on ,reports,surv y ,n i s e sWihrepettolabiityfo"bodily injury otscilr"r fi l orders or change orders,or theed"prope ty dam ge that o curs,or fo "perso alra"c r n prepa i g,approv ng,or fa l n torniiigijuycasedbyanofesethatiscommttednr"u f n i , prepa e or app ov ,drawings andrresubsequenttothesigningofthatcontractor ag ee ent and while tha pa t o the contra t ormtrfcr spe i i a io s;andcfctn ag ee ent s in e fe t;andrmifc Su erv so y,in pe t on,archi ect ral opirscitur If a d only to the ex ent that such injury o,n t ,r engineerin a t v t e .g c i i i s dama e is ca sed by a ts o om ssio s o yo ogucrinfur Any "bodi y inju y or "prope ty dam gelr"r a "y ur subco tra tor in the perfo m nce o "y uoncrafor caused by "y ur work an in luded in theo"d cworktowhichthewritencontatoragreemen"t r c t "produ ts-com leted o erat on hazardcppis"appl e .Such person or organiza ion doe noistst un ess the wri ten cont a t o ag ee entltrcrrmqualfyaanaditionalinuredwithrepecttoisdss the independent a t o om ssions o such spe i i a ly requi escsrifcfclr y u to prov de suchoi pe son or organizationr.cov rage fo that addi ional in ured durinertsg the oli y pe iod.p c rTheisuranceprovdedtosuchaditonalinsuredisnidi subje t o he o lo ing p ov sions:c t t f l w r i The ad itional insured m st com ly with thedup If the Lim t o In uran e o thi Cov rage Part fo lowi g dutieisfscfselns: shown in the De laratio s ex eed the m nim mcnciu Giv us wri ten no i e as soon a pra tica leettcscblmtrequiedbythewrittencotratoiisrncroan"o cur en e o an o fe se whi h m yfcrc"r f n c aageeent,the i surance prov ded to thermni re ult i a clai .To t e ex en possible suchsnmhtt,addi ional insured wil be lim ted to suchtli no ice should in l de:t c umnimmrequiredlimts.Fo the purpo e oiuirssf de erm nin whether thi lim tatio applie ,thetigsins How,when an where the "o cur en edcrc" m nim m im t requi ed by the wri ten co tra t oiulisrtncr or o fe se too pla e;f n k cageeentwillbecosideredtoincludethermn The nam s and addre se o any inj redessfumnimmlimtsoanyUmbelaoExessiuifrlrc pe sons an witne s e ;andrdsslabltycovragerequiedfotheaddiionaliiierrt i sured by that writ en cont a t o agreem nt.n t r c r e The nature and lo ation o any inj ry ocfurThiprovsionwillnotincreaethelimtosisisfdamaeariingoutothe"o cur en egsfcrc"i suran e de cribed in Se tioncscn Lim t Ofis or o fe se.f nInurance.s If a cla m is ma e or "sui "i brought agai stidtsnTheinsuranceprovdedtosuchaddiionalit the ad it onal nsureddii:i sured does not ap ly o:n p t Pa e 1 o 2gf COMM RCI L G NERAL IAB LITYEAELI Im e ia ely re ord the spe i i s o themdtccfcf Te der the de ense and i dem i y o anynfnntf cla m or "suit an the date re eiv d;and cla m or "sui "to any prov deri"d c e i t i o othefr i suran e which woul cov r such addi ionalncdetNoiyusasooapractiableandseetfsnsc i sured fo a lo s we cov r.Howev r,thisnrseetoitthatwereeivwritennotieothecetcf condi ion doe not a f ct whethe thetsferclamor"suit a soon a pra ti ablei"s s c c . i suran e prov ded to such addi io alncitn Im e ia ely send us cop es o all legalmdtif i sured i prima y to ot er insurancensrh pape s receiv d in conne t on with the clairecim av ila le to such addi ional insured whi habtc or "sui ",coopera e wit us in thetth cov r that person or organi ation a aeszs i v stigat on o se tlem nt o the claim oneirtefr name i sured a de cribed i Paragraphdnssn , de e se against the "sui ",and o herwisefntt Ot e In uran e o Se tionhrsc,f c Com e cialmr com ly wit all pol cy o ditio s.p h i c n n Ge eral Liabil ty ondit on .n i C i s Pa e 2 o 2gf COMM RCIAL E ERAL IAB LITYEGNLI The sta e e t in th De l ra i ns a etmnsecator a cura e a d co p e ectnmlt;If a l o the o he i sura ce pe m t co t i ut olftrnnrisnrbin by e u l sha e ,w i l fo l w t i m t o l oqarsewllohsehdas.Tho e sta e e ts a e ba e upostmnrsdn Und r th s a pr a h e ch in ure co t i ut s re re e t ti n y ueipocasrnrbepsnaoso a e to us;nmdad e ua a o n s unt l it ha pa d it a pl ca lqlmutisispibe We ha e i sue th s po i y i re i n e up nvsdilcnlaco l m t o in ura ce o no e o th l ss re a ns,i i f s n r n f e o m i y ur e re e ta i ns.o r p s n t o whi he e o e fi st.c v r c m s r The uni te ti n l o i sio o ,o uni t n i na e ronnoamsnfrnetolrr If a y o th o h r i sura ce do s no pe m tnfetennetri i ,a y i f rm ti n pro i e by y u whi h we re i dnnnoaovddocle co tr bu i n by e u l sha e ,we wi l co t i utnitoqarslnrbe up n i issui g th s po i y wi l no pre u i e y uonnilcltjdcor by l m t .Und r th s m t o ,e ch i sure 'siiseiehdanr ri ht unde th s in ura ce Ho e e ,thi pro i i ngsrisn.w v r s v s o sha e is ba e o the ra i o i s a p i a l i irsdntoftplcbelmt do s no a f ct o r ri h to co l ct a di i n letfeugtledtoa o in ura ce to th to a a pl ca l li i s ofsnetlpibemtf pre i m o to e e ci e o r rig t o ca ce l t o omurxrsuhsfnlainr i sura ce o l nsure s.n n f a l i r no re e a i cco d nce w t pp i a l n ura cennwlnaraihalcbeisn l ws o e ul t o s.a r r g a i n If y u spe i i a l a re i a wri t n co t a t oocfclygentenrcr Ex e t wi h re pe t to the Li i s o In ura ce a dcptscmtfsn,n a re m nt tha the i sura ce a fo d d to ageetnnfren a y ri h s o du i s spe i i a l a sig e i th sngtrtecfclysndni i sure un e hi Co e a e Pa t m st p l nnddrtsvrgruapyo Co e a e Pa t to the fi st Na e Insure ,th svrgrrmddi a pri a y ba i ,o a pri a y a d no -m r s s r m r n n i sura ce a pl e :n n p i s co tr bu o y ba is,th s i sura ce is pri a y tonitrsinnmr As i e ch Na e In ure we e the o lfamdsdrnyohrinuracethtiaalblosuchisuretesnasviaetndNaenure;ndmdIsdawhihoessuchnureaanmdisure,c c v r i s d s a e n d Se a a e y to e ch in ure a a n t who cl iprtlasdgismamadwewilnoshaewihthtohrinuracenltrtatesn, i m d o "sui "i b o g tsaertsruh.pro i e ha :v d d t t The "bo i y i j ry o "pro e ty da a e fodlnu"r p r m g "r whi h co e a e i so gh o cur ;ndcvrgsutcsa If the i sure ha ri h s to re o e a l o pa t o a yndsgtcvrlrrfnThe"pe so a a d a v rt sin i j ry fornlndeignu"r pa m n we ha e m d unde thi Co e a e Pa tyetvaersvrgr,whi h co e a e is so gh i ca se by acvrgutsudn th se ri ht a e tra sfe re t us.he i sure ustogsrnrdoTndmofesetaicomte;f n h t s m i t d do no h ng a te l ss to i p i th m At o r re u st,t i f r o m a r e .u q esubseunttothesinngothacotrctoqegiftnarthisurewilbrig"sui "o tra sfe tho e ri h sendlntrnrsgtaremntbyyugeeo.to us a d h l s e f rce t e .n e p u n o h m We wi l co p t a l p e i m f r h s Co e a elmuelrmusotivrg If we d ci e n t o r n w h s Co e a e P rt e wi ledoteetivrga,w lPaticcodncewturueadae.r n a r a i h o r l s n r t s m i o de i e to th fi st Na e In ure sho n inalrlvrermdsdw Pre i m sho n in th s Co e a e Pa t amuwivrgrs th De l ra i n wri te no i e o the no r n waecatostntcfneel a v nce pre i m i a de o i pr m um o l .Adamuspsteinyt no l ss th n 0 da s be o e t e e pi a i n da etea3yfrhxrtot. th clo e o e ch a d t pe i d we wi l co p tesfauirolmue If no i e is m i e ,pro f o m i i g wi l be suffi i ntcaldofalnlcettherndpreimfothtpeidadsedeaemuraronnproffoieoontc.no i e t th fi st Na e I sure .The du da etcoermdndet fo a di a d re ro pe ti e p e i m i t e d trutntscvrmusshae "shown as the due date on the bill.If the sum of Ad e t se e t"m a s a no i e th t s br a ca t ovrimnentcaiodsr pu l she to the ge e a pub i o spe i i m rbidnrllcrcfcatheadvanceandauditpremiumspaidforthek te po i y pe i d is gre te tha the e rn dlcroarnae se m nt a o t y ur go ds,pro u ts o ser i egesbuoodcrvcs fo th purp se o a t a ti g custo e s oreoftrcnmrrpremium,we will return the excess to the first Na e nsure .supp rt r .o h p r o e o hi de i i i nmdIdoesFrteupssftsfnto: The fi st Na e In ure m st k e re o d ormdsduepcrsf No i e th t a e publ she i cl de m t r atcsaridnuaeil th in o m t o we ne d fo pre i m pl ce o the Int rn t o oefrainermuadneern sim l r e e tr n cialcoi co p t ti n a d se d us co i s a such t m smuao,n n p e t i e m a s o co m ni a i n;a denfmucton a we m y re u st.s a q e Re a di g we sit s,o l tha pa t o a we si egrnbenytrfbt th t is a o t y u go d ,pro u ts o se v ceabuorosdcrris fo th pur o e o a t a t ng custo e s orepssftrcimrrByacetigtiplcyogre:c p n h s o i ,y u a e supp rt r i co si e e a a v rt se e toessndrdndeimn. Pa e 16 o 21gf © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. to the in this © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. service after a event"first of a advisor"in the for you of solely for a © 2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. (2)for mailing of materials travel officers, a advisor"solely for a For the from that have (3) to the of a Any us. a advisor"in you minimizing to you from a event" Chief Executive Officer; Chief Financial Officer; f. you are a any acting in the COMM RCI L AUTOEA T IS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES T E POLICY.PL ASE READ IT CAREFULLY.H H E BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED PRIMA Y ANDR NON-CONTRIBUTORY WITH OTHE INSURANCER CONTRACTORS Thi e dorseme t m d fie i surance prov ded under he f l o ing:s n n o i s n i t o l w BUS NE S A TO OV RAGE F RMISUCEO P O ISION 2.R V S The fol o ing i added to Paragraphlws B 5..,O hetr In u ancesr of SE TION IV BU IN S AUTCSESO1.The fol owing is a ded to Pa agrapldrh c.in A.1.,COND T ONIIS:Wh Is An Insuredo,of SE TION Il COVEREDC AU OS LIAB LIT CO E AGETIYVR:Re ardle s o the prov sions o pa ag aphgsfifrr a.and pa ag aphrr d.of this part 5.O her Insurancet,thisThiicludesanypesonororganizationwhoyosnruisuraneiprimrytoandnon-contri utory witncsabharerequiedunderawritencotratortncrapplcableotheinuranceunderwhichanirsageeent,that is signed by y u be o e thermofr addi ional insured person o organiza ion is atrt"bodi y inju y or "property dam ge o curs andlr"a "c name i sured when a writ en co tra t odntncrthatiiefetduringthepoliyperiod,to namsnfcce ag ee ent with you,tha i signed by you be orermtsfaanadditonalisuredfoCovredAutosinresthe"bodily inj ry or "property dama e"o cursu"g cLiailtyCovrage,but only fo dam ges to whi hbierac and that i in e fe t duri g the poli y perio ,s f c n c dthsinsuraneapplieandonlytotheexentoicstfreuiethiinsuranetobeprimryandnon-q r s s c athatpersonsoroganizaio's l abi i y fo the'r t n i l t r cont ibutoryr.conduct o anothe "in ured".f r s CA 4 99 2 16T0 Pa e 1 of 1g THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT J. 2. b. 8.5., b F Dm ,b v ()ire , b ; (2) eted y y y mp"w RA RAG b H .v j,mg m x b y v y b excl m b m rt ,ae bo poss d ot a t x g x m by m a gera g .L x y p eages R vss f y fuy , . w v M P - - T LA Y - CR H - - RA - G - D g .ho red - V RA : z wy c qur f dr y w a 50% y vage . v g v aff y u 180 ft q he o g d wh ch v T T S RE Pr h c n , Who u ed, - RAG w e qe d u de tt b a d p d ad x by b b juy o "p rty m s effect g p b a addi s "ered A tos Lby v b me s to wc a- a- a- - . 3 53 02 5 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. g 1 4 008337 perrrussron, C B G (4 ll a x y q g p $50 y ff m k F HRD RDW D g Sp (5) n g 87,licy eri,ovrag Titry, T B U D (5) yw h .xp ju i di h e y , g m p y e U e pp b s a s t ju u b n y v e aut y n o i u v p y a y , , b frm , a rt (rtp ), m (m y) m . ) Wi m u g n it t t f m , t t n nit m rt R n i ) u g g k p ii ) N k ny ttn u . iii ) m , p rt i h i g tt . it iv ) W m s y m u y j " rt m " n li s. " p t u n . u y u i p . L Of I , S N D S I BI I ERA v ) m a x n u it y n n m y n n " "u n p in i i it i i p , i I , SE D US LI BI I C ERAG , d it mk p h p p mit n pn t m, tt n xp (b) n x n l pm y,x, i . c ) ry nn e S Pu rt n 2 4 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office. Inc. with its permission. J 53 0 5 o== o== Of Expne ,C O -ME RAGE H,xss $65 ,xi $750 " S G -RASRON X -RSE fi ..,ranprtatin Expnss, S S E E E 50 x ,5 s J. a xtn in E n rp e 00 "s" " " . in S S E E a "" "ss" ... a " R .2.., S V - s l"p "k (a)(r ); (b)() (i b ); (d)ffi , ( ); ()"z gi """" B K W R F R 5.,an sfr Of Rights f Re ry gint Othr S -BSS O ON I : 5 ran fer f i ghts Of Reov r y g int Oth v n y m g h tt r c g y " "","""" 008338 5 2 15 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO such contract. The waiver applies only to the person or organization designated in such contract. N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS The following is added to Paragraph 8.2., Con cealment, Misrepresentation, Or Fraud, of SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: The unintentional orrussron of. or unintentional error in, any information given by you shall not prejudice your rights under this insurance. How ever this provision does not affect our right to col lect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non-renewal. Page 4 of 4 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. CA T3 53 02 15 COMMERC GENERAL L ITYIALIABIL POLICY :ISSUE D :NUMBER ATE THIS ENDORSEMENT CHA OLICY.PLEASE READ I EFULLYNGESTHEPTCAR DESIGNATED PROJECT(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT This endorsement i ies insurance pro ided under t folmodfvhelowing: COMMERC GENERAL L ITY VERA AIALIABILCOGEPRT For al sums which the insured becomes legal Any payments made underlly obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur-for da or under formages rences"under ,and med e shall reduce the Desiicalxpensesg- for al med e s caused by accidents un-nated Projec General Aggregate L m forlicalxpensetiit der ,which can be that designated "project".Such payments attr only to operations at a single desig-shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limibutedit nated "project shown in the Schedule abo e:"v shown in the Declarat nor shall they re-ions duce any other Designated Pro GeneraljectAseparateDesignatedProjectGeneralAg- Aggregate Li it fo any other designatedmrgregateLiitappdesignated"pro-m lies to each "project"n in the dule abo e.show Sche vject"and that l m is equal to the amount of,i it the General Aggregate Li t shown in the The l m shown in the Declarations formiiits Declarat unless separateions, are sche continue tod- uled abo .ve apply.Howe instead o be subject tover,f ing the General Aggregate Li t shown in themiTheDesignatedProjectGeneralAggregate Declarat such li its will be subject to theions,mLiitisthemostwewillpayforthesumoalmfl applicab Designated Project General Ag-ledamagesunder,except gregate Li itm.damages because of "bodil in "or "prop-y jury erty damage inc in the "products-For al sums which the insured becomes legal"luded l ly comp operations hazard ,and for med obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur-leted "i- cal expenses under ,regar rences"under ,andd- less of the onumberf:for al med e s caused by accidents un-l ical xpense der ,which cannotInsureds; be attribu only to operations at a sing desitedleg- Clai made or "suits"brought;orms nated "project shown in the Schedule abo e:"v Persons or organizations m ing cla msaki or bringing "suits". Copyright,Tra elers Inde ity mpany,2004 Page 1 oThevmnCof 2 COMMERC GENERAL L ITYIALIABIL Any payments made under v ded,any pa ments for da because ofiymages for da or under for "bodily injury or "property damage"inc inmages"luded med e shall reduce the amount the "products-comp o erat hazard"willicalxpensesletedpions a ilab under the General Aggregate Lim reduce the Products Comp Operat Ag-va le it -leted ions or the Products Completed Operat Ag-gregate Li t,and not reduce the General Aggre--ions mi gregate Li it ver is applic bm,whiche a le;and gate Li it nor the Designated Pro Generalmject Aggregate Li itm.Such payments shall not reduce any Desig- nated Projec General Aggregate L m .t i it For the purposes of this endorsement the is amended by the addit of theionPartof fo lowing def itlinion:is deleted and rep folacedbythellowing: "Projec "means an area away fro pre isestmmTheGeneralAggregateLiiisthemostwemt owned by or rented to you at which you are per-will for o :pay the sum f for ing oper t pursuant to a contract ormaions Damages under ;and agreement.For the purposes of deter ing themin Damages f m "occurrences"under applicab aggregate li t o insurance,eachrolemif and for al "project"that includes prem in l i thelisesvovng med e caused by accidents same or connecting lots,or prem whose con-ical xpenses ises under which nection is interrupted only by a street,roadway, cannot be attr buted only to operat at waterway or right of way of a railroad shall beiions-- considered a single "projec ".tasingledesignated"project"shown in the abo e.v The pro ons ofvisi W co erage for liab li arising out o the not otherwise modi ied by this en-hen v i ty f f dorsement shall to applycontinue as stipulated."products-comple operations hazard is pro-ted " Page 2 o Copyright,Tra elers Inde ity mpany,2004f2ThevmnCo Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ..................................... 1-1 1-01 Definitions and Terms ...................................................... 1-1 1-02 Bid Procedures and Conditions .......................................... 1-2 1-03 Award and Execution of Contract....................................... 1-5 1-04 Scope of the Work .......................................................... 1-5 1-05 Control of Work .............................................................. 1-7 1-06 Control of Material .......................................................... 1-12 1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public ................. 1-14 1-08 Prosecution and Progress ................................................. 1-21 1-09 Measurement and Payment .............................................. 1-25 1-10 Temporary Traffic Control ................................................ 1-27 DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION ......................... 8-1 8-01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control ........................ 8-1 8-02 Roadside Restoration ....................................................... 8-3 8-34 Pump Station Upgrades ................................................... 8-34 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................... A-1 GEOTECHNICAL MEMORANDUM ...................................................... A-2 KENT STANDARD PLANS ................................................................. A-3 WSDOT STANDARD PLANS .............................................................. A-4 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS .............................................................. A-5 PREVAILING WAGE RATES .............................................................. A-6 RELEVANT RECORD DRAWINGS ...................................................... A-7 CLARIFICATIONS ............................................................................ A-8 Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 1 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS The Kent Special Provisions (“Kent Special Provisions” or “KSP”) modify and supersede any conflicting provisions of the 2020 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, including all published amendments issued by those organizations (“WSDOT Standard Specifications”). Otherwise all provisions of the WSDOT Standard Specifications shall apply. All references in the WSDOT Standard Specifications to the State of Washington, its various departments or directors, or to the contracting agency, shall be revised to include the City and/or City Engineer, except for references to State statutes or regulations. Finally, all of these documents are a part of this contract. DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS SECTION 1-01.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-01.1 General When these Kent Special Provisions make reference to a “Section,” for example, “in accordance with Section 1-01,” the reference is to the WSDOT Standard Specifications as modified by these Kent Special Provisions. SECTION 1-01.2(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-01.2(2) Items of Work and Units of Measurement EA Each Eq. Adj. Equitable Adjustment FA Force Account HR Hour M GAL Thousand gallons NIC Not In Contract SF Square Feet SECTION 1-01.3, “CONTRACT” DEFINITION, IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-01.3 Definitions Contract The written agreement between the Contracting Agency and the Contractor. It describes, among other things: 1. What work will be done, and by when; 2. Who provides labor and materials; and Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 2 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 3. How Contractors will be paid. The Contract includes the Contract (agreement) Form, Bidder’s completed Proposal Form, Kent Special Provisions including the Technical Specifications in Appendix A-1, Contract Provisions, Contract Plans, WSDOT Standard Specifications (also including amendments to the Standard Specifications issued by WSDOT as of the later date of bid advertisement or any subsequent addenda), Kent Standard Plans, Addenda, various certifications and affidavits, supplemental agreements, change orders, and subsurface boring logs (if any). Also incorporated in the Contract by reference are: 1. Standard Plans (M21-01) for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the American Public Works Association, current edition; 2. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, current edition, and; 3. American Water Works Association Standards, current edition; 4. The current edition of the “National Electrical Code.” Responsibility for obtaining these publications rests with the Contractor. SECTION 1-01.3, “DEFINITIONS” IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING DEFINITION: Incidental Work The terms “incidental to the project,” “incidental to the involved bid item(s),” etc., as used in the Contract shall mean that the Contractor is required to complete the specified work and the cost of such work shall be included in the unit contract prices of other bid items as specified in Section 1-04.1 (Intent of the Contract). No additional payment will be made. 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS SECTION 1-02.1 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.1 Qualification of Bidders Bidders shall be qualified by ability, experience, financing, equipment, and organization to do the work called for in the Contract. The City reserves the right to take any action it deems necessary to ascertain the ability of the Bidder to perform the work satisfactorily. This action includes the City’s review of the qualification information in the bid documents. The City will use this qualification data in its decision to determine whether the lowest responsive bidder is also responsible and able to perform the contract work. If the City determines that the lowest bidder is not the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, the City reserves its unqualified right to reject that bid and award the Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 3 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 contract to the next lowest bidder that the City, in its sole judgment, determines is also responsible and able to perform the contract work (the “lowest responsive and responsible bidder”). SECTION 1-02.2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications Upon awarding the Contract, the City shall supply to the Contractor, for its own use, up to ten (10) copies of the plans and specifications. If the Contractor requests more than ten (10) copies, the City may require the Contractor to purchase the additional sets. 1-02.5 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.5 Proposal Forms Prospective bidders may obtain Bid Documents including a “Bid Proposal” for the advertised project by downloading at no charge at KentWA.gov/doing-business/bids-procurement; however, a prospective bidder remains responsible to obtain Bid Documents, even if unable to download all or any part of the documents, whether or not inability to access is caused by the bidder’s or the City’s technology. SECTION 1-02.6 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE THIRD PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal It is the Bidder’s sole responsibility to obtain and incorporate all issued addenda into the bid. In the space provided on the Proposal Signature Page, the Bidder shall confirm that all Addenda have been received. All blanks in the proposal forms must be appropriately filled in. SECTION 1-02.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING TO THE LAST PARAGRAPH: Proposals must contain original signature pages. FACSIMILES OR OTHER FORMS OF ELECTRONIC DELIVERY ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE AND ARE CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE SUBMITTALS. SECTION 1-02.7 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.7 Bid Deposit A deposit of at least 5 percent of the total Bid shall accompany each Bid. This deposit may be cash, cashier’s check, or a proposal bond (Surety bond). Any proposal bond shall be on the City’s bond form and shall be signed by the Bidder and the Surety. A proposal bond shall not be conditioned in any way to modify the minimum 5-percent required. The Surety shall: (1) be registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and (2) appear on the current Authorized Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 4 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner. The failure to furnish a Bid deposit of a minimum of 5 percent with the Bid shall make the Bid nonresponsive and shall cause the Bid to be rejected by the Contracting Agency. SECTION 1-02.9 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal All bids must be sealed and delivered in accordance with the “Invitation to Bid.” Bids must be received at the City Clerk’s office by the stated time, regardless of delivery method, including U.S. Mail. SECTION 1-02.10 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal After submitting a Bid Proposal to the Contracting Agency, the Bidder may withdraw or revise it if: 1. The Bidder submits a written request signed by an authorized person, and 2. The Contracting Agency receives the request before the time for opening Bids. The original Bid Proposal may be revised and resubmitted as the official Bids Proposal if the Contracting Agency receives it before the time for opening Bids. SECTION 1-02.11 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.11 Combination and Multiple Proposals No person, firm or corporation shall be allowed to make, file, or be interested in more than one bid for the same work unless alternate bids are specifically called for; however, a person, firm, or corporation that has submitted a subproposal to a bidder, or that has quoted prices of materials to a bidder is not disqualified from submitting a subproposal or quoting prices to other bidders or from making a prime proposal. SECTION 1-02.13 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEM 1(a) AND REPLACING ITEM 1(a) WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals a. The bidder is not prequalified when so required. SECTION 1-02.14 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEM 3 AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 5 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders 3. The bidder is not qualified for the work or to the full extent of the bid. 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT SECTION 1-03.1 IS REVISED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AFTER THE SECOND PARAGRAPH IN THAT SECTION: 1-03.1 Consideration of Bids The City also reserves the right to include or omit any or all schedules or alternates of the Proposal and will award the Contract to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder based on the total bid amount, including schedules or alternates selected by the City. SECTION 1-03.2 IS REVISED BY REPLACING “45 CALENDAR DAYS” WITH “60 CALENDAR DAYS” RELATING TO CONTRACT AWARD OR BID REJECTION. 1-03.2 Award of Contract SECTION 1-03.3 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-03.3 Execution of Contract No claim for delay shall be granted to the Contractor due to its failure to submit the required documents to the City in accordance with the schedule provided in these Kent Special Provisions. SECTION 1-03.7 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-03.7 Judicial Review Any decision made by the City regarding the award and execution of the contract or bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review permitted under Washington State Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the King County Superior Court, located in Kent, Washington. 1-04 SCOPE OF THE WORK SECTION 1-04.1(2) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-04.1(2) Bid Items Not Included in the Proposal The Contractor shall include all costs of doing the work within the bid item prices. If the contract plans, contract provisions, addenda, or any other part of the contract require work that has no bid item price in the proposal form, the entire cost of labor and materials required to perform that work shall be incidental and included with the bid item prices in the contract. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 6 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 SECTION 1-04.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE WORDS, “KENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS, KENT STANDARD PLANS” FOLLOWING THE WORDS, “CONTRACT PROVISIONS” IN THE FIRST SENTENCE OF THE FIRST PARAGRAPH. SECTION 1-04.2 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEMS 1 THROUGH 7 IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING 8 ITEMS: 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda 1. Approved Change Orders 2. The Contract Agreement 3. Kent Special Provisions including the Technical Specifications 4. Contract Plans 5. Amendments to WSDOT Standard Specifications 6. WSDOT Standard Specifications 7. Kent Standard Plans 8. WSDOT Standard Plans SECTION 1-04.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE THIRD PARAGRAPH (INCLUDING SUBPARAGRAPHS A AND B). SECTION 1-04.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIFTH PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING IT WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-04.4 Changes For Item 2, increases or decreases in quantity for any bid item shall be paid at the appropriate bid item contract price, including any bid item increase or decrease by more than 25 percent from the original planned quantity. SECTION 1-04.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE EIGHTH PARAGRAPH (NEXT TO THE LAST PARAGRAPH) AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: Within 14 calendar days of delivery of the change order the Contractor shall endorse and return the change order, request an extension of time for endorsement or respond in accordance with Section 1-04.5. The Contracting Agency may unilaterally process the change order if the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements. Changes normally noted on field stakes or variations from estimated quantities, will not require a written change order. These changes shall be made at the unit prices that apply. The Contractor shall respond immediately to changes shown on field stakes without waiting for further notice. SECTION 1-04.6 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 7 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of Work performed and accepted in conformance with the Contract. SECTION 1-04.11 ITEM 2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-04.11 Final Cleanup 1. Remove from the project all unapproved and/or unneeded material left from grading, surfacing, paving, or temporary erosion control measures. 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK SECTION 1-05.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE LAST FOUR PARAGRAPHS SECTION 1-05.4 IS REVISED BY ADDING A PARAGRAPH AFTER PARAGRAPH 7 1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviations From Plans and Stakes To the extent a conflict exists between the requirements of WSDOT Section 1-05.4 and Kent Special Provision Section 1-05.8, the requirements of KSP Section 1-05.8 will prevail. SECTION 1-05.6 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING 1-05.6 Inspection of Work and Materials Special Inspection: Special inspections shall be performed where required in the Contract documents and the following items: 1. Rebar installation; 2. Field welding; 3. Structure foundation and anchors; 4. Cement concrete testing; and 5. Other items identified by the Engineer. The Contracting Agency is responsible for contracting with a firm to perform such inspections. The Contractor shall request for special inspections in writing through the Engineer. Special inspection shall occur no sooner than two full working days after the Contractor’s written request is received by the Engineer. No increase in compensation will be allowed because of delay in performing special inspection. SECTION 1-05.7 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 8 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified by the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the contract, the Engineer may provide the Contractor written notice establishing a date after which the City will correct and remedy that work by any means that the Engineer may deem necessary, including the use of City forces or other contractors. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor’s failure to promptly correct any defective or any unauthorized work creates a situation that could be potentially unsafe or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have the work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using City or other forces. Direct and indirect costs incurred by the City attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment may be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Direct and indirect costs shall include, without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, compensation and engineering and inspection services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor’s unauthorized work. No increase in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the City’s rights provided by this section nor shall the exercise of this right diminish the City’s right to pursue any other remedy available under law with respect to the Contractor’s failure to perform the work as required. DIVISION 1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTIONS: 1-05.8 City Provided Construction Staking 1-05.8(1) General As used in this Section 1-05.5, the words, “stake,” “mark,” “marker,” or “monument” will be deemed to include any kind of survey marking, whether or not set by the City. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for detailed dimensions, elevations, and excavation slopes measured from City furnished stakes and marks. The Contractor shall provide a work site clear of equipment, stockpiles and obstructions which has been prepared and maintained to permit construction staking to proceed in a safe and orderly manner. The Contractor shall provide staking requests for a reasonable amount of work to the Engineer at least 3 working days in advance to allow the survey crew adequate time for setting stakes. If the work site is Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 9 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 obstructed so that survey work cannot be done, a new request for work shall be submitted by the Contractor so that the survey can be rescheduled once the site is properly prepared. Up to an additional 3 working days may be required depending on work load for the city survey crew to complete the rescheduled work. Note: A surveyor working day is a consecutive eight hour period between 7:00 AM and 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday, except holidays as listed in Section 1- 08.5. It is illegal under Revised Code of Washington 58.09.130 and Washington State Administrative Code 332-120 to willfully destroy survey markers. Stakes, marks, and other reference points set by City forces, and existing City, State or Federal monumentation, shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately if it becomes apparent that a survey marker will be disturbed due to construction. The Contractor will allow ample time for City Survey Department personnel to acquire adequate information so that the monument may be replaced in its original position after construction. If the City is not notified, and a stake, marker or monument is disturbed or destroyed the Contractor will be charged at a rate of $300/hr for a city survey crew to replace the stake, marker or monument that was not to be disturbed or damaged by the Contractor’s operations. This charge will be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. Any claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of alterations or reconstruction work allegedly due to error in the Surveyor’s line and grade will not be allowed unless the original control points set by the Surveyor still exist, or unless the Contractor can provide other satisfactory substantiating evidence to prove the error was caused by incorrect city-furnished survey data. Three consecutive points set on line or grade shall be the minimum points used to determine any variation from a straight line or grade. Any such variation shall, upon discovery, be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be liable for any error in alignment or grade. 1-05.8(4) Control Stakes Stakes that constitute reference points for all construction work will be conspicuously marked with an appropriate color of flagging tape. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to inform its employees and subcontractors of the importance and necessity to preserve the stakes. The Contractor shall determine appropriate construction stake offset distances to prevent damage to stakes by its construction equipment. Should it become necessary, for any reason, to replace these control stakes, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $300/hour for a city survey crew to replace the stakes. The Contractor may not charge the City for any standby or “down” time as a result of any replacement of control stakes. If the removal of a control stake or monument is required by the construction operations of the Contractor or its Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 10 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 subcontractors, and advance notice of at least three (3) full working days is given to the City, the City will reference, remove, and later replace the stakes or monument at no cost to the Contractor. SECTION 1-05.9 IS SUPPLEMENTED WITH THE FOLLOWING NEW SUBSECTION: 1-05.9 Equipment 1-05.9(1) Operational Testing It is the intent of the City to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment, street lighting, electrical distribution of signal systems, building or other similar work, it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the Physical Completion Date. Whenever items of work are listed in the contract provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. In the event the contract does not specify testing time periods, the default testing time period shall be twenty-one (21) calendar days. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment that prove faulty or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing shall be included in the various contract bid item prices unless specifically set forth otherwise in the contract. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer’s guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the Contract. SECTION 1-05.10 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.10 Guarantees In addition to any other warranty or guarantee provided for at law or in the parties’ contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Contracting Agency any guarantee or warranty furnished as a customary trade Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 11 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 practice in connection with the purchase of any equipment, materials, or items incorporated into the project. Upon receipt of written notice of any required corrective work, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently, and without disrupting city facilities, the work necessary to correct the items listed in the notice. Approximately sixty (60) calendar days prior to the one year anniversary of final acceptance, the Contractor shall be available to tour the project, with the Engineer, in support of the Engineer’s effort to establish a list of corrective work then known and discovered. SECTION 1-05.13 IS REVISED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AFTER THE FIRST PARAGRAPH: 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor, and Equipment of Contractor Within ten (10) days of contract award, the Contractor shall designate the Contractor's project manager and superintendent for the contract work. SECTION 1-05.13 IS REVISED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AFTER THE THIRD PARAGRAPH (AS PRINTED IN THE 2020 WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS): If at any time during the contract work, the Contractor elects to replace the contract manager or superintendent, the Contractor shall only do so after obtaining the Engineer's prior written approval. THE LAST PARAGRAPH OF 1-05.13 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: Whenever the City evaluates the Contractor’s qualifications or prequalifications pursuant to Section 1-02.1 or RCW 47.28.070, the City may take these or other Contractor performance reports into account. SECTION 1-05.14 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.14 Cooperation With Other Contractors Details of known projects are as follows: N/A SECTION 1-05 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTIONS: 1-05.16 Water and Power The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the Contract includes power or water as bid items, or unless otherwise provided for in other bid items. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 12 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 1-05.17 Oral Agreements No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the City, either before or after execution of the contract, shall affect or modify the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the contract. Such oral agreement or conversation shall be considered unofficial information and in no way binding upon the City, unless subsequently recorded and/or put in writing and signed by an authorized agent of the City. 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL SECTION 1-06.2(2) IS DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY. 1-06.2(2) Statistical Evaluation of Materials for Acceptance SECTION 1-06 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTIONS: 1-06.7 Submittals 1-06.7(1) Submittal Procedures All information submitted by the Contractor shall be clear, sharp, high contrast copies. Contractor shall accompany each submittal with a letter of transmittal containing the following information: 1. Contractor’s name and the name of Subcontractor or supplier who prepared the submittal. 2. The project name and identifying number. 3. Each new submittal shall be sequentially numbered (1, 2, 3, etc.). Each resubmittal shall include the original number with a sequential alpha letter added (1A, 1B, 1C, etc.). 4. Description of the submittal and reference to the Contract requirement or technical specification section and paragraph number being addressed. 5. Bid item(s) where product will be used. 1-06.7(2) Schedule of Submittals The Contractor shall create and submit three (3) copies of a schedule of submittals showing the date by which each submittal required for product review or product information will be made. The schedule can be modified, deducted, or added to by the City. The schedule shall be available at the preconstruction conference (see 1-08.0 of the Kent Special Provisions). The schedule of submittals must be accepted prior to the City making the first progress payment. The schedule shall identify the items that will be included in each submittal by listing the item or group of items and the Specification Section and paragraph number and bid item under which they are specified. The schedule shall indicate whether the submittal is required for product review of proposed equivalents, shop drawings, product data or samples or required for product information only. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 13 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 21 days for the Engineer’s review of each submittal or resubmittal. All submittals shall be in accordance with the approved schedule of submittals. Submittals shall be made early enough to allow adequate time for manufacturing, delivery, labor issues, additional review due to inadequate or incomplete submittals, and any other reasonably foreseeable delay. 1-06.7(3) Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples The Contractor shall submit the following for the Engineer’s review: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit an electronic copy or three paper copies. Submittals will be marked, stamped and returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall make and distribute any required copies for its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers. 2. Product Data: Submit an electronic copy or three paper copies. Submittals will be marked, stamped and returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall make and distribute any required copies for its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers. 3. Samples: Submit three labeled samples or three sets of samples of manufacturer’s full range of colors and finishes unless otherwise directed. One approved sample will be returned to the Contractor. Content of submittals: 1. Each submittal shall include all of the items required for a complete assembly or system. 2. Submittals shall contain all of the physical, technical and performance data required to demonstrate conclusively that the items comply with the requirements of the Contract. 3. Each submittal shall verify that the physical characteristics of items submitted, including size, configurations, clearances, mounting points, utility connection points and service access points, are suitable for the space provided and are compatible with other interrelated items. 4. The Contractor shall label each Product Data submittal, Shop Drawing or Sample with the bid item number and, if a lump sum bid item, provide a reference to the applicable KSP paragraph. The Contractor shall highlight or mark every page of every copy of all Product Data submittals to show the specific items being submitted and all options included or choices offered. The City encourages a creative approach to complete a timely, economical, and quality project. Submittals that contain deviations from the requirements of the Contract shall be accompanied by a separate letter explaining the deviations. The Contractor’s letter shall: 1. Cite the specific Contract requirement including the Specification Section bid item number and paragraph number for which approval of a deviation is sought. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 14 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 2. Describe the proposed alternate material, item or construction, explain its advantages, and explain how the proposed alternate meets or exceeds the Contract requirements. 3. State the reduction in Contract Price, if any, which is offered to the City. The Engineer retains the exclusive right, at his or her sole discretion, to accept or reject any proposed deviation with or without cause. The Engineer will stamp and mark each submittal prior to returning it to the Contractor. The stamps will indicate one of the following: 1. “APPROVED AS SUBMITTED” – Accepted subject to its compatibility with the work not covered in this submission. This response does not constitute approval or deletion of specified or required items not shown in the partial submission. 2. “APPROVED AS NOTED” – Accepted subject to minor corrections that shall be made by the Contractor and subject to its compatibility with the work not covered in this submission. This response does not constitute approval or deletion of specified or required items not shown in the partial submission. No resubmission is required. 3. “AMEND AND RESUBMIT” – Rejected because of major inconsistencies, errors or insufficient information that shall be resolved or corrected by the Contractor prior to subsequent re- submittal. An amended resubmission is required. Re-submittals that contain changes that were not requested by the Engineer on the previous submittal shall note all changes and be accompanied by a letter explaining the changes. 1-06.7(4) Proposed Equivalents The Engineer retains the exclusive right, at his or her sole discretion, to accept or reject any proposed equivalent with or without cause. 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1-07.2 State Taxes SECTION 1-07.2(1) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax: WAC 458-20-171—Use Tax Without waiving the Contractor’s obligation to understand and apply these tax rules correctly, the City has indicated those parts of the project that are subject to use tax under Section 1-07.2(1) in the proposal bid items. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 15 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 SECTION 1-07.2(2) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax: WAC 458-20-170—Retail Sales Tax Without waiving the Contractor’s obligation to understand and apply these tax rules correctly, the City has indicated those parts of the project that are subject to retail sales tax under Section 1-07.2(2) in the proposal bid items. SECTION 1-07.4(2) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.4(2) COVID-19 Job Site Requirements Before commencing any work on the Project site, the Contractor shall develop and post at each job site a comprehensive COVID-19 exposure control, mitigation, and recovery plan that complies with the Phase 1 Construction Restart COVID-19 Job Site Requirements issued by the Governor, or subsequent modifications or phase amendments as the Governor may issue. Contractor must further meet and maintain all requirements of the plan, including providing materials, schedules, and equipment required to comply with those job site requirements or any future adjustments that may be made to job site requirements by the Governor or any applicable federal or state agency during the COVID- 19 emergency. A copy of the COVID-19 job site safety plan, along with the identification and contact information for the COVID-19 Supervisor, shall be provided to the Engineer. SECTION 1-07.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH BEFORE THE FIRST PARAGRAPH: 1-07.6 Permits and Licenses The City has obtained the following permits: Accessory Structure #RA13-2201890 Fuel Tank Permit #RA11-2201891 SECTION 1-07.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE LAST PARAGRAPH: A copy of each permit and/or license obtained by the Contractor shall be furnished to the City. Approved permits shall be furnished to the City upon completion of the project and prior to final acceptance. The Contractor shall promptly notify the City in writing of any variance in the contract work arising from the issuance of any permit. 1-07.9 Wages Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 16 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 SECTION 1-07.9(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AFTER THE SIXTH PARAGRAPH: 1-07.9(1) General To the extent allowed by law, the wage rates that will be in effect during the entire contract work period are those in effect on the day of bid opening, unless the City does not award the Contract within six months of the bid opening. SECTION 1-07.9(3) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: FOLLOWING: 1-07.9(3) Apprentices All contracts with an estimated construction cost greater than $1,000,000 (one million dollars) shall require that no less than 15 percent of the labor hours performed by workers subject to prevailing wages employed by the contractor or its subcontractors be performed by apprentices enrolled in a state-approved apprenticeship program. Definitions For the purposes of this specification, the following definitions apply: 1. Apprentice Utilization Requirement is expressed as a percentage of the project Labor Hours performed by Apprentices. 2. Labor Hours are the total hours performed by all workers receiving an hourly wage who are directly employed on the project site including hours performed by workers employed by the prime Contractor and all Subcontractors. Labor Hours do not include hours performed by foremen, superintendents, owners, and workers who are not subject to prevailing wage requirements. 3. Apprentice is a person enrolled in a State-approved Apprenticeship Training Program. 4. State-approved Apprenticeship Training Program is an apprenticeship training program approved by the Washington State Apprenticeship Council. 5. Good Faith Effort is a demonstration that the Contractor has strived to meet the Apprenticeship Utilization Requirement including but not necessarily limited to the specific steps as described elsewhere in this specification. Plan The Contractor shall submit an “Apprentice Utilization Plan” within 30 calendar days of Notice of Award, demonstrating how they intend to achieve the Apprentice Utilization Requirement. The plan shall be updated and resubmitted as appropriate as the Work progresses. The intent is to provide the City with enough information to track progress in meeting the utilization requirements. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 17 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 Reporting The Contractor shall submit a “Monthly Apprentice Reporting Form” on a monthly basis. The report shall be submitted to the City by the last working day of the subsequent month, until the Physical Completion Date. The date reported shall be cumulative to date and consolidated to include the Contractor and all Subcontractors. At the Contractor’s request, the Engineer may suspend this reporting requirement during periods of minimal or no applicable work activities on the project. The Contractor shall submit documentation of their Good Faith Effort if: (1) they are unable to provide a plan demonstrating how they intend to meet the Apprentice Utilization Requirement; or (2) the project has been completed without meeting the Apprentice Utilization Requirement. Contacts The Contractor may obtain information on State-approved Apprenticeship Training Programs by contacting the Department of Labor and Industries at: Specialty Compliance Services Division, Apprenticeship Section, P.O. Box 44530, Olympia, WA 98504-4530 or by phone at (360) 902-5320. Compliance In the event that the Contractor is unable to accomplish the Apprentice Utilization Requirement, the Contractor shall demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort has been made as described within this specification. Failure to comply with the requirements as specified is subject to penalties for noncompliance as set forth in KCC 6.01.030(E). Good Faith Efforts In fulfilling the Good Faith Effort, the Contractor shall perform and, when appropriate, require its Subcontractors to perform the following steps: 1. Solicit Apprentice(s) from State-approved Apprenticeship Training Program(s). 2. Document the solicitation and, in the event Apprentice(s) are not available, obtain supporting documentation from the solicited program(s). 3. Demonstrate that the plan was updated as required within this specification. 4. Provide documentation demonstrating what efforts the Contractor has taken to require Subcontractors to solicit and employ Apprentice(s). In the event that the preceding steps have been followed, the Contractor may also supplement the Good Faith Efforts documentation with the following documentation: 5. Submit documentation demonstrating successful Apprentice utilization on previous contracts. 6. Submit documentation indicating company-wide Apprentice utilization efforts and percentages of attainment. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 18 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 Payment Compensation for all costs involved with complying with the conditions of this specification is included in payment for the associated Contract items of work. 1-07.13 Contractor’s Responsibility for Work SECTION 1-07.13(4) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE SECOND SENTENCE OF THE FIRST PARAGRAPH AND DELETING THE LAST PARAGRAPH. 1-07.13(4) Repair of Damage SECTION 1-07.14 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE TO THE BEGINNING OF THAT SECTION: 1-07.14 Responsibility for Damage To the extent a conflict exists between the terms of this Section 1-07.14 and Section 5 of the Contract, the terms of the Contract will control. Any reference to the State, Governor, Commission, Secretary, or all officers and employees of the State also will include the City, its officers and employees. 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention SECTION 1-07.15(1) IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH AFTER THE LAST PARAGRAPH: 1-07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan When the bid items for mobilization, demobilization, site prepration and clean-up include preparation and implementation of project specific Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plan (SPCC Plan), it shall include all costs associated with the setup of prevention measures and for implementing the current SPCC Plan as required by this Specification. SECTION 1-07.17 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE TO THE END OF THE SECOND PARAGRAPH: 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities If a utility is known to have or suspected of having underground facilities within the area of the proposed excavation and that utility is not a subscriber to the utilities underground location center, the Contractor shall give individual notice to that utility within the same time frame prescribed in RCW 19.122.030 for subscriber utilities. SECTION 1-07.17 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTIONS: Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 19 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 1-07.17(3) Utility Markings Once underground utilities are marked by the utility owner or its agent, and/or once new underground facilities have been installed by the Contractor, the Contractor/excavator is responsible to determine the precise location of underground facilities that may conflict with other underground construction. The Contractor shall maintain the marks or a record of the location of buried facilities for the duration of time needed to avoid future damage until installation of all planned improvements at that location is complete. 1-07.17(4) Payment All costs to comply with subsection 1-07.17(3) and for the protection and repair of all identified or suspected underground utilities specified in RCW 19.122 are incidental to the contract and are the responsibility of the Contractor/excavator. The Contractor shall include all related costs in the unit bid prices of the contract. No additional time or monetary compensation shall be made for delays caused by utility re- marking or repair of damaged utilities due to the Contractor’s failure to maintain marks or to locate utilities in accordance with this section. 1-07.17(5) Notification of Excavation Within ten business days but not less than two business days prior to the commencement of excavation, the Contractor shall provide written notice (or other form of notice acceptable to the Engineer) to all owners of underground facilities, whether public or private, that excavation will occur, and when excavation will occur. 1-07.17(6) Site Inspection Contractor warrants and represents that it has personally, or through its employees, agents and/or subcontractors, examined all property affected by this project and that it is knowledgeable of specific locations for water, gas, telephone, electric power and combined sewerage utilities within those areas. The following list of contacts is provided only as a convenience to the Contractor. It may not be accurate and may not constitute a complete list of all affected utilities. CenturyLink Gabrielle Skorupa 206-305-4395 Comcast Aaron Cantrel 206-510-4222 (cell) Aaron_Cantrel@comcast.com Puget Sound Energy Gas Glenn Helton 253-395-6926 425-559-4647 (cell) Puget Sound Energy Power Hong Nguyen 425-449-6609 (cell) Hong.Nguyen@pse.com Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 20 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 Verizon Scott Christenson 425-636-6046 425-471-1079 (cell) Bonneville Power Administration (BPA) Jill Gaston (253) 631-9154 SECTION 1-07.18 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH BEFORE THE FIRST PARAGRAPH: 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance To the extent a conflict exists between the terms of this Section 1- 07.18 and the insurance requirements in Section 7 of the Contract, the terms of the Contract will control. Any reference to the State, Governor, Commission, Secretary, or all officers and employees of the State also will include the City, its officers and employees. SECTION 1-07.23 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING SECTION: 1-07.23(3) Working Under Bonneville Power Administration (BPA) Powerlines The following conditions apply: 1. Maintain a minimum distance of 26 feet between construction equipment and transmission line conductors. 2. Storage of flammable materials or refueling of vehicles/equipment is prohibited within the BPA easement area. 3. Nuisance shocks may occur within the BPA area. Grounding metal objects helps to reduce the level of shock. 4. Access to transmission line structure by BPA’s maintenance crews shall not be interfered with or obstructed. 5. Restore BPA’s easement area to its pre-construction condition, or better following construction. SECTION 1-07.24 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.24 Rights of Way Street right of way lines, limits of easements and limits of construction are indicated or defined on the plans. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within these limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made. It is anticipated that the City will have obtained all right of way, easements or right of entry agreements prior to the start of construction. Locations where these rights have not been obtained will be brought to the Contractor's attention prior to start of construction. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been received. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 21 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 SECTION 1-07.26 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.26 Personal Liability of Public Officers Neither the City, the Engineer, nor any other official, officer or employee of the City shall be personally liable for any acts or failure to act in connection with the contract, it being understood that, in these matters, they are acting solely as agents of the City. 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION 1-08 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 1-08.0 Preconstruction and Preconstruction Conference The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with up to ten (10) copies of the plans and specifications. Additional documents may be purchased from the City at the price specified by the City or in the Invitation to Bid. Prior to undertaking each part of the work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract and check and verify all pertinent figures shown and all applicable field measurements. The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy that the Contractor discovers. After the Contract has been executed, but prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held with the Contractor, the Engineer and any other interested parties that the City determines to invite. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: 1. To review the initial progress schedule. 2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work. 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc. 4. To verify normal working hours for the work. 5. To review safety standards and traffic control. 6. To discuss any other related items that may be pertinent to the work. The Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval, at or prior to the preconstruction conference the following: 1. A price breakdown of all lump sum items. 2. A preliminary construction schedule. 3. A list of material sources for approval, if applicable. 4. Schedule of submittals. (See 1-06.6(2)) 5. Temporary Erosion/Sedimentation Control Plan (TESCP) for approval. 6. Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for approval. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 22 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 7. Request to sublet, for approval by the Engineer, of all subcontractors. SECTION 1-08.4 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed, Prosecution and Hours of Work Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of required insurance have been approved by and filed with the City. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the Contractor shall not commence the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the Project Site within ten working days of the Notice to Proceed Date. The Work thereafter shall be prosecuted diligently, vigorously, and without unauthorized interruption until physical completion of the work. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the Contract. Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the normal straight time working hours for the Contractor shall be any consecutive 8 hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, unless otherwise specified in the Kent Special Provisions, with a 5-day work week, plus allowing a maximum one-hour lunch break in each working day. The normal straight time 8-hour working period for the contract shall be established at the preconstruction conference or prior to the Contractor commencing work. If a Contractor desires to perform work on holidays, Saturdays, Sundays, or before 7:00 a.m. or after 7:00 p.m. on any day, the Contractor shall apply in writing to the Engineer for permission to work those times. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 48 hours in advance (72 hours in advance for weekend work) so that the Inspector's time may be scheduled. Permission to work longer than an 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. is not required. For any work outside of normal straight time working hours that requires city surveyors, all reasonable efforts shall be made by the Contractor to allow time for surveying to be completed during normal straight time hours. If city surveyors are required to work other than normal straight time hours at the convenience of the Contractor, all such work shall be reimbursed by the Contractor. Permission to work between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. during weekdays and between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. on weekends or holidays may also be subject to noise control requirements. Approval to continue work during these hours may be revoked at any time the Contractor exceeds the City’s noise control regulations or the city receives complaints from the public or adjoining property owners regarding noise from the Contractor’s operations. The Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 23 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 Contractor shall have no claim for damages or delays should this permission be revoked for these reasons. The Engineer may grant permission to work Saturdays, Sundays, holidays or other than the agreed upon normal straight time working hours, but may be subject to other conditions established by the City or Engineer. These conditions may include, but are not limited to the following: hours worked by City employees; impacts to the construction schedule; or accommodations to adjoining properties affected by the contract work. 1-08.4(A) Reimbursement for Overtime Work of City Employees Following is a non-exclusive list of work that may require Contractor reimbursement for overtime of City employees. The City will bill the Contractor at the OVERTIME RATE in order for locate crews to complete other work. If the locate request is for nights, weekend, holidays or at other times when locate crews are not normally working, all locate work and expenses, including travel, minimum call out times, and/or Holiday premiums will be borne by the Contractor. 1. Locate work required to re-establish marks for City-owned underground facilities that were not maintained or recorded by the Contractor in accordance with RCW 19.122.030. 2. Work required by city survey crew(s) as the result of reestablishing survey stakes or markings that were not maintained or recorded by the Contractor or other work deemed to be for the convenience of the Contractor and not required of the City by the contract. 3. Work required by City personnel or independent testing laboratories to re-test project materials, utility pressure or vacuum tests, camera surveys or water purity tests as the result of initial test failure on the part of the Contractor. 1-08.4(B) General The City allocates its resources to a contract based on the total time allowed in the contract. The City will accept a progress schedule indicating an early physical completion date but cannot guarantee the City resources will be available to meet the accelerated schedule. No additional compensation will be allowed if the Contractor is not able to meet its accelerated schedule due to the unavailability of City resources or for other reasons beyond the City's control. Unless previously approved by the Engineer, the original and all supplemental progress schedules shall not conflict with any time and order-of-work requirements in the contract. If the Engineer deems that the original or any necessary supplemental progress schedule does not provide adequate information, the City may withhold progress payments until a schedule containing needed information has been submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 24 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 The Engineer's acceptance of any schedule shall not transfer any of the Contractor's responsibilities to the City. The Contractor alone shall remain responsible for adjusting forces, equipment, and work schedules to ensure completion of the work within the times specified in the contract. SECTION 1-08.5 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE THIRD PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-08.5 Time for Completion Contract time shall begin on the day of the Notice to Proceed. The Contract Provisions may specify another starting date for Contract time, in which case, time will begin on the starting date specified. SECTION 1-08.6 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIFTH, SIXTH, AND SEVENTH PARAGRAPHS AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-08.6 Suspension of Work If the performance of all or any part of the Work is suspended for an unreasonable period of time by an act of the Contracting Agency in the administration of the Contract, or by failure to act within the time specified in the Contract (or if no time is specified, within a reasonable time), the Engineer will make an adjustment for any increase in the cost or time for the performance of the Contract (excluding profit) necessarily caused by the suspension. However, no adjustment will be made for any suspension if (1) the performance would have been suspended by any other cause, including the fault or negligence of the Contractor, or (2) an equitable adjustment is provided for or excluded under any other provision of the Contract. If the Contactor believes that the performance of the Work is suspended for an unreasonable period of time and such suspension is the responsibility of the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall immediately submit a written notice of protest to the Engineer as provided in Section 1-04.5. No adjustment shall be allowed for any costs incurred more than 10 calendar days before the date the Engineer receives the Contractor’s written notice to protest. In any event, no protest will be allowed later than the date of the Contractor’s signature on the Final Pay Estimate. The Contractor shall keep full and complete records of the costs and additional time of such suspension, and shall permit the Engineer to have access to those records and any other records as may be deemed necessary by the Engineer to assist in evaluating the protest. The Engineer will determine if an equitable adjustment in cost or time is due as provided in this Section. The equitable adjustment for increase in costs, if due, shall be subject to the limitations provided in Section 1-09.4, provided that no profit of any kind will be allowed on any increase in cost necessarily caused by the suspension. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 25 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 SECTION 1-08.6 IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-08.6 Suspension of Work Contract time may be suspended for procurement of critical materials (Procurement Suspension). In order to receive a Procurement Suspension, the Contractor shall within 21 calendar days after execution by the Contracting Agency, place purchase orders for all materials deemed critical by the Contracting Agency for physical completion of the contract. The Contractor shall provide copies of purchase orders for the critical materials. Such purchase orders shall disclose the purchase order date and estimated delivery dates for such critical material. The Contractor shall show procurement of the materials listed below as activities in the Progress Schedule. If the approved Progress Schedule indicates that the materials procurement are critical activities, and if the Contractor has provided documentation that purchase orders are placed for the critical materials within the prescribed 21 calendar days, then contract time will be suspended upon physical completion of all critical work except that work dependent upon the below listed critical materials: 1. MCC 2. VFD 3. Generator 4. Transfer Switch 5. Transformer 6. Canopy Shelter Structure Charging of contract time will resume upon delivery of the critical materials to the Contractor or 120 calendar days after execution by the Contracting Agency, whichever occurs first. SECTION 1-08.7 MAINTENANCE DURING SUSPENSION IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FOURTH AND SIXTH PARAGRAPHS. 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 1-09.9 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 1-09.9(2) City’s Right to Withhold Certain Amounts In addition to the amount that the City may otherwise retain under the Contract, the City may withhold a sufficient amount of any payments otherwise due to the Contractor, including nullifying the whole or part of any previous payment, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections that, in the City's judgment, may be necessary to cover the following: Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 26 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 1. The cost of defective work not remedied. 2. Fees incurred for material inspection, and overtime engineering and inspection for which the Contractor is obligated under this Contract. 3. Fees and charges of public authorities or municipalities. 4. Liquidated damages. 5. Engineering and inspection fees beyond Completion Date. 6. Cost of City personnel to re-establish locate marks for City-owned facilities that were not maintained by the Contractor in accordance with RCW 19.122.030 (3). 7. Additional inspection, testing and lab fees for re-doing failed, water, other utility tests. SECTION 1-09.11(3) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction This contract shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. The venue of any claims or causes of action arising from this contract shall be exclusively in the Superior Court of King County, located in Kent, Washington. For convenience of the parties to this contract, it is mutually agreed that any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the City arising from this contract shall be brought within 180 days from the date of Final Acceptance of the contract by the City. The parties understand and agree that the Contractor’s failure to bring suit within the time period provided shall be a complete bar to any such claims or causes of action. It is further mutually agreed by the parties that when any claims or causes of action that a Contractor asserts against the City arising from this contract are filed with the City or initiated in court, the Contractor shall permit the City to have timely access to any records deemed necessary by the City to assist in evaluating the claims or actions. SECTION 1-09.13 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-09.13 Final Decision and Appeal All disputes arising under this contract shall proceed pursuant to Section 1-04.5 and 1-09.11 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications and any Kent Special Provisions provided for in the contract for claims and resolution of disputes. The provisions of these sections and the Kent Special Provisions must be complied with as a condition precedent to the Contractor’s right to seek an appeal of the City’s decision. The City’s decision under Section 1-09.11 will be final and conclusive. Thereafter, the exclusive means of Contractor’s right to appeal shall only be by filing suit exclusively under the venue, rules and jurisdiction of the Superior Court of King County, located in Kent, Washington, unless the parties agree in writing to an alternative dispute resolution process. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 1 - 27 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SECTION 1-10.2(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-10.2(1) General The TCS shall be certified as a work site traffic control supervisor by one of the following: Evergreen Safety Council 401 Pontius Avenue North Seattle, WA 98109 1-800-521-0778 or 206-382-4090 The Northwest Laborers-Employers Training Trust 27055 Ohio Avenue Kingston, WA 98346 360-297-3035 The American Traffic Safety Services Association 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 Fredericksburg, VA 22406-1022 Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642-4637 or (540) 368-1701 1-10.3(3) Traffic Control Devices SECTION 1-10.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 1-10.3(3)L Temporary Traffic Control Devices When the bid proposal includes an item for “Temporary Traffic Control Devices,” the work required for this item shall be furnishing barricades, flashers, cones, traffic safety drums, and other temporary traffic control devices, unless the contract provides for furnishing a specific temporary traffic control device under another item. The item “Temporary Traffic Control Devices” includes: 1. Initial delivery to the project site (or temporary storage) in good repair and in clean usable condition, 2. Repair or replacement when they are damaged and they are still needed on the project, and 3. Removal from the project site when they are no longer on the project. SECTION 1-10.4(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-10.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) The proposal contains the item “Project Temporary Traffic Control,” lump sum. The provisions of Section 1-10.4(1) shall apply. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 8 - 1 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 DIVISION 8 – MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL SECTION 8-01.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.1 Description This work consists of temporary erosion and sedimentation control procedures (TESCP) as shown on the construction plans, specified in these Kent Special Provisions, and ordered by the Engineer as work proceeds. The TESCP are intended to minimize erosion and sedimentation as well as protect waters of the state and the city’s municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) as required by law. SECTION 8-01.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections of the Kent Special Provisions and the WSDOT Standard Specifications: Seed .................................... 8-02.3(9)B and 9-14.3 8-01.3 Construction Requirements SECTION 8-01.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.3(1) General Preventing and controlling pollution, erosion, runoff, and related damage requires the Contractor to install temporary stormwater best management practices (BMPs) as per the plans and as directed by the City. As site conditions dictate, additional BMPs may be required. The Contractor shall anticipate the need for additional best management practices and propose necessary changes to the City. Should the Contractor fail to install the required temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC) measures or to perform maintenance in a timely manner, or fail to take immediate action to install additional approved measures, all fines, cost of cleanup, costs for delays and down time shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a minimum of two working days notice prior to clearing adjacent to any wetland, creek or other sensitive area. During the construction period, no disturbance beyond the flagged clearing limits shall be permitted. The flagging shall be maintained by the Contractor for the duration of construction. The TESC facilities shall be in accordance with and conform to the Kent Surface Water Design Manual, the WSDOT Standards Specifications, and the Ecology Construction Stormwater General Permit (if applicable), Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 8 - 2 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 except as modified by the Kent Design and Construction Standards or these Kent Special Provisions. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the City at once of any TESC deficiencies or changes in conditions such as rutting and or erosion that may occur during construction. The Contractor may recommend possible solutions to the Engineer in order to resolve any problems that are occurring. The requirements of this section shall apply to all areas of the site subject to construction activity as described in the WSDOT Standard Specifications, the Kent Special Provisions and contract plans, including Contractor construction support facilities, Contractor personnel parking areas, equipment and material storage/laydown areas, and other areas utilized by the Contractor for completion of the work. Nothing in this section shall relieve the Contractor from complying with other contract requirements. SECTION 8-01.3(1)A IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 8-01.3(1)A Submittals Prior to the start of any construction activities, the Contractor shall submit for the Engineer’s review and approval, the following, as necessitated by the work: 1. Dewatering Plan 2. Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan 3. Stream Bypass Plan for in-water work 4. Name and contact info for Contractor’s CESCL SECTION 8-01.3(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTIONS: 8-01.3(1)F Applicable Regulations and Criteria All construction activities are subject to applicable federal, state, and local permits. The Contractor shall comply with requirements of applicable state and local regulatory requirements, including, but not limited to the following: 1. WAC 173-201A Water Quality Standards for Surface Waters of the State of Washington 2. RCW 90.48.080 Discharge of pollutants in waters prohibited 3. City of Kent 2002 Surface Water Design Manual 4. Construction Stormwater General Permit – WA Department of Ecology 8-01.3(1)G Water Quality Monitoring Sampling of site stormwater discharges is only required if the project is covered under the WA Department of Ecology Construction Stormwater Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 8 - 3 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 General Permit or if there is a suspected discharge that exceeds state water quality standards. If the project is covered under the Construction Stormwater General Permit, then the Contractor shall conduct sampling as per the conditions listed in the permit. Any results that are outside the appropriate range of compliance will require immediate implementation of adaptive management as outlined in applicable permits, stormwater pollution prevention plan, and as directed by the Engineer. All sampling records shall be submitted to the Engineer by the last day of the monitoring period. All necessary adaptive management requirements shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to implement and maintain. All costs for this work shall be included in the various unit contract bid prices. SECTION 8-01.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 8-01.3(17) Vehicle Maintenance and Storage Handling and storage of fuel, oil and chemicals shall not take place within 50 feet of waterways and well head and shall be limited within the area of property where construction is planned. Storage shall be in dike tanks and barrels with drip pans provided under the dispensing area. Shut-off and lock valves shall be provided on hoses. Fuel, oil, and chemicals shall be dispensed only during daylight hours unless approved by the engineer. Fencing shall be provided around storage area. Locks shall be provided on all valves, pumps, and tanks. Materials used to clean up fuel, oil, and chemical spills shall be disposed of as directed by the engineer. Water used for washing vehicles and equipment shall not be allowed to enter storm drains or other State waters. No processed waste water(s) of any kind shall be discharged onto the ground, to surface waters, or to stormwater conveyance systems. 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION SECTION 8-02.3(9)B IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 8-02.3(9)B Seeding and Fertilizing Seed shall be placed at the rate specified in the Special Provisions or as designated by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer not less than 24 hours in advance of any seeding operation and shall not begin the Work until areas prepared or designated for seeding have been approved. Following the Engineer’s approval, seeding of the approved slopes shall begin immediately. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 8 - 4 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 Seeding shall not be done during windy weather or when the ground is frozen, excessively wet, or otherwise untillable. Hand seeding is the only approved method unless other methods are otherwise approved by the Engineer. The seed shall be incorporated into the top ¼ inch of soil by hand raking or other method that is approved by the Engineer. Seeding shall be applied at the rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet. The seed shall be applied by an approved hand held spreader. The seed shall be evenly distributed over the disturbed area. Fertilizer shall not be used on this project. DIVISION 8 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 8-34 PUMP STATION UPGRADES 8-34.1 Description This work shall consist of furnishing, installing and testing, complete and in-place, all pump station upgrades and site improvements as shown on the plans and described in the specifications. 8-34.2 Materials All labor, materials, tools, supplies, and equipment used for this work shall be furnished by the Contractor. 8-34.3 Construction Requirements See Technical Specifications in Appendix A-1. 8-34.3(1) Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Part Lists A. Provide four (4) complete sets of operation and maintenance manuals and parts list for all equipment furnished under this Contract. Comply with the detailed requirements in Technical Specification sections. Include instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, lubrication, adjusting, startup, operation and maintenance. 1. For all equipment include: a. Startup instructions. b. Normal operation instructions. c. Troubleshooting instructions. d. Lubrication instructions. e. Maintenance and reinstallation instructions. f. Parts identification. g. List of spare parts recommended to have on hand. h. Operator safety instructions. i. Recommended preventative maintenance procedures and schedules. Schedule shall be provided for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi- annually and annual maintenance. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 8 - 5 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 j. Name, location, and telephone number of the nearest suppliers and spare parts warehouses. 2. For all Electrical Equipment, provide the following additional information: a. Equipment ratings. b. Calibration curves and rating tables if appropriate. c. Date of manufacturer and date of installation on job site. d. Complete as-built elementary wiring and one-line diagrams. e. Complete parts list, by generic title and identification number, complete with exploded views of each assembly. 3. For Complex Equipment provide in addition: a. Alternate specified operating modes. b. Emergency shutdown instructions. c. Normal shutdown instructions. d. Long-term shutdown instruction. 4. Operation and maintenance manuals for systems composed of separate pieces of equipment, shall include a system explanation of items 1, a, b, and c, and 3a through c, as well as the instructions for each separate piece of equipment. B. Submit at least 15 days prior to Startup and Training. C. Provide the number of copies specified. Bind each copy in one or more “D” ring, 8-1/2 x 11, 3-ring binders with clear view spine and cover, Avery E-Z – D View Binder; K&M; or equal. Prepare Titles for the spine and cover and a Table of Contents listing each piece of equipment. Organize the contents by Specification Section and paragraph number under which the equipment was specified. Provide labeled tab separators for each major item or group of smaller similar items. When standard manufacturer’s literature is used highlight or mark all copies to shop specific items and options provided. D. Each manual shall include a neatly typewritten Title Page/Cover Sheet showing: 1. Identification of equipment covered by the manual by providing the process name and equipment tag numbers as shown on the Contract Drawings or provided by the Engineer, and the Specification Section and paragraph. 2. Name of responsible principal, address, telephone number, and area of responsibility of: a. Contractor b. Subcontractor or installer c. Product manufacturer d. Nearest service center or maintenance contractor, as appropriate e. Nearest source of supply for parts, materials, supplies, or replacement products E. Printed and typewritten sheets shall be standard 8½ inch x 11 inch size, conforming to the following: Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 8 - 6 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 1. Paper shall be white with standard three hole punch pattern, with punched edges of each sheet of final submittals reinforced with plastic, cloth, or metal. 2. All text shall be manufacturer’s original printed sheets or neatly typewritten pages. 3. Drawings that are standard 8½ inch x 11 inch size shall also have standard three hole punch pattern with punched edges of each sheet of final submittals reinforced with plastic cloth or metal. Drawings larger than standard 8½ inch x 11 inch size shall be folded and inserted into standard three hole punch pattern, 8½ inch x 11 inch size, 0.0035 gauge pocket plastic sheet protectors. 4. All diagrams, drawings, and illustrations shall be of original quality, reproducible by the dry copy method. F. Electronic O&M Manual. Provide one electronic copy of all portions of the manual in Adobe Acrobat PDF format on CD-ROM appropriately labeled and numbered in sequence. Bookmark the file to identify items per manual’s Table of Contents. Provide an additional copy of the drawing portion of the manual in AutoCAD format, appropriate labeled and numbered in sequence, along with a text file (*.txt) giving the pen assignments to be used in plotting. 8-34.3(2) Manufacturer’s Certificates A. Submit three (3) copies of manufacturers’ certificate to Engineer for review. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to the Engineer. 8-34.4 Measurement The following lump sum items shall be for providing a complete operational system. No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the following lump sum items: “Mobilization, Demobilization, Site Preparation and Clean-up” “Site Work” “Structural” “Electrical” “Automatic Control” 8-34.5 Payment Bid items included in the Proposal shall be paid as described herein, superseding any conflicting provisions of this Contract, the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Amendments to the WSDOT Standard Specifications, General Special Provisions, Technical Specifications, and other sections of the Kent Special Provisions. For further description and requirements of the work and material, see the appropriate portion of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 8 - 7 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 Amendments to the WSDOT Standard Specifications, General Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Kent Special Provisions. Items of work necessary to carry out the Work, including labor, materials, equipment, tools and supplies not listed as specific bid item are considered incidental to the various items in the proposal. Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal and shall be for providing a complete and operational system: The lump sum contract price for “Mobilization, Demobilization, Site Preparation and Clean-up” shall be full pay for all costs for furnishing, installing and testing, complete and in-place, all work and materials necessary to: move and organize equipment and personnel onto the job site; secure job site; provide and maintain necessary support facilities; obtain all necessary permits and licenses; prepare and implement a project specific Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures Plan (SPCC Plan); prepare site for construction operations; maintain site and surrounding areas during construction; provide system testing and startup; move all personnel and equipment off site after contract completion, and provide as-built data; cleanup site prior to final acceptance; accomplish all other items of work not specifically listed in other divisions; and all work as shown on the Plans and as described in the Technical Specifications included in Appendix A-1. No more than 80 percent of bid amount for this item will be paid before Substantial Completion Date. The lump sum contract price for “Site Work” shall be full pay for all costs for providing all site work relating to construction of improvements as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: surveying and construction staking, structure excavation, backfill, and compaction; site grading and paving; temporary construction fencing; temporary erosion and sedimentation control; ecology block installation; disposal of excess material; control of water; landscaping; trenching; excavation; removal of unsuitable materials; select bedding; backfill; appurtenances; dewatering; restoration for underground utilities including electrical; tree removal, clearing and grubbing, and vegetation removal; construction of oil/water separator, catch basins, drain lines, valves, and all other work necessary for a complete installation of all sitework and underground utilities as shown on the Plans and as described in the Technical Specifications included in Appendix A-1. The lump sum contract price for “Structural” shall be full pay for all costs for providing all materials, equipment, tools, supplies and labor necessary for constructing the generator and electrical shelter structures, elevated walkways, and all other structural work as shown on the Plans and as described in the Technical Specifications included in Appendix A-1, including but not limited to: surveying and construction staking, cast-in-place concrete, pre-cast concrete, miscellaneous metal work, ceilings, insulation, carpentry, roof, waterproofing, patching, repairing, and testing. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond 8 - 8 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 The lump sum contract price for “Electrical” shall be full pay for all costs for providing all labor, materials, equipment, tools, supplies, and coordination necessary for the electrical work as shown on the Plans and as described in the Technical Specifications included in Appendix A- 1. The lump sum contract price for “Automatic Control” shall be full pay for all costs for providing all labor, materials, equipment, tools, supplies, and coordination necessary for the automatic control work as shown on the Plans and as described in the Technical Specifications included in Appendix A-1. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond A - 1 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 APPENDIX A-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The following specifications, written in CSI format, supplement all other plans and specifications which have been prepared for this project and are considered to be a part of the Kent Special Provisions for this project. CITY OF KENT KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrades PROJECT NO. 119.142 Fall 2020 THE CONTENT OF THIS DOCUMENT, AS A MEANS OF PROFESSIONAL SERVICE, IS PROTECTED BY 17 U.S.C. § 101, ET SEQ. AS SUCH, IT SHALL NOT BE USED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT OR PURPOSE WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM RH2 ENGINEERING. © 2020 RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. Prepared by: RH2 Engineering, Inc. 22722 29th Drive SE, Suite 210 Bothell, WA 98021 (p) (425) 951-5400 (f) (425) 951-5401 Signed: 09/18/2020 Reviewed as the Engineer in Responsible Charge Signed: 09/18/2020 City of Kent Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Table of Contents i DIVISION 1 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.10 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.11.00 Summary of Work [CSI 01 11 00] ......................................................................................................... 1-1 1.11.02 Reuse of Documents [CSI 01 11 30] ...................................................................................................... 1-1 1.11.03 Electronic Data [CSI 01 31 26] .............................................................................................................. 1-1 1.13 Permits and Licenses [CSI 01 41 26] .......................................................................................................... 1-2 1.14 Work Restrictions [CSI 01 14 00] ............................................................................................................... 1-2 1.14.19 Use of Site [CSI 01 14 19] ..................................................................................................................... 1-2 1.20 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [CSI 01 20 00] .................................................................................................. 1-2 1.25.00 Substitution Procedures [CSI 1 25 00] .................................................................................................. 1-2 1.25.13.10 Substitutions Prior to Bid Opening [CSI 1 25 13 10] ........................................................................ 1-3 1.25.13.15 Substitutions After Contract Execution [CSI 1 25 13 15] ................................................................. 1-3 1.30 ADMINISTRATIVE [CSI 01 30 00] .......................................................................................................................... 1-3 1.31 Project Management and Coordination [CSI 01 31 00]............................................................................. 1-3 1.31.01 Contractor’s Responsibility [CSI 01 31 01] ............................................................................................ 1-3 1.31.19 Progress Meetings [CSI 01 31 19 23] .................................................................................................... 1-4 1.32.13 Scheduling of Work [CSI 01 32 13] ....................................................................................................... 1-5 1.32.16 Construction Progress Schedule [CSI 01 32 16] .................................................................................... 1-6 1.32.29 Periodic Work Observation [CSI 01 32 29] ........................................................................................... 1-6 1.33 Submittals [CSI 01 33 00] .......................................................................................................................... 1-6 1.33.23 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples [CSI 01 33 23] ................................................................. 1-6 1.40 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS [CSI 01 40 00] ............................................................................................................... 1-8 1.42.19 Reference Standards [CSI 01 42 19] ..................................................................................................... 1-8 1.43.20 Warranty [CSI 01 43 20] ....................................................................................................................... 1-8 1.45.16 Field Quality Control Procedures [CSI 01 45 16] ................................................................................... 1-9 1.46 Aquifer Protection ..................................................................................................................................... 1-9 1.50 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS [CSI 01 50 00] .......................................................................................... 1-10 1.51 Temporary Utilities [CSI 01 51 00] ........................................................................................................... 1-10 1.52.20 Locks and Keys [CSI 01 52 20] ............................................................................................................ 1-10 1.54 Construction Aids [CSI 01 54 00] ............................................................................................................. 1-11 1.70 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS [CSI 01 70 00] .................................................................................... 1-11 1.71 Examination and Preparation [CSI 01 71 00] .......................................................................................... 1-11 1.71.23.16 Construction Surveying [CSI 01 71 23 16] ..................................................................................... 1-11 1.74 Cleaning and Waste Management [CSI 01 74 00] .................................................................................. 1-11 1.74.23 Final Cleaning [CSI 01 74 23 ............................................................................................................... 1-11 1.75 Starting and Adjusting [CSI 01 75 00] ..................................................................................................... 1-12 1.75.16 Startup Procedures [CSI 01 75 16] ...................................................................................................... 1-12 1.75.16.10 Startup [CSI 01 71 16 10] .............................................................................................................. 1-12 1.75.16.12 Startup and Testing Coordination [CSI 01 75 16 12] ..................................................................... 1-12 1.75.16.20 Testing [CSI 01 75 16 20] ............................................................................................................... 1-13 1.75.16.22 Scheduling of Owner Review for Testing [CSI 01 75 16 22] ........................................................... 1-14 1.75.16.40 Electrical and Control Systems Testing [CSI 01 75 16 40 or 25 08 00 or 26 08 00] ....................... 1-14 1.78 Closeout Submittals [CSI 01 78 00] ......................................................................................................... 1-15 1.78.23 Operation and Maintenance Data [CSI 01 78 23] .............................................................................. 1-15 City of Kent Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Table of Contents ii 1.78.39 Project Record Documents [CSI 01 78 39] .......................................................................................... 1-17 1.79 Demonstration and Training [CSI 01 79 00] ............................................................................................ 1-17 1.79.10 Training [CSI 01 79 10] ....................................................................................................................... 1-17 1.80 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS [CSI 01 80 00] .................................................................................................... 1-17 1.81 Facility Performance Requirements [CSI 01 81 00] ................................................................................. 1-17 1.81.30 Seismic Restraint and Anchorage [CSI 01 81 30] ................................................................................ 1-17 DIVISION 2 SITEWORK – THIS DIVISION IS NOT USED .......................................................................................... 2-1 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE ........................................................................................................................................ 3-1 3.00 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-1 3.05 Common Work for Concrete [CSI 03 05 00] ............................................................................................... 3-1 3.06 Maintenance of Concrete [CSI 03 01 00] ................................................................................................... 3-3 3.06.30.71 Resurfacing of Cast-in-Place Concrete [CSI 03 01 30.61] ................................................................ 3-3 3.10 FORMING AND ACCESSORIES [CSI 03 10 00] .......................................................................................................... 3-5 3.11 Formwork [CSI 03 11 00] ........................................................................................................................... 3-5 3.11.13 Structural Cast in Place Forming [CSI 03 11 13] ................................................................................... 3-5 3.15 Concrete Accessories [CSI 03 15 00] .......................................................................................................... 3-6 3.15.02 Premolded Joint Filler [CSI 03 15 30 or 07 91 26] ................................................................................. 3-6 3.15.19 Concrete Anchors [CSI 03 15 19 (cast-in) or 05 05 19 (drilled)] ............................................................ 3-6 3.20 REINFORCING [CSI 03 20 00] .............................................................................................................................. 3-7 3.21 Reinforcement Bars [CSI 03 21 00] ............................................................................................................ 3-7 3.21.11 Plain Steel Reinforcement Bars [CSI 03 21 11] ..................................................................................... 3-7 3.30 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE [CSI 03 30 00] ............................................................................................................. 3-8 3.30.05 Common Work for Cast in Place Concrete [CSI 03 30 05] .................................................................... 3-8 3.31 Structural Concrete [CSI 03 31 00] .......................................................................................................... 3-10 3.31.13 Structural Concrete [CSI 03 31 13] ..................................................................................................... 3-10 3.31.30 Thrust Blocks, Driveways, Curb, Gutter, Sidewalks, Equipment Pads, and Fence Posts [CSI 03 31 13.10] ............................................................................................................................................. 3-10 3.35 Concrete Finishing [CSI 03 35 00] ............................................................................................................ 3-11 3.35.05 Common Work for Surface Finishing [CSI 03 35 05] ........................................................................... 3-11 3.35.54 Floated Finish [CSI 03 35 54] .............................................................................................................. 3-11 3.35.56 Light Brush Finish [CSI 03 35 56] ........................................................................................................ 3-11 3.35.58 Sacked Wall Finish [CSI 03 35 58] ....................................................................................................... 3-12 3.39 Concrete Curing [CSI 03 39 00] ................................................................................................................ 3-12 3.60 GROUTING [CSI 03 60 00] ................................................................................................................................ 3-12 3.62 Non-Shrink Grouting [CSI 03 62 00] ........................................................................................................ 3-12 3.62.13 Non-Metallic Non-Shrink Grout [CSI 03 62 13] ................................................................................... 3-12 DIVISION 4 MASONRY – THIS DIVISION IS NOT USED .......................................................................................... 4-1 DIVISION 5 METALS ............................................................................................................................................ 5-1 5.00 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 5-1 5.05 Common Work for Metals [CSI 05 05 00] .................................................................................................. 5-1 5.05.23 Bolts and Other Connectors [CSI 05 05 23, 06 05 23] ........................................................................... 5-4 City of Kent Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Table of Contents iii 5.50 METAL FABRICATIONS [CSI 05 50 00] ................................................................................................................... 5-5 5.51 METAL STAIRS [CSI 05 51 00] ............................................................................................................................. 5-5 5.51.05 Common Work for Stairs [CSI 05 51 05] ............................................................................................... 5-5 5.51.19 Metal Grating Stairs [CSI 05 51 19] ...................................................................................................... 5-5 5.52 METAL RAILINGS [CSI 05 52 00] .......................................................................................................................... 5-5 5.52.05 Common Work for Railings [CSI 05 52 05] ........................................................................................... 5-5 5.53 METAL GRATINGS [CSI 05 53 00] ........................................................................................................................ 5-7 5.53.05 Common Work for Gratings [CSI 05 53 05] .......................................................................................... 5-7 5.53.13 Bar Gratings [CSI 05 53 13] .................................................................................................................. 5-7 DIVISION 6 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES - THIS DIVISION IS NOT USED ................................................. 6-1 DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ........................................................................................... 7-1 7.00 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 7-1 7.05 Common Work for Thermal and Moisture Protection [CSI 7 05 00] .......................................................... 7-1 7.60 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL [CSI 07 60 00] ......................................................................................................... 7-2 7.61 Sheet Metal Roofing [CSI 07 61 00] ........................................................................................................... 7-2 7.61.05 Common Work for Metal Roofing [CSI 07 61 05] ................................................................................. 7-2 7.61.13 Standing Seam Sheet Metal Roofing [CSI 07 61 13] ............................................................................. 7-4 7.62 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim [CSI 07 62 00] .......................................................................................... 7-5 DIVISION 8 OPENINGS – THIS DIVISION IS NOT USED .......................................................................................... 8-1 DIVISION 9 FINISHES ........................................................................................................................................... 9-1 9.00 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 9-1 9.90 PAINTING AND COATING [CSI 09 90 00] ................................................................................................................ 9-1 9.90.05 Common Work for Painting and Coating [CSI 09 90 05] ...................................................................... 9-1 9.90.13 Unpainted Items [CSI 09 90 13] ............................................................................................................ 9-6 9.91 Painting and Coating [CSI 09 90 00] .......................................................................................................... 9-6 9.91.13 Exterior Painting [CSI 09 91 13] ........................................................................................................... 9-6 9.91.13.12 - System 2: Metals - Metal in Contact with Concrete or Dissimilar Metals. [CSI 09 91 13 19] ........ 9-6 9.91.23 Interior Painting [CSI 09 91 23] ............................................................................................................ 9-7 9.91.23.03 - System 3: Galvanized Metal Surface Repair [CSI 09 91 23 14]...................................................... 9-7 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES .................................................................................................................................. 10-1 10.00 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................... 10-1 10.05 Common Work for Specialties [CSI 10 05 00] ........................................................................................ 10-1 10.06.10 Schedules for Signage [CSI 10 06 10.13,.16] .................................................................................... 10-1 10.10 INFORMATION SPECIALTIES [CSI 10 10 00] ........................................................................................................ 10-2 10.14.23 Panel Signage [CSI 10 14 23] ............................................................................................................ 10-2 10.40 SAFETY SPECIALTIES [CSI 10 40 00] .................................................................................................................. 10-2 10.44.16 Fire Extinguisher [CSI 10 44 16] ........................................................................................................ 10-2 DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT – THIS DIVISION IS NOT USED ................................................................................... 11-1 DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS – THIS DIVISION IS NOT USED ................................................................................. 12-1 DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION – THIS DIVISION IS NOT USED ................................................................ 13-1 City of Kent Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Table of Contents iv DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS – THIS DIVISION IS NOT USED .................................................................... 14-1 DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL – THIS DIVISION IS NOT USED ................................................................................. 15-1 DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL ................................................................................................................................... 16-1 16.00 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................... 16-1 16.05 Common Work for Electrical [CSI 26 05 00] .......................................................................................... 16-1 16.10 ELECTRICAL SITE WORK ................................................................................................................................... 16-7 16.10.1 Common Work for Electrical Site Work [33 71 19]............................................................................. 16-7 16.10.2 Underground Marking Tape (Detectable Type) [CSI 33 05 97.23] ..................................................... 16-8 16.10.3 Handholes and Pull Boxes [CSI 33 71 19.13] ...................................................................................... 16-8 16.15 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems [CSI 26 05 26] .............................................................. 16-9 16.20 UTILITY SERVICE ........................................................................................................................................... 16-11 16.21 Electrical Service [CSI 26 21 00] ........................................................................................................... 16-11 16.30 BASIC PANEL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ............................................................................................................ 16-12 16.31 Operating and Indicating Devices [CSI 26 09 00, 40 78 00] ................................................................ 16-12 16.31.1 Digital Power Meter [CSI 26 09 13.12, 40 78 13.21] ........................................................................ 16-12 16.31.2 Run Time Meters [CSI 26 09 13.22, 40 78 13.22] ............................................................................. 16-13 16.31.3 Start Count Meters [CSI 26 09 13.23, 40 78 13.23] .......................................................................... 16-13 16.31.4 Indicating Lights [CSI 26 09 13.31, 40 78 16] ................................................................................... 16-13 16.31.5 Selector Switch [CSI 26 09 16.21 40 78 19.21] ................................................................................. 16-14 16.31.6 Pushbuttons [CSI 26 09 16.23, 40 78 19.25] .................................................................................... 16-14 16.32 Panel Relays [CSI 26 09 16, 40 78 53] ................................................................................................. 16-15 16.32.1 Control Relays [CSI 26 09 16.31, 40 78 53.21].................................................................................. 16-15 16.32.3 Time Delay Relays [CSI 26 09 19.35, 40 78 53.25] ........................................................................... 16-15 16.32.5 Phase Fail Relay (PFR) [CSI 26 09 19.37, 40 78 53.27] ..................................................................... 16-16 16.35 Control Panel Accessories ................................................................................................................... 16-17 16.35.1 Terminal Blocks [CSI 26 05 83 or 26 27 26] ...................................................................................... 16-17 16.35.2 Nameplates [CSI 26 05 53, 10 14 23] ............................................................................................... 16-17 16.36.1 Surge Protection Device (SPD) [CSI 26 43 13, 40 78 56] ................................................................... 16-18 16.40 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT [CSI 26 29 00] [PROVIDED BY CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR] 16-18 16.41.1 Motor Control Center [CSI 26 24 19] ................................................................................................ 16-18 16.41.3 Solid State Reduced Voltage Starters [CSI 26 29 13.16] ................................................................... 16-24 16.45 Variable Frequency Drive [CSI 26 29 23] ............................................................................................. 16-32 16.48 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION [CSI 26 10 00] ............................................................................ 16-47 16.48.1 Medium Voltage Transformers [CSI 26 12 00] ................................................................................. 16-47 16.50 PANELBOARDS [CSI 26 24 00] ....................................................................................................................... 16-49 16.52 Panelboards [CSI 26 24 16] ................................................................................................................. 16-49 16.55 Switches and Protective Devices [CSI 26 18 00 (medium voltage) 26 28 00 (low voltage)] ................ 16-53 16.55.1 Common Work for Switches and Protective Devices [CSI 26 18 05, 26 28 05] ................................. 16-53 16.55.16 Molded Case Circuit Breakers [CSI 26 28 16.14] ............................................................................ 16-53 16.60 CONDUCTORS .............................................................................................................................................. 16-53 16.61 Low Voltage Wire and Cable [CSI 26 05 19] ........................................................................................ 16-53 16.63 Signal Cable [CSI 27 15 00] .................................................................................................................. 16-56 City of Kent Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Table of Contents v 16.70 RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS [CSI 26 05 33] ............................................................................................. 16-57 16.71 Raceways [CSI 26 05 33.23] ................................................................................................................ 16-57 16.72 Boxes and Enclosures .......................................................................................................................... 16-60 16.72.2 Outlet and Junction Boxes [CSI 26 05 33.16] .................................................................................... 16-60 16.72.3 Watertight Enclosures [CSI 26 05 33.17] .......................................................................................... 16-61 16.75 Wiring Devices [CSI 26 27 26].............................................................................................................. 16-61 16.75.1 Common Work for Wiring Devices [CSI 26 27 26] ............................................................................ 16-61 16.75.2 Receptacles [CSI 26 27 19] ............................................................................................................... 16-62 16.75.3 Line Voltage Switches [CSI 26 27 26.21] .......................................................................................... 16-63 16.75.5 Plates [CSI 26 27 26.31].................................................................................................................... 16-63 16.85 Lighting [CSI 26 50 00] ........................................................................................................................ 16-64 16.85.1 Common Work for Lighting Fixtures [CSI 26 50 05] ......................................................................... 16-64 16.85.2 Lamps [CSI 26 06 50 or 26 50 06.13] ................................................................................................ 16-64 16.85.3 Fixtures [CSI 26 06 50.16 or 26 50 06.16] ......................................................................................... 16-65 16.90 POWER GENERATION [CSI 26 30 00] .............................................................................................................. 16-65 16.91 Engine Generator [CSI 26 32 13] ......................................................................................................... 16-65 16.91.2 Diesel Engine Generator Set [CSI 26 32 13.13] ................................................................................. 16-65 16.92 Transfer Switches [CSI 26 36 23] ......................................................................................................... 16-84 16.92.2 Automatic Transfer Switch [CSI 26 36 23] ........................................................................................ 16-84 16.95 TESTING [CSI 26 08 00] ............................................................................................................................... 16-86 16.95.1 Common Work for Testing [CSI 26 08 05] ........................................................................................ 16-86 16.95.2 Medium Voltage Conductor Testing ................................................................................................ 16-88 16.95.3 Conductor Test Report [CSI 26 08 13] .............................................................................................. 16-92 16.95.4 Ground Electrode Resistance Test Report [CSI 26 08 15] ................................................................. 16-93 DIVISION 17 AUTOMATIC CONTROL ................................................................................................................. 17-1 17.00 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................... 17-1 17.05 Common Work for Automatic Control [CSI 40 60 05] ........................................................................... 17-1 17.06 Control System Integrator [CSI 40 61 13] .............................................................................................. 17-6 17.08 System Description [CSI 40 61 96] ......................................................................................................... 17-8 17.10 PANELS [CSI 40 67 00] ................................................................................................................................ 17-10 17.12 Equipment Panels [CSI 40 67 16, 40 67 19] ......................................................................................... 17-10 17.20 PANEL COMPONENTS [CSI 40 78 00] .............................................................................................................. 17-11 17.20.3 Terminal Blocks [CSI 40 78 71] ......................................................................................................... 17-11 17.22 Wire and Cable [CSI 40 67 33] ............................................................................................................. 17-11 17.22.2 Wiring [CSI 40 67 33]........................................................................................................................ 17-11 17.22.3 Cables [CSI 40 67 33] ........................................................................................................................ 17-12 17.24 Switches and Relays [CSI 40 78 19, 40 78 53] ..................................................................................... 17-12 17.24.2 Selector Switch [CSI 40 78 19.21] ..................................................................................................... 17-12 17.24.3 Pushbuttons [CSI 40 78 19.23] ......................................................................................................... 17-12 17.24.4 Panel Relays [CSI 40 78 53] .............................................................................................................. 17-13 17.25 Indicating Lights and Readouts [CSI 40 78 13, 40 78 16] .................................................................... 17-14 17.25.2 Pilot Lights [CSI 40 78 16.21] ............................................................................................................ 17-14 17.30 INTELLIGENT CONTROL UNITS ......................................................................................................................... 17-14 17.31.2 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System [CSI 40 63 43] ........................................................... 17-14 City of Kent Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Table of Contents vi 17.33 Network Equipment and Computers ................................................................................................... 17-18 17.33.1 Industrial Network Equipment [CSI 40 66 13] .................................................................................. 17-18 17.90 TESTING, STARTUP, AND TRAINING .................................................................................................................. 17-19 17.90.1 Common Work for Testing, Startup, and Training [CSI 40 61 21, 40 61 26, 40 80 00] ..................... 17-19 17.91 Tests and Inspections [CSI 40 61 21, 40 80 13] ................................................................................... 17-20 17.92 Startup [CSI 40 80 15] ......................................................................................................................... 17-23 17.93 Training [CSI 40 61 26] ........................................................................................................................ 17-24 17.94 Documentation ................................................................................................................................... 17-24 17.94.2 Operations and Maintenance Manuals [CSI 40 80 23] .................................................................... 17-24 DIVISION 18 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT – THIS DIVISION NOT USED ........................................................ 18-1 1-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 1 General 1.10 GENERAL Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. Sections in these specifications titled “Related Sections” shall be read as integral to the specification as if they were fully detailed within. All work and materials described in such sections shall be provided and performed by the Contractor. 1.11.00 Summary of Work [CSI 01 11 00] The project consists of the installation of a backup generator at the City’s Clark Springs site, as well as general electrical and control improvements throughout the facility. 1.11.02 Reuse of Documents [CSI 01 11 30] Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not: 1. Have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions; or 2. Reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer. 3. The prohibitions of this Paragraph will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 1.11.03 Electronic Data [CSI 01 31 26] 1. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by Owner to Contractor, or by Contractor to Owner, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user’s sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. 2. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data’s creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 30 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 30-day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party. 3. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, ope rating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data’s creator. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-2 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 4. Computer Aided Design (CAD) files will not be made available to the Contractor . This includes AutoCAD™, Civil3D™, or other similar file types. Only printed hard copies or electronic representations of hard copies (e.g. PDF) will be provided. 1.13 Permits and Licenses [CSI 01 41 26] The Owner will secure and pay for the following permits: • Building Permit • Aboveground Tank Installation Permit The Contractor shall acquire and pay for all other necessary permits which may include: • Right-of Way Permit • Electrical Permit A copy of the Owner acquired permits are available at the Owner’s office for examination by bidders. Conform to the requirements of these permits and all other permits issued for this project. 1.14 Work Restrictions [CSI 01 14 00] 1.14.19 Use of Site [CSI 01 14 19] The Contractor shall not perform work activities, store materials or equipment, move equipment through, or disturb in any way the areas outside the “Building Construction Limits”, “Utility Construction Limits” and “Landscaping Construction Limits”, shown unless approved by the Owner in writing. Utility construction limits may be occupied throughout the duration of the contract. Landscaping construction limits have been defined to provide additional working area for backfilling, grading, compacting, and landscaping construction activities that are to be performed in conjunction with the project. The Contractor shall relocate erosion control fencing, surface covering, and provide a sediment trap for storm-water runoff as shown on the plans prior to beginning any work activities within this area. 1.20 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [CSI 01 20 00] 1.25.00 Substitution Procedures [CSI 1 25 00] Any product or construction method that does not meet these specifications will be considered a substitution. Substitutions must be approved prior to their installation or use on this project. No guarantee is made that product model numbers included in the specifications or on the plans are current at the time of bidding. The bidder shall provide pricing in their proposal for current versions of discontinued models. If the bidder is uncertain of the correct replacement model, or feels there is a price discrepancy, the bidder shall request a substitution following the requirements of section 1.25.13.10 Substitutions Prior to Bid Opening. Requests for price increases after award will not be accepted. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-3 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1.25.13.10 Substitutions Prior to Bid Opening [CSI 1 25 13 10] Before opening bids, the Owner may consider written requests from product suppliers or prime bidders for substitutions. All requests for substitution must be received by Owner a minimum of 7 working days prior to bid opening. Requests shall be accompanied by drawings and specifications in sufficient detail to allow the Owner to determine whether or not the substitute proposed is equal to that specified. All requests shall include a listing of any significant variations in material or methods from those specified. If there are no variations, a statement to that fact shall be included in the request for approval. The determination as to whether or not a proposed substitute is acceptable shall rest solely with the Owner. Approval of substitutions will be only by addendum. The bidder shall include, in the proposal, all costs for any modifications required to adopt the substitute. 1.25.13.15 Substitutions After Contract Execution [CSI 1 25 13 15] Within 30 calendar days after the date of the contract, the Owner shall consider formal requests from the Contractor for a substitution of products in place of those specified. Submit two copies of each request for a substitution. Data shall include the necessary change in construction methods, including a detailed description of the proposed method and related drawings illustrating the methods. An itemized comparison of each proposed substitution with product or method specified shall be provided. In making a request for a substitution, the Contractor represents that they have investigated the proposed product or method and has determined that it is equal or superior to the product specified. The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of accepted substitutions into the work, making changes that may be required for the work to be completed. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to substitutions. 1.30 ADMINISTRATIVE [CSI 01 30 00] 1.31 Project Management and Coordination [CSI 01 31 00] 1.31.01 Contractor’s Responsibility [CSI 01 31 01] The work included in this contract is shown on the contract plans and described in these project specifications. All work incidental and necessary to the completion of the work described and shown shall be performed by the Contractor. In submitting a bid for this project, the Bidder warrants that they are an expert in this and related work, that they understand the process and functions shown, and that various work and processes not shown but necessary for the successful operation of this project will be provided by the Contractor. The General (or Prime) Contractor is fully responsible for providing the subcontractors and suppliers with all relevant portions of the plans and specifications necessary to bid and construct the improvements. Damage to existing utilities or property shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the discretion of the Owner. The Contractor and each of the Subcontractors are responsible for coordinating the required inspections. There are specific requirements for inspection responsibilities and the advance notice that must be given to minimize construction delays. It is the Contractor’s responsibility City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-4 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. to be familiar with these requirements, include the coordination necessary in this estimate of project costs and schedule, and to comply with the requirements during construction. Failure to follow proper inspection and notification procedures may result in on-site work stoppages and removal or demolition of unapproved structures or systems, all at the Contractor’s expense. See Testing, Startup, and Operation section below for details. Do not start work on this project or on any public or private right-of-way or easement until clearance is given by the Owner. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of any permit for the project. Do not hinder private property access without a 24-hour notice to the private property owner, and do not hinder access for more than an 8-hour period. Do not disrupt emergency aid access to private property. The Contractor is solely responsible for all elements of site safety. Inspections performed by the Owner are only to monitor and record that project plans and specifications are being complied with and construction is consistent with the design intent. The Contractor shall be responsible for managing, coordinating, and overseeing his subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers’ representatives, or any other persons performing Work. The Contractor shall have a competent representative, familiar with the project and work being performed, on-site at all times. 1.31.19 Progress Meetings [CSI 01 31 19 23] The Contractor shall schedule and hold regular on-site progress meetings at least every two weeks and at other times as requested by the Owner or as required by progress of the work. The Contractor, Owner, and all Subcontractors active on the site must attend each meeting. Contractor to provide an agenda covering the following items at a minimum, as applicable. 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems that impede planned schedule. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Discussion of upcoming required inspections/approvals. 12. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 13. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 14. Safety issues relating to work. 15. Other business relating to work. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-5 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1.32.13 Scheduling of Work [CSI 01 32 13] Clark Springs operates 24/7 and the need to maintain control, communications and chemical feed is critical to maintaining service and water quality. The site currently has a propane-fueled 45-kilowatt 3-phase generator that only backs up critical electrical circuits. These critical circuits (breakers) reside in a distribution panel labeled (H1) on the load side of the existing transfer switch and back up the following: • PLC/Communications • Chemical feed elements (booster pumps) • Lighting/heating • Surge Building • Clear well pump (Augmentation period) Throughout the project it is critical that the H1 panel and above circuits be maintained either by utility power or by keeping the backup generator functional until the late stages of the project. Prior to removal of the existing 45-kilowatt generator, a portable 3-phase generator will need to be connected to the existing manual transfer switch and run 24/7 to back up panel H1 until utility power is restored. If at any time the panel H1 or its circuits are to be interrupted, the Contractor shall provide the City (5) working days’ notice of the interruption. The Contractor shall make reasonable efforts to provide temporary power to these circuits during this time. In no case shall the interruption of these circuits exceed 8 hrs. In general, it is anticipated that the project will be conducted in a scheduled manner conducive to maintaining operation of the facility as much as possible. The Contractor shall create a detailed plan for execution of construction elements prior to commencing construction. The schedule shall incorporate the following order of operations; 1. Site preparation. 2. Generator and shelter construction. 3. Site improvements. 4. Electrical equipment installation at generator shelter. 5. Replacement of existing utility pole and pole-mount transformers with new utility pole and pole-mount transformers along with installation of transformer primary overhead conductors and secondary conduit and conductors. 6. Electrical improvements to existing facility and primary power improvements. a. Temporary generator connection to critical circuits. b. Utility power improvements and switchover to new pole-mount transformers. Energization of new electrical service equipment at generator shelter. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-6 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. c. Motor control center removal and replacement. c. VFD removal and replacement. d. Metering building improvements (including site work). e. Telemetry and control system improvements. 1.32.16 Construction Progress Schedule [CSI 01 32 16] Contractor is responsible for providing an up to date construction schedule with each monthly pay estimate and at other times as requested by the Owner or as required by progress of the work. If the current schedule is still in-line with the previous schedule, the Contractor shall inform the Owner with each pay estimate. Non-working day requests shall also be submitted by the Contractor with each monthly pay estimate. Owner may delay monthly progress payments if Contractor fails to submit updated schedule and non-working day requests. 1.32.29 Periodic Work Observation [CSI 01 32 29] The Owner may elect to have an inspector on site to monitor, observe and record construction progress. The Contractor maintains complete responsibility to verify construction is meeting the design intent and is being constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is not the responsibility of the Owner’s inspector to address neither means and methods issues on site nor direct safety issues on site. The Owner’s inspector does not have the authority to stop work if unsafe conditions are observed. 1.33 Submittals [CSI 01 33 00] 1.33.23 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples [CSI 01 33 23] Submittals are required for all items installed on this contract. Submittals shall be addressed to: City of Kent, Construction Management 220 Fourth Avenue South Kent, WA 98032 Attn: Phil McConnell Email: PMcConnell@kentwa.gov Submittals may be provided in electronic format (preferred) or hard copy. Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to provide hard-copy submittals at no additional cost to the Owner. Where hard-copy submittals are provided, Contractor shall submit three (3) copies; one set will be returned to the Contractor after review. Electronic submittal via email is acceptable, however the Contractor shall take responsibility to follow up with the Owner to verify that the submittal was received. The Owner assumes no responsibility for emails that do not make it to the recipient. In the case of electronic submittals, only one copy will be returned to the Contractor, either electronically or hard copy at the Owner’s discretion. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-7 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Submittal data for each item shall contain sufficient information on each item to determine if it is in compliance with the contract requirements. Submittal cutsheets and datasheets shall be annotated by the Contractor and shall clearly indicate the equipment and materials that will be provided, including any options or additive items. No generic cutsheets or datasheets will be accepted. Items that are installed in the work that have not been approved through the submittal process shall be removed and an approved product shall be furnished, all at the Contractor’s expense. Shop drawing review will be limited to general design requirements only, and shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions, or responsibility for consequences due to deviations from the contract documents. No changes may be made in any submittal after it has been reviewed except with written notice and approval from the Owner. Shop drawings shall be submitted on 8½-inch by 11-inch, 11-inch by 17-inch, or 22-inch by 34-inch sheets and shall contain the following information: • Project Name as it appears on the Document Cover. • Prime Contractor and Applicable Subcontractor. • Owner’s Name. • Applicable Specification and Drawings Reference. • A stamp showing that the Contractor has checked the equipment for conformance with the contract requirements, coordination with other work on the job, and dimensional suitability. • A place for the Engineer to stamp. Submittals that do not comply with these requirements may be returned to the Contractor for re-submittal. The Contractor shall revise and resubmit as necessary. Acceptable submittals will be reviewed as promptly as possible, and transmitted to the Contractor not later than 20 working days after receipt by the Engineer. Delays caused by the need for re-submittal shall not be a basis for an extension of contract time or delay damages. Shop drawings and submittals shall contain the following information for all items: 1. Shop or equipment drawings, dimensions, and weights. 2. Catalog information. 3. Manufacturer’s specifications. 4. Special handling instructions. 5. Maintenance requirements. 6. Wiring and control diagrams. 7. List of contract exceptions. By approving and submitting shop drawings and samples, the Contractor warrants that they have determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-8 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. catalog numbers, and similar data, and have checked and coordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the work and of the contract documents. The Owner will pay the costs and provide review services for a first and second review of each submittal item. Additional reviews shall be paid by Contractor by withholding the appropriate amounts from each payment estimate. The Contractor is responsible for identifying the shop drawings and submittals required for this project. Specific submittal requirements are listed in each section of these specifications. Contractor shall keep a complete and up to date copy of all submittals and review responses at the job site readily available to the Owner for inspection. 1.40 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS [CSI 01 40 00] 1.42.19 Reference Standards [CSI 01 42 19] Work under this contract shall be performed in accordance with applicable sections of the current Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, Washington State Chapter, American Public Works Association, and Washington State Department of Transportation, hereafter referred to as the Standard Specifications. Certain other referenced standards used in this specification are from the latest editions of: • IBC International Building Code • UPC Uniform Plumbing Code • IMC International Mechanical Code • IFC International Fire Code • NEC National Electrical Code • AWWA American Water Works Association • ANSI American National Standards Institute • ASA American Standards Association • ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials • WSEC Washington State Energy Code 1.43.20 Warranty [CSI 01 43 20] The Contractor shall warrant all work and products for a period of one (1) year following project acceptance except for those components and listed warrantees below. The date of project acceptance is defined as the date the final payment is sent to the Contractor from the Owner. Warranties in addition to this warranty are listed in the following sections: • Division 16 Engine Generator • Division 17 Telemetry systems City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-9 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1.45.16 Field Quality Control Procedures [CSI 01 45 16] Unless otherwise noted on the plans or within these specifications, 48-hour prior notice shall be given to the Owner and appropriate reviewing agency for all inspections required for the construction of the project. Forty-eight-hour notice is defined as two complete working day notice. Time is not counted on weekends and holidays (inspections required on a Monday or the day after a holiday shall be scheduled a minimum of 48 hours in advance not including the holiday hours or weekend hours.) Contractor shall schedule and arrange for the following inspections and tests with the appropriate reviewing agency and testing company. • Special Inspections as required per IBC Division 17 and as noted on the drawings • Any additional inspections required by the Building Department, or other approval agency • Soils and crushed rock compaction 1.46 Aquifer Protection Part 1 – General The proposed site is located within the City’s Sanitary Control Area for their potable water supply. The Contractor shall be responsible for preventing accidental release of contaminants due to construction activities. The Contractor is responsible for aquifer water quality during the entire construction phase and should take all means necessary to protect the water quality. This shall include but is not limited to, the use of vegetable oil in construction hydraulic equipment, immediate spill containment and cleanup if it occurs during construction, installation and maintenance of temporary erosion and sedimentation control devices and all other work necessary to protect the water quality of the aquifer. The City has water quality records for the aquifer that indicate that it is not currently contaminated. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining this baseline aquifer water quality at the site during construction. Submittals At a minimum, the Contractor shall provide the following as part of a spill control and response plan. A draft of this plan is due at the pre-construction conference. The final approved version of the plan shall be due prior to construction activities commencing on the sites. 1. The contractor shall provide a designated person in charge of spill control and site maintenance. This person shall be on-site during operating hours and be responsible for supervising the use and storage of hazardous materials and shall take appropriate actions in the event of a release. This person shall also be available 24 hours per day in the event of a release during non-working hours. 2. Secondary containment of hazardous materials and refueling areas shall be provided (containment equal to the size of the primary container or the largest container for multiple containers in one containment device). Sanitary, refueling and hazardous material storage shall not be allowed within the 100-foot sanitary radius on the springs site, and the Contractor shall designate other areas for this in their plan. All equipment shall be stored City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-10 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. outside of the 100-foot sanitary radius on the springs site. Prevent access by the public to hazardous materials left on any site during non-working hours. 3. Construction vehicles and stationary equipment that are found to be leaking fuel, hydraulic fluid, and/or other hazardous materials shall be removed from the aquifer protection area or repaired in place as soon as possible and may remain on the site in the interim only if leakage is completely contained. Contractor shall keep spill containment and treatment materials on-site at all times. Depending on the frequency of occurrence, the contractor may be required to provide spill containment devices on equipment at all times (i.e. diapers). 4. Equipment and vehicles shall be inspected daily for leaks. Inspection logs are required shall be kept and available to the City upon request. 5. All equipment left parked and stationary shall have spill pads placed under them. 6. All equipment shall be cleaned and pressure washed prior to delivery or arrival on site. 7. Spill kits, equipment and supplies adequate for the immediate clean-up of the worst-case hazardous materials spill shall be stored on-site in close proximity to hazardous materials; and 8. All spills or leaks shall be immediately contained, reporte d and cleaned up as required by state and local regulations, Washington Department of Ecology guidelines and as noted below. Upon detection of a leak, contractor shall immediately stop work and correct the leak, contain the spill, and remove the contaminated material from the site for proper disposal. The contractor shall over-excavate the contaminated site at least 2 feet in all directions to confirm that the spilled material has not penetrated further. 1.50 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS [CSI 01 50 00] 1.51 Temporary Utilities [CSI 01 51 00] The Contractor is responsible for providing all necessary water for construction-related fire protection and utilities required by this contract, or by laws and regulations. Sanitary facilities adequate for all workers shall comply with all codes and regulations. At the close of this contract, the Contractor shall pay all utility bills that are outstanding, remove all temporary electrical, sanitary, gas, telephone and water facilities, and any other temporary service equipment that may remain. In addition, the Contractor shall arrange for the transfer of electrical and water accounts to the Owner’s name. The Contractor shall make all arrangements for the required construction power. Power is available at some locations on the construction site. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing what is available and providing what is required. The Contractor shall make arrangements for and provide all necessary facilities for the necessary water supply for construction at their own expense unless otherwise provided. 1.52.20 Locks and Keys [CSI 01 52 20] Contractor shall provide dedicated construction locks, or Owner’s standard lock with removable construction core, for site and facility security during construction. Contractor shall City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-11 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. provide Owner with two construction key(s) for all temporary locks. Owner may “double lock” any padlocks at their discretion. If the Owner provides a key to the Contractor for existing Owner locks, the Contractor will be responsible for the key until returning it to the Owner. If the Contractor loses the key, the Contractor will pay for re-coring of all Owner locks that use that key. 1.54 Construction Aids [CSI 01 54 00] The Contractor or product manufacturer may include work, materials, or components to aid in shipping, storage, installation, or other work for their convenience. Such items shall be removed prior to final project acceptance if they may interfere with the operation or maintenance of permanent work. Some examples include, but are not limited to: • Lifting eyes (remove only if a safety concern or obstruction) • Picking holes (plug) • Intermediate or shipping bracing (remove) • Protective shipping adhesives, coatings or covers (remove and clean residue) 1.70 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS [CSI 01 70 00] 1.71 Examination and Preparation [CSI 01 71 00] 1.71.23.16 Construction Surveying [CSI 01 71 23 16] The Contractor is responsible for surveying and staking and shall stake out the locations of the permanent easements, temporary easements, rights-of-way, and all major facilities shown on the Plans and establish bench marks at locations designated by the Owner. The Contractor shall protect all stakes and marks in their original conditions. If stakes and markings are destroyed or defaced before their use is ended, the cost of replacing them will be at the Contractor’s expense. All stakes, points, and marks, shall be administered and approved by a registered professional land surveyor licensed in the State of Washington. Provide approved and stamped survey notes, and control points to the Owner for as-built purposes. Replace all damaged survey monuments in accordance with WAC 332-120. 1.74 Cleaning and Waste Management [CSI 01 74 00] 1.74.23 Final Cleaning [CSI 01 74 23 Clean up debris and unused material, and remove from the site and any buildings. If vehicle traffic causes ruts, repair asphalt (new or existing) in paved areas, in other areas back track with dozer or excavator and repair to proposed surface condition including necessary hydroseed, mulch, and landscaping. Eliminate weeds within the construction area prior to project closeout. Buildings shall be broom clean and all foreign damage or markings removed or repaired. Equipment shall be washed clean using appropriate methods. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-12 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Unpainted exposed concrete structures shall be cleaned to a consistent bare concrete surface finish. Remove extraneous substances such as efflorescence, leakage residue, and excess repair materials. Remove existing equipment or materials identified in the contract documents or that interfere with the work. Dispose of all such existing equipment or materials unless the Owner requests items to be salvaged for their use. Owner has first right of salvage. 1.75 Starting and Adjusting [CSI 01 75 00] 1.75.16 Startup Procedures [CSI 01 75 16] 1.75.16.10 Startup [CSI 01 71 16 10] See the automated control system section for control system startup. Startup shall consist of a simulated operation of all equipment and controls. The purpose of startup shall be to check that all equipment will function under operating conditions, that all interlocking controls and sequences are properly set, and that the facility will function as an operating unit. Technically qualified factory representatives shall be present for the startup phase. All Representatives shall be trained, qualified, and have experience in troubleshoot ing and fixing field issues. The startup shall continue until it is demonstrated that all functions, controls, and machinery are functioning correctly. Authorized factory representatives shall be provided for the following items: • Variable frequency drives • Motor control centers (electrician may qualify if approved by manufacturer) • Telemetry equipment • Standby Generator 1.75.16.12 Startup and Testing Coordination [CSI 01 75 16 12] The Contractor shall conduct all testing and startup. Testing and startup shall not be a cause for claims for delay by the Contractor and all expenses for testing and startup shall be incidental to this contract. The placing of all improvements in service shall consist of three parts: “testing”, “startup”, and “operation”. Not less than 14 calendar days before the anticipated time for beginning testing, the Contractor shall notify and submit to the Owner for approval, a complete plan for the following: 1. Schedules for tests: A. Factory Demonstration Test (at panel shop) B. Control system C. Emergency power system 2. Detail schedule of procedures for startup. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-13 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3. Complete schedule of events to be accomplished during testing. 4. An outline of work remaining under the contract that will be carried out concurrently with the operation phases. Failure to provide proper notification to the Owner may lead to liquidated damages if schedule cannot be maintained . If rescheduling is required because components are not ready for testing the notification requirements are reset and shall provide for 21 c alendar days advance notice in order to reserve Engineer’s and/or Owner Representatives’ time. The Contractor shall make arrangements for all materials, supplies, and labor necessary to efficiently complete the testing, startup, and operation. At a minimum, the Contractor shall provide: • Voltmeter • Amp meter. • Load Bank (generator testing) • Sound Level (dB) measuring device (generator testing) 1.75.16.20 Testing [CSI 01 75 16 20] The Contractor may periodically request preliminary testing for items that must be covered or tested before other work can proceed. In these cases, the work shall not be tested or covered up without timely notice to the Owner of its readiness for testing. Should any work be covered up without notice, approval, or consent, it must, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor’s expense. Where work is to be tested, all necessary equipment shall be set up and the work given a preliminary test so that any and all defects may be discovered and repaired prior to calling out the Owner for the test. Final testing shall consist of individual tests and checks made on equipment intended to provide proof of performance of unit and proper operation of unit control together with necessary tests to show system operation in the presence of the Owner. Assure proper alignment, size, condition, capability, strength, proper adjustment, lubrication, pressure, hydraulic test, leakage test, and all other tests deemed necessary by the Owner to determine that all materials and equipment are of specified quality, properly situated, anchored, and in all respects, ready for use. Any certificates required by these specifications by the manufacturer’s representatives shall be supplied to the Owner prior to startup. All piping shall be tested as required by specifications and applicable codes. Tests on individual items of equipment, such as pipelines, structures, controls, and other items shall be as necessary to show proper system operation. During testing, the Contractor shall correct any defective work discovered. Startup shall not begin until all tests required by these specifications have been completed and approved by the Owner. Not less than five working days before the anticipated time for beginning the testing, the Contractor shall provide a list of representatives that will be attending the testing. The Owner may request additional representatives at no additional cost if said representatives are identified in these specifications. Qualified product representatives to be on site for the following equipment, at a minimum: City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-14 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Variable frequency drives • Motor control centers (electrician may qualify if approved by manufacturer) • Telemetry equipment • Standby Generator Additional representatives required may be identified elsewhere in these specifications. 1.75.16.22 Scheduling of Owner Review for Testing [CSI 01 75 16 22] See Division 1.75.16.10 for scheduling and notification requirements. In addition, the Contractor shall provide further notification two working days and two working hours (to confirm schedule) of the scheduled test to the Owner confirming that the Contractor has successfully completed all preliminary testing and that all equipment, tools, materials, labor, subcontractors, manufacturer’s representatives, and all other items required for witnessed testing are available and fully functional. Failure to provide advance notification and confirmation, or meet any of the testing requirements shall constitute a failed test in accordance with the section Inspection and Tests of the General Conditions. A detailed testing schedule shall be provided by the Contractor and updated as needed to be at least 48 hours ahead of actual testing at the project site. If testing requires downtime in order to perform repairs due to failed test, the Contractor shall pay the Owner in the amount of $200 per hour per Owner Representative on site (minimum of $400 per scheduled visit) for downtime lasting longer than 1 hour required to complete repairs to verify the complete construction is ready for startup and operation. This amount will be deducted from the appropriate bid item that relates to the finished construction and documented by the Owner at their discretion. The Contractor is required to have all systems pre-tested to their satisfaction prior to calling the Owner for formal testing. Schedule shall include system testing starting on Mondays and Tuesdays so that the remainder of the week can be used to identify the stability of the control system. Testing shall not start on a Thursday, Friday or the day before an Owner identified holiday. 1.75.16.40 Electrical and Control Systems Testing [CSI 01 75 16 40 or 25 08 00 or 26 08 00] See also the applicable electrical sections for electrical system testing. See also the applicable automation sections for automatic control system testing. The following is a list of components that shall be tested prior to project completion. This list is intended as a general guide and is not necessarily complete: • Pressure sensors and alarms • Flow sensors and alarms • Temperature sensors and alarms • Smoke alarms City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-15 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Intrusion sensors and alarms • Local control • Automatic control • Variable speed drives 1.78 Closeout Submittals [CSI 01 78 00] 1.78.23 Operation and Maintenance Data [CSI 01 78 23] See also the automated controls section for additional requirements for automatic control systems manuals. Detailed requirements for specific equipment and systems may also be included in their respective specification sections. The Contractor shall remove all tags and instructions that come packaged with or attached to equipment used on the project. Deliver all such documents to the Owner bound in a three-ring binder or with the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Insert documents in sleeves if they cannot be punched. Scan all such documents to Adobe PDF format and provide with the Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual. Prior to the receipt of payment for more than 90 percent of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner acceptable manufacturer’s operating and maintenance instructions covering equipment and systems installed on the Project requiring operational and/or maintenance procedures and for any additional items indicated by the Owner, including coatings furnished under this contract. The operating and maintenance instructions shall include, as a minimum, the following data for each coating and item of mechanical and electrical equipment: Products A. Equipment Identification including brand name, model number and serial numbers. B. Date of manufacture and date of installation on job site. C. Complete as-built elementary wiring and one-line diagrams. D. Complete parts list, by generic title and identification number, complete with exploded views of each assembly. Maintenance A. Recommended spare parts. B. Lubrication schedule including the applicable lubricant designation available from the Standard Oil Company of California. C. Recommended preventive maintenance procedures and schedules. Schedule shall be provided for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually and annually maintenance. D. Disassembly and re-assembly instructions including parts identification and a complete parts breakdown for all equipment. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-16 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. E. Weights of individual components of each item of equipment weighing over 50 pounds. F. Name, location, and telephone number of the nearest suppliers and spare parts warehouses. G. All manufacturers’ warranties. Include name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer’s representative to be contacted for warranty, parts, or service information. H. Cleaning, repair, and maintenance instructions for each coating system. I. Provide videotapes, video CDs or DVDs utilized in the manufacturer’s instruction program for the owner. Operation A. Recommended trouble-shooting and startup procedures. B. Recommended step-by-step operating procedures. C. Emergency operation modes, if applicable. D. Normal shutdown procedures. E. Long term shutdown (mothballing) procedures. F. Equipment specifications and guaranteed performance data. G. General manuals which describe several items not in the contract will not be accepted unless all references to irrelevant equipment are neatly eradicated or blocked out. Provide 3 hard copies of O&M manuals. A duplicate CD copy may be provided but shall not substitute a hard copy unless approved by the Owner. Each set of instructions shall be bound into multiple volumes; each volume to be complete with an index and bound in a suitable, hard-covered binder. Binders shall be of hardback construction with full-length metal hinge. Capacity shall be 3-inch to 5-inch as appropriate for the quantity of O&M documentation. More than one binder may be required for large projects. Binders shall be equal to Wilson-Jones WLJ344 series or WLJ369 series or Specialty Loose Leaf models 87784, 98085, 98086, or 98984. Manuals shall be assembled and indexed so that information on each coating and piece of equipment can be readily found. Progress payments for the total contract work in excess of 90 percent completion may not be made until the operation and maintenance manual has bee n delivered and approved by the Owner, at their discretion. The Contractor shall secure and deliver to the Owner all equipment warranties and other warranties and guarantees required for all equipment and processes. Delivery shall be done at one time covering all major and minor equipment warranties. Copies of the warranties shall be included in each O&M Manual. See Division 1.15 for details regarding required warranties for specific components. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-17 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1.78.39 Project Record Documents [CSI 01 78 39] Prior to receiving final payment for the work, the Contractor shall deliver a complete set of acceptable “As-Constructed” records to the Owner. Plans shall be made on clean, unmarked prints for this project in accordance with the following standards: • Yellow markings or highlights = deleted items • Red markings = new or modified items The Contractor shall provide “as-built” information on all items and work shown on the plans showing details of the finished product including dimensions, locations, outlines, changes, manufacturers, etc. The information must be in sufficient detail to allow the Owner’s personnel to locate, maintain, and operate the finished product and its various components. 1.79 Demonstration and Training [CSI 01 79 00] 1.79.10 Training [CSI 01 79 10] See the automated control section for automatic control systems training. At the time that the facility is ready to be put into operation, the Contractor is to conduct an operation and maintenance training meeting with the owner to explain in detail the operation and maintenance requirements of each of the facility’s components. The training meeting shall not occur on the same date(s) as a startup. Operation of the facility shall commence immediately after completion of testing, startup, and owner training and after satisfactory repairs and adjustments have been made. 1.80 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS [CSI 01 80 00] 1.81 Facility Performance Requirements [CSI 01 81 00] 1.81.30 Seismic Restraint and Anchorage [CSI 01 81 30] Contractor shall furnish seismic restraint for all architectural components, equipment, piping, valves, conduit, and other mechanical and electrical components. Seismic restraint shall be designed to meet IBC (ASCE 7 Chapter 13 – “Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components”) code requirements. The following design values shall be used in calculating seismic forces: Ip = 1.5 Sds = .817 Seismic Design Category = D A complete seismic restraint system shall be provided including struts, straps, bolts, nuts, washers, etc. as required for secure attachment to foundations, pads, ceilings, floors, and/or walls. Contractor shall submit either of the following in accordance with ASCE 7, 13.2.1 for all components: 1. Project-specific design and documentation prepared and submitted by a registered design professional. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 1 1-18 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/18/20 7:28 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2. Submittal of the manufacturer’s certification that the component is seismically qualified by a. Analysis b. Testing in accordance with the alternative set forth in ASCE 7, Section 13.2.5. c. Experience data in accordance with the alternative set forth in ASCE 7, Section 13.2.6. Special Certifications are required for the following systems for Seismic Design Categories C, D, E, and F. Systems shall be certified in accordance with ASCE 7, 13.2.2. 1. Mechanical and electrical equipment that must remain operable following the design earthquake. All mechanical and electrical equipment installed under this project falls under this category. 2. Components with hazardous contents. All materials and fabrication shall be as required in these specifications. Contractor shall submit this information to the Owner for review prior to fabrication and installation. Contractor shall install seismic restraints when called for in the contract or recommended by the product manufacturer. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements as applicable. Seismic restraint systems shall be installed so as not to interfere with normal operations and maintenance of the equipment and other components as shown on the plans. Interference with normal operations and maintenance shall be as determined by the Owner. Drilled-in anchors for non-rotating equipment shall be Concrete Anchors unless otherwise specified. 2-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/15/20 10:40 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 2 Sitework – This Division is Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 3-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 3 Concrete 3.00 GENERAL Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 3.05 Common Work for Concrete [CSI 03 05 00] Part 1 - General This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing all concrete as described in these specifications and as shown on the Plans. References Materials shall conform to the following standards: • Cement - ASTM C-150 • Coarse aggregate - ASTM C-33 • Fine aggregate - ASTM C-33 • Admixtures - ASTM C-494 • Air-entraining admixtures – ASTM C-260 • Fly Ash – ASTM C-618 • Admixture and products in contact with potable water – NSF 61 Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Concrete mix design including aggregate gradation and substantiating strength data. • Admixture Data • Special placement procedures for hot or cold weather • Concrete anchors • Concrete anchor installer certification per ACI/CRSI Adhesive Anchor Installer Certification Program. • Schedule of surface finishes • Rebar mill certifications • Rebar placement shop drawings • Grouts Concrete mix designs shall be submitted to the engineer for approval a minimum of two weeks prior to placing any concrete. The mix design shall include the amounts of cement, fine and coarse aggregate, water and admixtures, as well as the water cement rati o, slump, concrete yield, aggregate gradation, and substantiating strength data in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5. A batch plant inspection may be required, the cost of which shall be paid by the Contractor. Review of mix submittals by the engineer of record indicates only City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-2 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. that information presented conforms generally with contract documents. Contractor or supplier maintains full responsibility for specified performance. Part 2 - Products Components Nominal maximum size for aggregates is the smallest standard sieve opening through which the entire amount of aggregate is permitted to pass. Provide intermediate aggregate grades as required to achieve a well-graded mix. All concrete surfaces exposed to weather or standing water shall be air entrained . Total air content shall be in accordance with IBC requirements unless specified otherwise herein . Air shall be measured at the truck, unless otherwise agreed to. Water used in concrete shall be potable. Fly ash may be substituted for up to 15 percent of the required cement, except where noted. Mixes Concrete shall be mixed, conveyed, and proportioned in accordance with IBC section 1905. The concrete mix shall include the amount of cement, fine and coarse aggregate, including aggregate gradations, water, and admixtures as well as water cement ratio, slump, concrete yield, and sustaining strength data in accordance with these specifications, the requirements of the International Building Code Section 1905, and the requirements of ACI 318. Finishes Coat all aluminum in contact with concrete as specified in Division 9. Part 3 - Execution Inspection See Statement of Special Inspections on the Drawings for special inspection requirements. Provide two (2) full working day notice to Owner prior to needing the required inspections. Also comply with local building department and permit requirements for inspection and notification. The Contractor shall repair, replace or modify, as appropriate, any items noted in the Special Inspector’s inspection or the building department inspection. Testing Concrete strength tests shall be performed per section 1905.6 of the IBC and per the requirements noted herein. The Owner will provide and pay all costs of concrete testing. The Engineer shall be furnished with copies of all inspection reports and test results. Cylinders used for concrete strength tests shall be 6 by 12. Four by 8 cylinders may be used for mixes with maximum aggregates less than 1-inch, however the testing lab must apply a 0.94 multiplier to the compressive strength test results unless data acceptable to the Engineer is presented that would justify a higher multiplier. All mixes utilizing aggregates over 1 inch shall be tested using 6 by 12 cylinders. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-3 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. When 4 by 8 cylinders are utilized AASHTO T23 requirements shall be followed, and the retainer used with neoprene pads when testing for compressive strength shall be constructed according to ASTM C 1231. The Contractor will coordinate all concrete testing with the testing agency. Costs will be paid by the Owner. Give the Owner and testing agency 48-hour notice prior to concrete placement. If Contractor fails to provide the required notice, the Owner may elect to cancel the affected concrete placement. Contractor shall be responsible for costs and delays due to improper notification. If the Contractor schedules a concrete placement and does not notify the Owner and testing agency of a cancellation within 24 hours of the scheduled placement, the Contractor shall pay the testing agency costs for an unnecessary trip. If the Contractor fails to provide the testing agency with adequate notification and testing agency cannot attend concrete placement, Contractor shall reschedule placement. Contractor shall be responsible for all associated delays. The Contractor shall provide all assistance and cooperation necessary to testing personnel to obtain the required concrete tests. Contractor and Owner will have access to testing results as soon as they are available. The testing agency shall take a minimum of four samples for every 50 yards of concrete placed (and a minimum of four per pour); one for a 7-day test, two for 28-day tests, and one for backup testing in case the other two samples do not meet design strength . Additional samples may be taken to verify strength prior to form removal at the Contractor’s expense. 3.06 Maintenance of Concrete [CSI 03 01 00] 3.06.30.71 Resurfacing of Cast-in-Place Concrete [CSI 03 01 30.61] Part 1 - General This division covers that work necessary for repairing spalled and damaged concrete. Repair any areas with deterioration exceeding ½-inch, where rebar is exposed or where directed by the Owner. Part 2 - Products Materials CONCRETE REPAIR MATERIAL: SikaTop 111 PLUS or equal cement -based repair mortar. Mortar shall be ANSI/NSF Standard 61 approved if in contact with potable water and contain a corrosion inhibitor. See Manufacturer’s Literature for primer and auxiliary products appropriate for use with the repair material. SILANE SEALER shall be alcohol based, 95 percent silane. No fillers, sterates or paraffins are allowed. Use DUR A PELL 100 as manufactured by Chemprobe Coating Systems or equal. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-4 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 - Execution Preparation The Contractor shall be familiar with the product and methods and be prepared to discuss the repair procedure at the Preconstruction Meeting. High pressure power-wash the exposed structure to remove all loose, delaminated concrete to sound concrete. Surface Preparation: Remove loose, delaminated concrete to sound concrete. Where corrosion of the reinforcement exists, continue bulk removal along the reinforcing steel and adjacent areas with evidence of corrosion-induced damage Under-cut all exposed reinforcing steel by a minimum of ¾-inch. The shape of the prepared cavity should be square or rectangular in shape. The edges of the patches shall be saw-cut perpendicular to the surface to a minimum depth of ½-inch. Repair area shall be a minimum of ½-inch deep throughout. Use abrasive blasting to remove residual dust, debris, fractured concrete, and contaminants that prevent proper bonding. Following abrasive blasting, blow out repair areas with oil-free compressed air. The final surface texture should be rough with minimum ⅛-inch amplitude. Treatment of exposed reinforcement: All signs of corrosion should be removed from exposed reinforcing steel by an abrasive blasting, wire wheel or needle scaler. If the cross- sectional area of the reinforcing steel has been significantly reduced, the engineer should be consulted. Prime reinforcing as recommended by the repair material manufacturer. Installation Surface Saturation: Saturate surface with potable water. The base concrete shall be in a saturated surface dry (SSD) condition prior to application of repair material to prevent a rapid loss of moisture from the repair material and into the substrate. Mixing and Application of Repair Material: Mixing and application shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Apply the material with adequate pressure before the bond coat dries. Thoroughly consolidate the repair material into the corners of the patch and around any exposed reinforcement in the repair zone. If a second lift is required, thoroughly roughen the surface of the first lift by scoring the soft mortar to achieve an aggressive finish, similar in profile to the prepared concret e substrate. If the second lift will not be immediately applied, keep the first lift moist until application of the second lift. Finish to match existing surface. Cure using curing compound. Apply silane sealer as specified to exposed surfaces and edges of roof slab. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-5 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3.10 FORMING AND ACCESSORIES [CSI 03 10 00] 3.11 Formwork [CSI 03 11 00] 3.11.13 Structural Cast in Place Forming [CSI 03 11 13] Part 2 – Products Materials Unless otherwise directed, coat contact surface of forms with colorless, non-staining, mineral oil that is free from kerosene, or other approved suitable material, to permit satisfactory removal of forms without concrete damage. Form construction for surfaces covered with backfill shall be made of steel, plywood, or dressed, matched lumber. Form construction for exposed surfaces shall be made of new plywood or steel without surface markings. Form ties for use in liquid containment structures shall be standard plastic cone snap-ties with ¾-inch diameter neoprene waterstop washer or removable taper ties. Use Greenstreak X-plugs with removable taper ties or equal. Contractor shall submit to the Engineer form ties to be used for review prior to installation. Part 3 - Execution Installation/Construction Concrete forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of concrete or mortar and shall be properly braced or tied together to maintain desired position and shape until removed. Conduits, pipes and sleeves of any material not harmful to concrete and within the limitations of ACI 318, Section 6.3 are permitted to be embedded in concrete with approval of the Engineer. Provide a ¾-inch chamfer or radius at all exposed corners and edges, unless specifically stated otherwise on the Plans. Forms shall remain in place until the concrete has developed sufficient strength to withstand imposed loads without damage or deflection. Wall and slab forms shall remain in place for a minimum of 24 hours after completion of the pour. Forms for beams and suspended slabs shall remain in place for a minimum of 14 days AND until concrete has developed 28-day design strength, unless approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall coordinate with the testing lab to verify concrete strength prior to form removal. Do not allow water to flow through areas where forms are to be placed. During form construction and prior to placement of concrete, keep footings and floor slab areas free of standing water. Field Quality Control Variations from plumb, specified grade, conspicuous lines, and walls shall not exceed plus or minus ¼-inch in any 10-foot length, and shall not exceed one inch over the entire length. Variations from dimensions shall not exceed plus or minus ½-inch. Closer tolerances shall be achieved by the Contractor as necessary to accommodate equipment and other permanent materials. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-6 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3.15 Concrete Accessories [CSI 03 15 00] 3.15.02 Premolded Joint Filler [CSI 03 15 30 or 07 91 26] Part 1 – General References Premolded joint filler for expansion or through joint applications shall conform to the specifications for “Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction”, AASHTO M 213, except the requirement for water absorption is not applicable. Part 2 – Products Materials The thickness and width of premolded joint filler shall be as indicated on the Plans . Where no premolded filler thickness is indicated, the thickness shall be ¾-inch. 3.15.19 Concrete Anchors [CSI 03 15 19 (cast-in) or 05 05 19 (drilled)] Part 1 - General Quality Assurance Installation of adhesive anchors shall be performed by personnel certified in accordance with the ACI/CRSI Adhesive Anchor Installer Certification Program. In lieu of certif ication the installer shall attend on-site training held by the adhesive manufacturer prior to the installation of adhesive anchors. Part 2 - Products Materials Concrete Anchors shall be Hilti HIT 500-V3, Simpson SET-XP, or Powers PE1000+ Adhesive Anchors. Threaded rod shall be stainless steel except in dry locations. Part 3 - Execution Installation Install in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommendations. Special Inspection in accordance with IBC, Section 17, must be provided. Provide a minimum of 48 hours’ notice to Engineer prior to starting installation. Concrete anchors shall not be used to resist tension or fatigue loading without Owner’s evaluation and approval. Use threaded rod or reinforcing bar as shown on the drawing, and meet ing Manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide minimum embedment as shown. Holes shall be drilled with carbide-tipped drill bit. Holes shall be cleaned of dust and debris. Adhesive shall be inserted with a mixing nozzle. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-7 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3.20 REINFORCING [CSI 03 20 00] 3.21 Reinforcement Bars [CSI 03 21 00] 3.21.11 Plain Steel Reinforcement Bars [CSI 03 21 11] Part 1 - General References ACI – American Concrete Institute- latest edition CRSI Manual of Standard Practice – latest edition Part 2 - Products Materials Grade – ASTM A706, Grade 60 ASTM A615, Grade 60 shall be permitted if: (a) The actual yield strength based on mill tests does not exceed fy by more than 18,000 psi; and, (b) The ratio of actual tensile strength to the actual yield strength is not less than 1.25. Detailing - ACI 318 and ACI 315 Lap requirements - See schedule on Plans or as required by ACI 318 Tie wire - 16 gauge minimum Bar supports shall conform to “Bar Support Specification” CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, MSP-1-80. Provide Class 1, plastic protected bar supports. Use pre-cast concrete blocks to support bars off ground. Bar supports in water holding and buried structures shall be non-metallic. Bar supports for the bottom rebar mat of suspended slabs or beams in water holding structures must be point supports (chairs or dobbies), not continuous. Part 3 - Execution Installation Reinforcing steel shall be detailed in accordance with ACI 315 and 318 and as shown on the Plans. Lap all reinforcements in accordance with “the reinforcing splice and development length schedule”. Provide corner bars at all wall and footing intersections. Bend wire bar ties away from formwork to provide the same concrete clearance as shown on the Plans to the bars. Welding of reinforcing steel shall not be performed unless specifically approved by the Engineer. If approved, Contractor will arrange and pay for all required Special Inspections associated with welding of reinforcing steel. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-8 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Field Quality Control Reinforcing steel shall be free of rust and loose scale at time of concrete placement. Bars with kinks, improper bends, or reduced cross-section due to any cause will not be used. Bars shall not be field bent. Bars may not be tack-welded or otherwise heated. If, within the project warranty period, rust spots appear on the concrete due to failure to achieve proper clearance on the rebar or wire ties, the Contractor shall grind out and patch the areas using a method satisfactory to the engineer. 3.30 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE [CSI 03 30 00] 3.30.05 Common Work for Cast in Place Concrete [CSI 03 30 05] Part 1 - General Delivery Concrete shall be transported in a truck mixer to the jobsite and discharged within 1.5 hours after cement has been added to water or aggregates. Rejected concrete will be at Contractor’s expense. Part 2 - Products Components If allowed, curing materials shall conform to ASTM C-171 and liquid membrane-forming compounds shall conform to ASTM C-309. When concrete is to be coated or stained, use UV-dissipating form release and curing compounds. Part 3 - Execution Preparation Do not place concrete during rain, sleet, or snow until water and freezing protection is provided. Position embedded items accurately, and support against displacement or movement during placement. Fill voids in sleeves, insets, anchor slots, etc., temporarily with readily removable materials to prevent entry of concrete into voids. Before beginning placement of concrete, remove hardened concrete and foreign materials from inner surface of mixing and conveying equipment. Before depositing concrete, remove debris from space to be occupied by the concrete. Secure reinforcement in position to prevent movement during concrete placement. At construction joints, thoroughly clean surface of existing concrete to remove laitance. Roughen existing concrete surface to expose aggregate uniformly and apply approved bonding agent to existing concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Prior to placing fresh concrete, dampen joint and coat with grout mixture in accordance with ACI 301, Section 8.5. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-9 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Installation Placement shall be in accordance with IBC, Section 1905. Place no concrete when air temperature is below or expected to be below 40 degrees during the 28-day curing period unless a low temperature concrete mix has been approved by the Owner. Provide adequate equipment for heating materials and protecting concrete during freezing or near freezing weather. Keep materials, reinforcement, forms, and ground in contact with concrete free from frost at time of placement. Heat mixing water as required. Use no materials containing ice. Place no concrete when air temperature exceeds or is expected to exceed 85 degrees during the 28-day curing period unless a high temperature placement pla n has been approved, and unless adequate precautions are taken to protect work. Cool ingredients prior to mixing. Flake ice or crushed ice of a size that will melt completely during mixing may be substituted for all or part of water. Cool forms and reinforcing prior to placing concrete. Handle concrete from mixer, ready-mixed truck, or from transporting vehicle to place of final deposit by methods which prevent separation or loss of ingredients. Under no circumstances shall concrete that has partially hardened be deposited. Deposit concrete continuously so that no concrete will be deposited on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously, locate and reinforce construction joints at points as provided for in the Plans or as approved by the Owner. Maximum concrete drop shall be 5 feet. Consolidate concrete by vibration, supplemented by hand spading, rodding, forking, or tamping. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement, around embedded items, and into corners of forms to eliminate air or rock pockets which may cause honeycombing, pitting, or planes of weakness. Insert and withdraw internal vibrators at points approximately 18 inches in each direction and extend into the lower concrete lifts. At each insertion, the duration shall be sufficient to consolidate the concrete; but not sufficient to cause segregation. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete within forms. Consolidate slabs by utilizing vibrating screeds, roller pipe screeds, internal vibrators, or other approved methods. Have a spare vibrator available at jobsite during concrete placing operations. After removal of forms, cut out and patch defects in concrete surfaces. Remove form tie cones. Cut or snap off form ties to a depth of ¾-inch. Chip out rock pockets, holes from form tie removal, and other defects to solid concrete. Repair defects in accordance with 3.01.30.71. Curing See section 3.39. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-10 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3.31 Structural Concrete [CSI 03 31 00] 3.31.13 Structural Concrete [CSI 03 31 13] Part 1 - General Summary All concrete as shown on the Plans and not called out otherwise. Use water reducers as required to achieve slump. Performance Requirements 28-day compressive strength - 4500 psi minimum Slump - Without plasticizers; 4 inches for floor slabs. Part 2 - Products Mixes Water/cement ratio - 0.40 Nominal maximum aggregate size – ¾-inch (AASHTO Grading No. 67) Entrained air ratio – 3.5 percent minimum to 6.5 percent maximum 3.31.30 Thrust Blocks, Driveways, Curb, Gutter, Sidewalks, Equipment Pads, and Fence Posts [CSI 03 31 13.10] Part 1 - General Summary All concrete for non-structural applications including thrust blocks, driveways, sidewalks, equipment pads, and fence post foundations. Hydraulic or Structural Concrete may be substituted. Performance Requirements 28-day compressive strength – 4500 psi minimum Part 2 - Products Mixes Water/cement ratio - 0.45 maximum Nominal maximum aggregate size – ¾-inch (AASHTO Grading No. 67) Entrained air ratio – 3.5 percent minimum to 6.5 percent maximum City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-11 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3.35 Concrete Finishing [CSI 03 35 00] 3.35.05 Common Work for Surface Finishing [CSI 03 35 05] Part 2 - Products Finishes Each concrete area that requires finishing shall conform to one of the following requirements: • Slabs - Floated • Equipment Pads - Sacked Wall • Sidewalks – Light Brushed Part 3 - Execution Preparation Do not place concrete which requires finishing until the materials, tools, and labor necessary for finishing the wet concrete are on the job and acceptable to the Owner. If rainfall is possible, tent the work area prior to the pour and maintain protection until the concrete is cured sufficiently to resist damage. 3.35.54 Floated Finish [CSI 03 35 54] Part 3 - Execution Construction Consolidate, strike off, and level concrete; but do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared and surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit floating operations. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats. Hand floating may be used if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Field Quality Control Check surface planeness during or after first floating. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to produce surface with tolerance of ¼-inch in 10 feet in any direction. Refloat to a uniform, smooth, sandy texture immediately after leveling. 3.35.56 Light Brush Finish [CSI 03 35 56] Part 2 – Products Finish When concrete has appropriately set, finish with light soft broom finish . Brush perpendicular to slab slope. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-12 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 - Execution Construction Consolidate, strike off, and level concrete; but do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared and surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit floating operations. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats. Hand floating may be used if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Field Quality Control Check surface planeness during or after first floating. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to produce surface with tolerance of ¼-inch in 10 feet in any direction. Re-float to a uniform, smooth, sweat finish concrete. 3.35.58 Sacked Wall Finish [CSI 03 35 58] Part 1 – General References Provide sacked finish in accordance with Section 6-02.3(14)A (Washington) of Standard Specifications. 3.39 Concrete Curing [CSI 03 39 00] Part 2 - Products Materials Curing compounds are not permitted on surfaces that will receive coatings. Part 3 - Execution Installation All concrete shall be water-cured in accordance with ACI 308.1 unless approved in advance by the Owner. If allowed, curing compound shall be applied immediately after finishing . When plastic or burlap covers are used to augment or protect curing, extend sheeting beyond the edges of the concrete and secure against wind lift. Inspect and adjust curing systems daily, including over weekends and holidays. 3.60 GROUTING [CSI 03 60 00] 3.62 Non-Shrink Grouting [CSI 03 62 00] 3.62.13 Non-Metallic Non-Shrink Grout [CSI 03 62 13] Part 1 - General Summary Use Precision Non-Shrink Grout for grouting all equipment base plates, pipe supports, and base plates for metalwork. Precision Non-Shrink grout may also be used for all other non- City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-13 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. shrink grouting operations. General Purpose Non-Shrink grout may be used for any applications other than those noted for Precision Non-shrink Grout. Storage and Handling Stockpile grout to prevent contamination from foreign materials and store admixtures to prevent contamination or damage from excess temperature change Part 2 - Products Materials Precision Non-Shrink Grout: Provide a high-precision, fluid, non-shrink, quartz or non-catalyzed metallic aggregate grouting material. Provide a ready-to-use grout that hardens free from bleeding, settlement, or drying shrinkage when mixed, placed and cured at any consistency – fluid, flowable, plastic or damp-pack. Provide precision, non-shrink natural aggregate grout that when cured produces the following properties: A. Compressive Strength at fluid consistency (ASTM C 109-90-Modified): 3500 psi (24 MPa) at 1 day, 7500 psi (52 MPa) at 28 days. B. Passes ASTM C 1107 as a grade B grout when tested as temperature minimum and maximums of 45 degrees Fahrenheit to 90 degrees Fahrenheit (8 degrees Celsius to 32 degrees Celsius) at a working time of 30 minutes. Grout must be tested at a fluid consistency per ASTM C 939 and remain fluid at temperature range minimum and maximums for the 30-minute working time. All materials including water must be mixed and tested at temperature minimum/maximums. C. Modulus of Elasticity at 28 days at fluid consistency (ASTM C 469): 3.0 x 106 psi (20.7 GPa) minimum, 3.9 x 106 (27.0 GPa) maximum. D. Coefficient of Thermal Expansion for fluid consistency (ASTM C 531): 7.5 x 10-6/ degrees Fahrenheit maximum (13.5 x 10-6/ degrees Celsius). E. Flexural strength at 28 days for fluid consistency (ASTM C 78): 1300 psi (7.9 MPa). F. Resistance to rapid freezing – thawing (ASTM C 666, Procedure A): 300 cycles- min RDF 90 percent. G. Split tensile strength at 28 days at fluid consistency (ASTM C 496): 450 psi (3.1 MPa). H. Pass 24-hour grout test under stated temperature, time and fluidity constraints. See MBT Protection and Repair 24-hour Grout Form. Precision non-shrink grout shall be MasterFlow 928 or 885 Grout or approved equal. General Purpose Non-Shrink Grout: General Purpose Non-shrink grout shall meet the compressive strength and nonshrink requirements of CRD-C 621, Grades B and C; Corp of Engineers Specification for Non-shrink grout; and ASTM C 1107, Grades B and C. General Purpose Non-shrink grout shall be MasterFlow 713, Dayton Superior 1107 Advantage, or approved equal. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 3 3-14 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/15/20 10:50 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Provide curing compounds as recommended by the grout manufacturer. Water to be used in mixing the grout shall be potable. Mixes Comply with grout manufacturer’s recommendations for mixing procedures. Adjust water temperature to keep mixed grout temperature in the range of 45 degrees Fahrenheit (7 degrees Celsius) and 90 degrees Fahrenheit (32 degrees Celsius) minimum/maximum. Use cold or iced water to extend working time in hot weather or in large placements. Use warm water in cold conditions to achieve minimum as mixed temperatures. Part 3 - Installation Preparation Mechanically remove unsound concrete within the limits of the grout placement. Remove at least ¼-inch (6mm) of existing concrete facing and continue removal as required to expose sound aggregate. Thoroughly clean the roughened surface of dirt, loose chips, and dust. Maintain substrate in a saturated condition for 24 hours prior to grouting. Surface should be saturated surface dry at time of grouting. Clean baseplates and other metal surfaces to be grouted to obtain maximum adhesion. Remove loose rust and scale by grinding or sanding. Comply with grout manufacturer’s recommendations for form construction. Construct forms to be liquid tight. Installation Place grout mixture into prepared areas from one side to the other. Avoid placing grout from opposite sides in order to prevent voids. Work material firmly into the bottom and sides to assure good bond and to eliminate voids. Ensure that foundation and baseplate are within maximum/minimum placement temperatures. Shade foundation from summer sunlight under hot conditions. Warm foundation when foundation temperature is below 45 degrees Fahrenheit (7 degrees Celsius). Wet cure exposed shoulders for 48 hours followed by two coats of curing compound for best results. The minimal requirement is to wet cure until grout has reached final set, followed by two coats of curing compounds. 4-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\4 Masonry.docx 9/15/20 10:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 4 Masonry – This Division is Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 5-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\5 Metals.docx 9/15/20 10:54 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 5 Metals 5.00 GENERAL This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing metalwork as described in these specifications and as shown on the Plans. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . . shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 5.05 Common Work for Metals [CSI 05 05 00] Part 1 - General Related Sections • Division 1.81.45 Location Designations • Division 9.90.00 Common Work for Painting and Coating • Division 9.90.01 Color Schedule • Division 9.91.13.12 Metals in contact with Concrete • Division 9.91.13.01 Exterior metals • Division 9.91.23.04 Galvanized iron and nonferrous • Division 1.81.30 Seismic Restraint Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Shop Drawings showing details of Fabricated Metalwork including connections and welding • Metal Decking Design • Calculations and plans stamped by a professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington for all Contractor- or Manufacturer-designed components or assemblies. • Hand rail and guardrail Inspections Unless otherwise noted on the Plans, specifications, or building department requirements, special inspections related to metal fabrications, placement and welding shall be subject to 48-hour notice to the Engineer prior to the inspection time. 48-hour notice is defined in Division 1, Contractor Responsibility. Any Field welding shown on the Plans will require special inspections in accordance with section 1704.3 of the IBC and AISC 360. Quality Assurance Only prequalified welds (as defined by AWS) shall be used. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 5 5-2 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\5 Metals.docx 9/15/20 10:54 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Fabricator shall be registered and approved by American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) to perform shop fabrication without special inspection. Submit certificate of compliance to the Owner at the completion of fabrication. Owner will forward this to the Building Official. If fabricator is not registered and approved, or the certificate of compliance is not received, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for all Special Inspections required by the IBC on shop fabricated items. The Contractor shall also reimburse the Owner for all Special Inspections required by the IBC for field welding not specifically shown on the Plans. Contractor shall alert Owner at least 30 calendar days in advance if such Special Inspections will be required in order to procure the services of a testing lab. Special Inspection by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility of performing his own inspections and testing to ensure that all items are properly constructed. Part 2 - Products Materials Structural Steel Structural steel shall conform to the following requirements: Plates, shapes, angles, rods - ASTM A36 and A992, Fy 36 ksi Special shapes, plates - ASTM A572, Fy 50 ksi Structural Tubing - ASTM A500, Grade B, Fy 46 ksi Galvanized Steel Base metal shall be as specified for Mild Steel. Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A 924/A 924M. Finishes: For pieces that will NOT be painted, galvanize with zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M. For pieces that WILL be painted, galvanneal with zinc/10 percent iron coating in accordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M. Manufactured Units Design of Contractor- or Manufacturer-designed components or assemblies shall meet the specific component requirements as provided here-in, as well as all applicable state and federal codes. Design shall include gravity loads and seismic loads in accordance with ASCE 7-10 Chapter 13 “Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components”. Design criteria shall be as provided herein for components, and as provided on the Plans. Contractor-designed components and assemblies shall be shop welded and field bolted if possible. Field welding will NOT be allowed unless specifically shown, or there is no reasonable alternative. Finishes All steel fabrications shall be surface prepped, shop primed and field coated in accordance with Division 9. Shop priming shall be protected as required to prevent damage to the coating during shipping. Hold back shop priming from areas to be field welded. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 5 5-3 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\5 Metals.docx 9/15/20 10:54 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Isolate and coat dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic corrosion. Non-exposed structural steel: Mill finish or as shown on Plans Exposed structural steel (damp or wet locations): Division 9 Galvanized steel: Division 9 Part 3 - Execution Fabrication All welding shall be in accordance with AISC and American Welding Society (AWS) standards and shall be performed by AISC and/or AWS certified welders using electrodes to match base material. Only prequalified welds (as defined by AWS) shall be used . Welding inspection shall be performed in accordance with the applicable AWS provisions and Chapter 17 of the IBC. Shop welding requiring inspection or testing per IBC Chapter 17 must be tested by an independent testing laboratory certified by AWS and approved by the owner at the Contractor’s expense. Field welding, where required or allowed, will be inspected by a representative of the owner at the owner’s expense. This does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility of performing his own inspections and testing to ensure that all items are properly constructed. All shop welds shall be ground smooth. Any shop paint on metal surfaces adjacent to joints to be field welded shall be wire brushed to remove the paint film prior to welding. Where steel items to be welded are galvanized, galvanizing must first be removed by grinding with a silicon carbide wheel, by grit blasting or by sand blasting. Any cutting or grinding equipment used on stainless steel must be new or only previously used on other stainless-steel material. All stainless-steel shop welds shall be pickled after welding to remove heat damage and contaminants. Field welds must be passivated using an Engineer approved product (Citrisurf 2210 or equal). If the metal will be in contact with potable water, pickling and passivation products must be citric acid based and thoroughly removed, or use a product approved by USDA or NSF. Installation Fabrications shall be installed as shown on the approved shop drawings. All members shall be accurately located and erected plumb and level. Metal fabrications shall be installed or erected as based on the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) “Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings”, latest edition, plus all referenced code requirements. Temporary bracing, such as temporary guys, braces, false-work, cribbing, or other elements, shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the “Code of Standard Practice”, wherever necessary to accommodate all loads to which the structure may be subjected, including construction loads. Such bracing shall be left in place as long as may City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 5 5-4 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\5 Metals.docx 9/15/20 10:54 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. be required for safety. As erection progresses, the work shall be securely bolted or welded to compensate for all loads during construction. No permanent bolting or welding shall be performed until the structure has been properly aligned. 5.05.23 Bolts and Other Connectors [CSI 05 05 23, 06 05 23] Part 2 - Products Materials Bolts and other connectors not specifically called out otherwise shall be in accordance with the following. Under no circumstances shall the fasteners be of lesser strength or higher corros ion potential than the materials being connected. Connection bolts, nuts and washers for all materials in wet, damp or corrosive locations shall be Stainless Steel, alloy 304 in raw domestic or treated domestic water. Bolts and nuts shall meet ASTM F593B (bolts ¼-inch to 1½-inch in diameter with 30 ksi yield) and F594B (nuts). Use Nitronic 60 bolts and nuts for strong chlorine environments. Steel and cast-iron fabrications: Connection bolts for dry locations shall be ASTM A307 galvanized or zinc plated bolts. Stainless steel fabrications: Fasteners to match same stainless series as structure (e.g. 300 series fasteners with 300 series structure) Bolts installed into hardened concrete shall be Concrete Anchors per section 3.15.19. Bolts and studs shall be long enough that at least two threads extend beyond the face of the tightened nut. Par t 3 - Execution Installation All materials to be joined together shall be connected as shown on the Plans, specifications, as recommended by the manufacturer, or as required by standard industry practices if not otherwise specified. Dissimilar metals: In damp locations, isolate dissimilar metals using nylon isolation sleeves and washers, Cooper B-Line Nylon Headed Sleeve Kit or equal. For wet locations: avoid dissimilar metals unless specifically approved or shown. Use similar metals with welded connections. If approved or shown, use galvanized mild steel bolts installed into prepped and coated holes with additional field coating over the top of bolt. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 5 5-5 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\5 Metals.docx 9/15/20 10:54 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 5.50 METAL FABRICATIONS [CSI 05 50 00] 5.51 METAL STAIRS [CSI 05 51 00] 5.51.05 Common Work for Stairs [CSI 05 51 05] Part 1 - General Related Sections This section also applies to section 6.72.23 Composite Stair Assemblies, and 6.72.33 Composite Ladders. Design Requirements Stair treads shall be pre-fabricated units that bolt on to stair side rails. Stair treads shall meet all ASCE 7, IBC, and OSHA Section 1910.24 requirements. Part 2 - Products Materials Stairs shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel, as indicated on the Plans. 5.51.19 Metal Grating Stair s [CSI 05 51 19] Part 2 - Products Materials Width shall be as shown on the drawings. Materials shall match adjacent grating, or stair material. Bearing bar and cross bar configuration shall match adjacent grating. If no adjacent grating, minimum 1-inch by 3/16-inch bearing bars with cross bars spaced at 4-inch on center, or as required to meet loading requirements. 5.52 METAL RAILINGS [CSI 05 52 00] 5.52.05 Common Work for Railings [CSI 05 52 05] Part 1 - General References Handrail and Guardrail systems shall be designed to meet the requirements of the IBC , ASCE 7, OSHA, and shall comply with Section 296-24-750 of the Washington Administrative Code. Performance Requirements Handrails and guardrails shall be designed to withstand a 200 lbs. concentrated load applied in any direction at any point to the top rail. Handrails and guardrails shall also be designed to withstand a load of 50 lbs./foot applied horizontally to the top rail. The two loads will not be applied simultaneously. The completed handrail installation shall prevent the passage of a City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 5 5-6 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\5 Metals.docx 9/15/20 10:54 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. sphere not more than 4-inch in diameter in areas with public access or 19-inches in diameter at electrical, mechanical or plumbing access areas not open to the public. Part 2 - Products Components Handrail and guardrail systems shall be supplied and installed complete with posts, rails, toeboards, connectors, plugs, end caps, bolts, nuts and washers, and other accessories as required for a complete installation. Post spacing shall be a maximum of 4 feet, 0 inches on horizontal runs and 4 feet, 0 inches on inclined runs, or as shown on the Plans. Post locations shall be no greater than 24 inches nor less than 9 inches from horizontal or vertical change in handrail direction. Posts shall not interrupt the continuation of the top rail at any point along the railing, including corners and end terminations. The top surface of handrail or guardrail shall be smooth and shall not be interrupted by a projecting fitting. (OSHA 1910.29(b), WAC 296 24-75011(1)) Toeboard is required where shown on the Plans, and where there is a danger of tools, materials, or equipment falling and striking employees below and shall conform to OSHA standards. Toeboard shall be a minimum of 3.5-inches tall. Toeboard shall begin ¼-inch above the walking surface where the walking surface is a solid surface to allow for drainage (not required for grating walking surface). Openings in the rail shall be guarded by a self-closing gate (OSHA 1910.23(e)(1)). Safety chains shall not be used unless specifically shown on the Plans. Handrail shall be face mounted to concrete unless specifically shown otherwise on the Plans. Finishes Steel rail systems shall be hot dip galvanized. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 5 5-7 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\5 Metals.docx 9/15/20 10:54 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 5.53 METAL GRATINGS [CSI 05 53 00] 5.53.05 Common Work for Gratings [CSI 05 53 05] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Grating shall be selected for a ¼-inch maximum deflection under a uniform live load of 100 psf or a point live load of 500 pounds at any point on the grating (whichever is more critical), unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Thickness shall be as needed to meet these requirements unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Panels shall be sized such that any single grating piece shall not weigh more than 50 pounds. The horizontal clearance between the grating and grating supports shall not be less than ¼-inch nor greater than ½-inch. Contractor shall field measure grating supports as required to achieve required fit. Shop drawings shall be based on field dimensions as appropriate. Part 2 - Products Materials Unless shown otherwise, materials used for supporting members shall match the materials used for the grating except all embedded grating supports shall be stainless steel, and grating supports for FRP grating may be stainless steel. Attachment between grating and supporting members below grating shall be made with a minimum of four clips per panel. All mechanical grating clips shall be manufactured of Type 316SS (stainless steel). Fabrication Grating shall be fabricated in such a manner that field cutting and drilling is not required. Panels shall be fabricated and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Part 3 - Execution Installation Cut notches around pipes, conduits and other penetrations in such a way that panel removal/installation will not impinge on said objects. The horizontal clearance around grating panels shall not be less than 1/8-inch nor greater than 3/8-inch. File and de-burr cut edges. Contractor shall field measure grating supports as required to achieve required fit. Shop drawings shall be based on field dimensions as appropriate. 5.53.13 Bar Gratings [CSI 05 53 13] Part 2 - Products Materials Steel grating shall be welded rectangular bar grating, maximum 4-inch by 13/16-inch bar spacing unless otherwise noted on the Plans. Grating shall have a minimum bearing bar City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 5 5-8 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\5 Metals.docx 9/15/20 10:54 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. thickness of 3/16-inch. All edges of metal grating shall be banded with 3/16-inch banding matching the depth of the grating. Depth of bars shall be as shown, or as required for loads and spans. 6-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\6 Wood Plastics and Composites.docx 9/15/20 10:55 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 6 Wood, Plastics, and Composites - This Division is Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 7-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\7 Thermal and Moisture Protection.docx 9/15/20 10:56 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 7.00 GENERAL This division covers furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment for providing a structure that is completely weather-tight. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 7.05 Common Work for Thermal and Moisture Protection [CSI 7 05 00] Part 1 - General Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Foundation drainage • Roofing System • Flashing and sheetmetal • Joint sealants Warranty – Roofing System The roofing Contractor shall warrant the roof system provided under this contract against leakage, and defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two years after date of project acceptance. The roofing system manufacturer shall provide a warranty for the roof system against leakage and defects in materials for a period of eighteen years after the roofing Contractor warranty expires. Following roof installation, supplier shall furnish services of a qualified manufacturer’s representative to inspect the roof and inform Owner of any defects or concerns regarding condition of roofing system at the job site. Contractor shall provide repair as necessary to the satisfaction of the manufacturer representative at Contractor’s expense. Upon resolution of any defects or concerns (if any), manufacturer’s warranty shall then be in full effect. The finished roofing system shall be free from leaks, warps, permanent discoloration, and coating degradation for the warranty period. The manufacturer’s warranty shall be prorated from 100 percent covered from year 2 to year 5 and linearly decreasing to 10 percent at year 20. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 7 7-2 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\7 Thermal and Moisture Protection.docx 9/15/20 10:56 AM10:56 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 7.60 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL [CSI 07 60 00] 7.61 Sheet Metal Roofing [CSI 07 61 00] 7.61.05 Common Work for Metal Roofing [CSI 07 61 05] Part 1 – General General Work covered in this section consists of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment for preformed metal roofing as shown on the Plans and as specified herein. Submittals Submit shop drawings detailing all edges, hips, valleys, eaves, rakes, other flashing and include fastener schedule and in accordance with Division 1.33. Prior to Engineer review, Contractor shall have the shop drawings reviewed and approved by the system manufacturer. The Roofer shall submit a list of a minimum of five (5) successfully completed projects with owner references, total roofing system square footage and roofing cost. The Roofer shall be regularly engaged in construction of metal roofing systems and approved to install metal roofing by the accepted system manufacturer. Such approval shall be submitted in writing along with the shop drawings as specified below. Storage and Handling The Contractor is responsible for continuously maintaining materials subject to precipitation or weather damage in new condition. Replace warped or weathered plywood, insulation, or other materials damaged by climatic conditions. Follow all manufacturer’s recommendations regarding product delivery, storage, and handling of materials. Part 2 – Products Materials Materials shall be purchased directly from the manufacturer’s commercial department to verify that the Contractor is approved by the system manufacturer to install the roofing system specified. All materials shall be provided by one manufacturer and conform to the current IBC. Roofing felt shall be 30-pound asphalt-saturated felt, conforming to ASTM D-226, Type 1 and 2, plain, unperforated. Fasteners shall be as recommended by the roofing manufacturer; lengths as required . Other miscellaneous exposed fasteners shall be stainless steel or ZAC (exposed head of zinc/aluminum alloy). Fasteners shall be of the length to penetrate the top ridges of the steel decking only. Fasteners shall be inserted to penetrate only the top ridges of the steel roof support decking. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 7 7-3 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\7 Thermal and Moisture Protection.docx 9/15/20 10:56 AM10:56 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Finishes The Owner shall select the roofing color from manufacturer’s standard offering of not less than 15 colors. Color options shall be provided with the submitted shop drawings. Part 3 – Execution Examination Verify that work of other trades which penetrates the roof deck, or requires workers and equipment to traverse roof deck, has been completed. Examine surfaces for inadequate anchorage, foreign material, moisture, and unevenness which will prevent the execution and quality of application of roofing system as specified. Do not proceed with application of roofing until these defects are corrected. Preparation Provide temporary roof during inclement weather. Requests for use of alternate structural and/or base materials with superior weathering resistance, if approved by the Engineer, may be made in lieu of temporary roof replacement. Submit a description of each temporary roof system or alternate material schedule proposed. Provide special protection from heavy traffic on completed work. Restore to original condition, or replace work or materials damaged during handling of roofing materials. Installation Apply roofing in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Apply roofing felt below waterproof roof paneling, single-ply, lapped shingle fashion, 3-inch head laps and 6-inch side laps. Install no more roofing felt than can be covered by metal roofing in the same day. Roof underlayment shall be dry and free of defects prior to the installation of metal roofing. Apply roofing only in dry weather and when the ambient temperature is above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Except as otherwise shown or specified, comply with recommendations and instructions of metal roofing manufacturer. Form and fabricate sheets, seams, strips, cleats, clips, hips, ridges, edge treatments, integral flashings, and other components of specified metal roofing to profiles, patterns, and drainage arrangement shown, and as required for permanent leak-proof construction. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction of work caused by ambient air temperature difference of 100 degrees Fahrenheit. All openings shall be sealed from weather and to prevent recessed areas that may attract nesting animals. Panel corrugations shall be sealed with the manufacturer’s standard closed cell neoprene blocks conforming to the panel corrugation. Gaps created between corrugations and flashings shall be avoided whenever possible. Where such gaps occur, they shall be sealed with manufacturer’s low pitch closures, or equal. All closures shall be installed as close to the face of the opening as possible to minimize any recessed areas. Provide uniform, neat seams with no exposure of sealant to ultraviolet light. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 7 7-4 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\7 Thermal and Moisture Protection.docx 9/15/20 10:56 AM10:56 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Flashing with a drip edge shall be installed on all edges, corners and angle points. Unless otherwise noted on the Plans extend roofing and flashing below fascia with drip edge hanging below wood supports and fascia. Valley gutters shall be provided at all valleys. Field Quality Control Metal roofing and its flashing shall be weather-tight. Exposed surfaces shall be free of dents, scratches, abrasions, or other visible defects. Construction and fabrication of metal roofing shall comply with Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) recommendations for fabrication and construction of details, expansion joints, and installation procedures, except as shown or specified. Fabricate and install work true and accurate with lines and corners of exposed metal units. Form exposed faces and starter sections of seams flat and free of buckles, excessive waves, and avoidable tool marks considering temper and finish of metal. Hold-down attachments for roof shall be designed and spaced to resist uplift pressure due to Basic Wind Speed and Exposure as identified in the General Notes. Provide uniform, neat seams without tool marks or irregularities. 7.61.13 Standing Seam Sheet Metal Roofing [CSI 07 61 13] Part 2 – Products Materials Preformed metal roof paneling shall be equal to Design Span HP as manufactured by AEP Span The metal roofing system shall consist of 24-gauge, factory-formed, pre-finished panels with major ribs not less than 1-3/4-inch in height, and width between seams to match Owner’s other existing electrical shelters. Shop-fabricate metal in conformance with manufacturer’s pattern specifications to result in a minimum 1-inch effective water dam height on both edges. Standing seam interval shall not exceed 16 inches with no stiffening ribs. Edges, hips, valleys, eaves, rakes, and miscellaneous flashing shall be finished with matching pre-finished pieces of 24-gauge minimum, to form a weather-tight roofing system. Roofing panels shall be factory-prefabricated in accordance with manufacturer’s standard pattern and design. Finishes Color options shall be provided with the submitted shop drawings . All panels and flashing shall be treated with a protective coating of Zincalume conforming to ASTM 792, AZ50, with factory-applied paint finish of Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 with a total dry film thickness of 1 Mil. Reverse face shall be protected by a wash coat or primer. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 7 7-5 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\7 Thermal and Moisture Protection.docx 9/15/20 10:56 AM10:56 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 – Execution Installation Panels shall be held down to the structure with concealed clips and fasteners. The fastening schedule shall be designed by the manufacturer to resist the loads identified in the General Notes. System shall extend to full extent of fascia boards and include a drip edge unless otherwise noted on the Plans. Extend panels from eaves to ridge in one piece. All final hand turning of seams at joints and junctions is to be of the same quality as the machine-produced seams. Practices and techniques described in the SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual are to be used as the standard of practice unless otherwise specified or shown on the Plans. 7.62 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim [CSI 07 62 00] Part 1 – General Flashing shall be factory coated steel equal to Construction Metals Inc. Professional Grade Flashing. Gauge shall match flashing to be replaced or 24-guage minimum. Width shall match existing to be replaced. Provide color choices to Owner for approval. Minimum color choices are 10. Part 3 – Execution Installation Install drip tight per manufacturer’s requirements. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 8-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\8 Openings.docx 9/15/20 10:57 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 8 Openings – This Division is Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 9-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/15/20 10:59 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 9 Finishes 9.00 GENERAL This division covers work necessary for providing all materials, equipment, and labor to coat all items in accordance with these specifications. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 9.90 PAINTING AND COATING [CSI 09 90 00] 9.90.05 Common Work for Painting and Coating [CSI 09 90 05] Part 1 – General Scope The work specified in this Section covers the furnishing and installation of protective coating, complete in place. Shop coating and/or factory applied finishes on manufactured or fabricated items may be specified elsewhere. Regardless of the number of coats previously applied, at least two coats of paint shall be applied in the field to all coated surfaces unless otherwise specified herein. Submittals Before beginning any painting or coating, submit a list of coatings and manufacturers intended for use for review by the Owner. Include the application each coating is intended for, any surface preparation, number of coats, method of application, and coating thickness. Provide Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all materials to be used including solvents. Provide NSF certification for all finishes in potential contact with potable water. Submit this information in accordance with the requirements regarding shop drawings included herein. Provide owner with schedule of coating operations and inspection timing. Coating inspections will be scheduled based upon Contractor-provided schedule, update schedule weekly or as necessary. Provide manufacturer’s approval of coating system applicator. If product being used are manufactured by a company other than the specified reference standard, provide complete comparison of proposed products with specified projects including application procedures, coverage rates, and verification that product is designed for intended use. Information must also be provided that demonstrates that the manufacturer’s products are equal to the performance standards of products manufactured by Tnemec Corporation, which is the reference standard. Performance Requirements All finishes potentially in contact with potable water shall be National Sanit ation Foundation (NSF) certified for contact with potable water. Certification from the NSF or UL shall be supplied in writing at the time of the submittal process for Finishes . Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all finishes used on the project are compliant with primary and City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 9 9-2 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/15/20 10:59 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. secondary standards of the Safe Drinking Water Act. Any violation shall be remedied at the Contractor’s expense. The completed coating shall produce a minimum dry film thickness in accordance with the specifications as determined by the microtest thickness gauge or comparable instrument. In areas where this thickness is not developed, sufficient additional coats shall be applied to produce it. Quality Assurance The Contractor shall be responsible for compatibility of all shop and field applied paint products including the use of primer, intermediate and top coats by different manufacturers if applicable. For any Contractor initiated substitutions, the Contractor shall verify complete compatibility between coatings provided for the project. If coatings are not compatible per manufacturer’s review it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to remove incompatible coatings fully and replace with compatible coating systems. Paint used in the first field coat over shop painted or previously painted surfaces shall cause no wrinkling, lifting, or other damage to the underlying paint. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining written documentation from equipment/material manufacturers regarding the date at which shop prime coatings are applied and shall strictly adhere to the coating manufacturer’s recommendations for recoat time intervals. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer such documentation upon request. Storage and Handling Bring all materials to the job site in the original sealed and labeled containers of the paint manufacturer. Materials shall be subject to inspection by the Owner. Store paint supplies as recommended by the manufacturer and as approved by the Owner. Waste Products The Contractor shall be responsible for the collection, containment, transportation, and disposal of all waste products generated for this project. Cleaning and disposal shall comply with all federal, state, and local pollution control laws . Provide acceptable containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Cleaning and disposal shall comply with all federal, state, and local pollution control laws . Provide acceptable containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Site Conditions Contractor shall take any and all measures necessary to prevent over-spray of structures and/or components in the field from both preparation and coating work. Should over-spray occur, the Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with any damage that occurs as a result of over-spray. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 9 9-3 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/15/20 10:59 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers The following coating system manufacturers are approved subject to compliance with the Specifications contained herein: 1. Tnemec Company 2. Sherwin Williams 3. International Paint (AkzoNobel) 4. Ameron Protective Coatings Division 5. Minwax 6. Valmont 7. Watco 8. 3M 9. Belzona 10. Raven 11. Wasser High Tech Coatings 12. Carboline 13. Or Equal The specified coating shall be understood as establishing the type and quality of the coating desired. Other manufacturers’ products will be accepted provided sufficient information is submitted to allow the Engineer to determine that the coatings proposed are equivalent to those named. Proposed coating shall be submitted for review in accordance with Division 1 . Requests for review of equivalency will not be accepted from anyone except the Contract or, and such requests shall not be considered until after the Contract has been awarded. Substitutions of the coatings of other manufacturers shall be considered only if equivalent systems of coatings can be provided and only if a record of satisfactory experience with the system in equivalent applications is available. Offers for substitutions will not be considered which decrease film thickness, solids by volume or the number of coats to be applied or which propose a change from the generic type of coating specified herein. All substitutions shall include complete test reports to prove compliance with specified performance criteria. Part 3 – Execution Installers Contractor shall be responsible for quality assurance including the retention of a coating applicator with experience necessary to complete the work as specified w ithin this Division. Applicator’s personnel shall be adequately trained for application of specified coatings. Applicator must prove adequate experience with the coatings specified for this project. At the discretion of the Owner, the applicator shall be approved to complete the coatings portion of City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 9 9-4 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/15/20 10:59 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. the work. Submit list of a minimum of five completed projects of similar size and complexity to this project during the submittal process. Include for each project: 1. Project name and location. 2. Name and phone number of owner. 3. Name and phone number of Contractor. 4. Name and phone number of engineer. 5. Name and phone number of coating manufacturer. 6. Approximate area of coatings applied. 7. Date of completion. Examination The Owner shall inspect and approve all surface preparations prior to application of any coating. Provide 24-hour notice prior to surface inspection needs. Preparation Prepare surfaces in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the coating to be applied to the surface, or the surface preparation requirements of these specifications, whichever are stricter. In general, all surface preparation shall meet Structural Steel Painting Council (SSPC) Surfacing Preparation (SP) guidelines, the National Association of Pipe Fitters (NAPF), American Water Works Association (AWWA) and/or the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) as noted herein unless more strictly described by coating manufacturer. Coatings shall only be applied during weather meeting the recommendations of the coating manufacturer. Air and surface temperatures, humidity, and all other environmental conditions shall be within limits prescribed by the manufacturer for the coating being applied, and work areas shall be reasonably free of airborne dust at the time of application and while coating is drying. Materials shall be mixed, thinned, and applied according to the manufacturer’s printed instructions. Dry Film Thickness (DFT) shall be as stated here in or applied based on coverage rates of square feet per gallon (sq. ft./gal). Installation/Construction Paint application shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions except that coating thickness specified herein shall govern. Finished coating on all items shall be clean, undamaged, and of uniform thickness and color. Coating shall be done in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. The dry film thickness listed in the “Materials” section of this Division must be met, regardless of the applied film thickness or number of coats. Carefully observe all safety precautions stated in the manufacturer’s printed instructions. Provide adequate ventilation and lighting at all times. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 9 9-5 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/15/20 10:59 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. The manufacturer’s recommended drying time shall be construed to mean “under normal conditions”. Where conditions are other than normal because of weather, confined spaces, or other reason, longer drying times may be necessary. The manufacturer’s recommendation for recoating time intervals shall be strictly adhered to. Pipe shall be emptied of water for a minimum of 24 hours prior to surface preparation and painting. Pipe shall not be filled with water until coating is dry. If, in the Engineer’s opinion it is not practical to drain the pipes, the water must stand for at least 48 hours to reach ambient temperature prior to coating the pipe. Do not allow water to flow for at least 24 hours after final coating. Field Quality Control The prime Contractor shall be completely responsible for coating quality. The Contractor shall provide both wet and dry film gauges and make such available to the Engineer when requested. If coating inspector finds anomalies and/or defects, the Contractor shall re-prep and recoat those areas per the coating manufacturer’s instructions. Acceptance of the completed coatings shall be based on the proper application and proper preparation of the coated surfaces, and a finished product that meets minimum thickness and does not contain runs, drips, surface irregularities, overspray, color variations, scratches, pinholes, holidays, and other surface signs that detract from the overall performance and/or appearance of the finished project. Inspection For metals exposed to exterior atmospheric conditions, first coat of paint or primer must be placed within four hours of passing inspection. Bare steel must be reblasted and reinspected if not successfully coated within this four-hour time frame, at the Contractor’s expense. Use the Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces (VIS-1) by the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) as a visual standard for inspection of surface preparation of metal surfaces. Test-Tex Tape may also be used to verify surface profile. Each coat shall be inspected prior to application of the next coat. Areas found to contain runs, overspray, roughness, streaks, laps, sags, or other signs of improper application shall be repaired or recoated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Finish coats shall be uniform in color and sheen. Surface preparations and coatings not inspected and approved by owner will be uncovered for inspection and approval at no additional cost to the owner. Repair/Restoration The Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with any damage that occurs as a result of over-spray. Scratched, chipped, or otherwise damaged coatings, including factory coatings, shall be repaired before final acceptance will be given. Cleaning If any cleaning of equipment at the site is performed with solvents, such work shall be done over leak-proof linings. Preparation or coating materials may not be disposed of onsite. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 9 9-6 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/15/20 10:59 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 9.90.13 Unpainted Items [CSI 09 90 13] Part 1 – General Summary Do not coat aluminum or stainless-steel items unless specifically directed otherwise below or on the Plans. Field painting is not required for factory prefinished equipment items (e.g. pumps, motors, blowers, etc.) unless otherwise specified. Do not coat shop epoxied meters or control valves unless noted otherwise on the Plans or herein. Do not coat small diameter pilot systems such as galvanized iron, copper, or brass pipe and fittings associated with control valves or sensors unless noted otherwise on the Plans or herein. Do not coat over nameplates, labels, or identification tags. 9.91 Painting and Coating [CSI 09 90 00] Part 1 – General Related Sections Refer to 9.90.05 for coating application requirements. 9.91.13 Exterior Painting [CSI 09 91 13] 9.91.13.12 - System 2: Metals - Metal in Contact with Concrete or Dissimilar Metals. [CSI 09 91 13 19] Part 1 - General This section applies to all non-submerged metal surfaces including aluminum, hot-dipped galvanized steel, or other metals, which are conducive to corrosion due to interaction of dissimilar metals or to chemical reaction due to embedment in concrete or masonry grout, and that are not covered as part of another coating system. Part 2 - Products 1. Tnemec a. First Coat: Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II (4 to 6 Mils DFT) 2. Sherwin Williams a. First Coat: 646 FC B58-600 Macropoxy (4 to 6 Mils DFT) 3. AkzoNobel Devoe a. First Coat: Devran 201 Universal Epoxy (4 to 6 Mils DFT) Part 3 - Execution Surface Preparation 1. SSPC-SP1 Solvent Cleaning 2. Lightly sand to degloss and provide a surface profile. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 9 9-7 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/15/20 10:59 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 9.91.23 Interior Painting [CSI 09 91 23] 9.91.23.03 - System 3: Galvanized Metal Surface Repair [CSI 09 91 23 14] Part 1 - General This Section applies to all galvanized surfaces which have received minor damage to the galvanized surface during construction and which require repair. Part 2 - Products 1. Tnemec a. First Coat: Series 90-97 Tneme-Zinc (2.5 to 3.5 Mil DFT) 2. Sherwin-Williams a. First Coat: Corothane 1 Galvapac B65G11 (2.5 to 3.5 Mil) Part 3 - Execution Surface Preparation 1. SSPC-SP3 Power tool cleaning THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 10-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\10 Specialties.docx 9/15/20 11:02 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 10 Specialties 10.00 GENERAL This division covers that work necessary for fabricating and installing all furnishings and accessories as described in these specifications and as shown on the Plans. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 10.05 Common Work for Specialties [CSI 10 05 00] Part 1 - General Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Equipment Signs • Fire Extinguishers 10.06.10 Schedules for Signage [CSI 10 06 10.13,.16] Part 2 - Products Materials Unless otherwise specified, text shall be white on a background color shown below. Purpose Plate Color General Black Warning Red Electrical Black Part 3 - Execution Installation Install signs/markers directly on the devices in a location that does not interfere with the device operation or maintenance. If the device is too small or otherwise impractical to mount marker, locate marker as close as possible to the device on an adjacent surface. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 10 10-2 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\10 Specialties.docx 9/15/20 11:02 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 10.10 INFORMATION SPECIALTIES [CSI 10 10 00] 10.14.23 Panel Signage [CSI 10 14 23] Part 2 - Products Materials Equipment Signage 1. Equipment signs shall be plastic-laminated 1-inch high, by required length, by ⅛-inch thick, with ½-inch high letters in N-2 Standard Gothic characters. Electrical and Control Equipment 1. All components provided under this specification, both field- and panel-mounted, shall be provided with permanently-mounted nametags. The Engineer shall have complete control over the hardware to be labeled and the labeling provided. Provide labels as directed. 2. Provide a name tag for each piece of equipment and for each circuit and/or con trol device associated with the equipment. 3. Provide a nameplate for each control center unit door. 4. Electrical equipment name plates and service legends shall be phenolic-engraved, rigid, laminated plastic type with adhesive back. Letter height shall be 5/16-inch unless specified otherwise on the Plans. Labeling shall clearly identify the associate component. Color shall be black background with white letters. 5. Warning nameplates shall be provided on all panels and equipment which contain multiple power sources which may have energized circuits with the main disconnecting means in the off position. Lettering shall be white on red background. 6. Tags shall be securely attached. Adhesive backed tags shall also have at least two brass screws for positive fastening. 7. Provide engraved nameplates indicating load served, voltage, and phase for every circuit breaker, panel board, switchboard, motor control center, motor starter, disconnect switch, and fused switch. 10.40 SAFETY SPECIALTIES [CSI 10 40 00] 10.44.16 Fire Extinguisher [CSI 10 44 16] Part 2 - Products Components Portable, wall-mounted, 10-pound, dry-chemical fire extinguisher shall be listed and approved by Underwriters Laboratories. The fire extinguisher shall contain a dry chemical agent which is effective in extinguishing Class A, B, and C fires (tri-class), and shall be rated 2A-10B-C or greater. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 10 10-3 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\10 Specialties.docx 9/15/20 11:02 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 - Execution Installation Install extinguisher no higher than 5-feet above floor and in accordance with applicable codes. Provide a fire extinguisher attached to the generator structure post where shown on the Plans. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 11-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/15/20 11:04 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 11 Equipment – This Division is Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 12-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\12 Furnishings.docx 9/15/20 11:05 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 12 Furnishings – This Division is Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 13-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\13 Special Construction.docx 9/15/20 11:09 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 13 Special Construction – This Division is Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 14-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\14 Conveying Systems.docx 9/15/20 11:10 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 14 Conveying Systems – This Division is Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 15-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/15/20 11:12 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 15 Mechanical – This Division is Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 16-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 16 Electrical 16.00 GENERAL The Contractor shall provide all labor, material, tools, equipment and services required to complete the furnishing, installation, wiring, connection, calibration, adjustment, testing and operation of all electrical equipment, devices and components as indicated and implied by the plans and specifications. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following sections whether directly referenced or not. The Contractor shall reference Division 1.25 regarding substitutes and “or-equals”. 16.05 Common Work for Electrical [CSI 26 05 00] Part 1 - General Summary Plans are diagrammatic and indicate general arrangements of systems and e quipment, except when specifically, dimensioned or detailed. The intention of the plans is to show size, capacity, approximated location, direction and general relationship of one work phase to another, but not exact detail or arrangement. Regulatory Requirements The Contractor shall coordinate and provide all permits, licenses, approvals, inspections by the authority having jurisdiction and other arrangements for work on this project and all fees shall be paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall include these fees in the bid price. Related Sections See the following sections for items that may be provided and/or installed with other electrical equipment. • Division 10.14 Signs for electrical equipment Codes and Standards Provide all electrical work in accordance with latest edition of National Electrical Code, National Electrical Safety Code, Washington State Electrical Code, and local ordinances. If any conflict occurs between government adopted code rules and these specifications, the codes are to govern. All electrical products shall bear a label from a certified testing laboratory recognized by the State of Washington. Recognized labels in the State of Washington are UL, ETL, and CSA-US. Definitions Dry Locations: All those indoor areas which do not fall within the definitions below for wet, damp, or corrosive locations and which are not otherwise designated on the Plans. Wet Locations: All locations exposed to the weather, whether under a roof or not, unless otherwise designated on the Plans. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-2 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Damp Locations: All spaces wholly or partially underground, or having a wall or ceiling forming part of a channel or tank unless otherwise designated on the Plans. The words “plans” and “drawings” are used interchangeably in this specification and in all cases shall be interpreted to mean “Plans”. The word “provide” shall be interpreted to mean furnish and install. Design Requirements Unless otherwise noted, provide enclosures as follows: 1. Indoors Unclassified Locations: NEMA Type 12 2. Outdoors and/or Wet Locations: NEMA Type 4X Stainless Steel 3. Electrical Rooms: NEMA Type 1 Submittals Provide submittals of each item specified in this division to engineer for approval in accordance with Division 1 of these specifications. Submittals for motor control centers, motor control panels, control panels, instrumentation panels, and pump control panels shall include at a minimum: a wiring diagram or connection schematic, and an interconnection diagram. Wiring Diagram or Connection Schematic 1. This plan or plans shall include all of the devices in a system and show their physical relationship to each other including terminals and interconnecting wiring in assembly. This diagram shall be in a form showing interconnecting wiring only by terminal designations (wireless diagram). Interconnection Diagram 1. This diagram shall show all external connections between terminals of equipment and outside points, such as motors and auxiliary devices. References shall be shown to all connection diagrams which interface to the interconnection diagrams. Interconnection diagrams shall be of the continuous line type. Bundled wires shall be shown on a single line with the direction of entry/exit of the individual wires clearly shown . All devices and equipment shall be identified. Terminal blocks shall be shown as actually installed and identified in the equipment complete with individual terminal identification. All jumpers, shielding and grounding termination details not shown on the equipment connection diagrams shall be shown on the interconnection diagrams. Spare wires and cables shall be shown. Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: 1. Service Disconnect Switch 2. Surge Protective Device (SPD) 3. Motor Control Center 4. Solid State Reduced Voltage Starters (SSRVS) 5. Variable Frequency Drives City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-3 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 6. Distribution Transformers 7. Branch Circuit Panelboard 8. Circuit Breakers 9. Conduit and Fittings 10. Outlet and Junction Boxes 11. Electrical Handholes and Vaults 12. Wire and Cables 13. Switches and Receptacles 14. Light Fixtures 15. Pole-Mount Transformers and Related Equipment 16. Utility Pole 17. Automatic Transfer Switch 18. Engine Generator Set 19. Other Electrical Components listed in this Division and/or required by the Engineer. Project Conditions Contractor shall keep all power shutdown periods to a minimum. Carry out shutdowns only after a shutdown schedule has been submitted and approved by both the Owner and the Engineer. Construction Power See Division 1.51 Part 2 - Products Source Quality Control Provide adequate space and fit for the electrical installation, including, but not limited to, determination of access-ways and doorways, shipping sections, wall and floor space, and space occupied by mechanical equipment. Provide electrical equipment that fits in the areas shown on the Plans. All equipment shall be readily accessible for maintenance, shall have electrical clearances in accordance with National Electric Code (NEC) and shall be installed in locations which will provide adequate cooling. Do not use equipment exceeding dimensions indicated or equipment or arrangements that reduce required clearances or exceed specified maximum dimensions unless approved by the Engineer. Identification of Listed Products Electrical equipment and materials shall be listed for the purpose for which they are to be used, by an independent testing laboratory. When a product is not available with a testing laboratory listing for the purpose for which it is to serve, the inspection authority may require City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-4 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. the product to undergo a special inspection at the manufacturer’s place of assembly. All costs and expenses incurred for such inspections shall be included in the original contract price. Materials Use equipment, materials and wiring methods suitable for the types of locations in which they will be located, as defined in Definitions above. All materials and equipment specified herein shall, within the scope of UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter’s Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. Components Fasteners for securing to walls, floors, and the like shall meet the requirements of Division 5.05.23. Accessories Wire Identification 1. Identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pull-box using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as approved by the Engineer. Identify each wire or cable in each pull-box with plastic sleeves having permanent markings. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Finishes Refer to each electrical equipment section of these specifications for painting requirements of equipment enclosures. Part 3 - Execution Installation General 1. Complete the wiring, connection, adjustment, calibration, testing and operation of mechanical equipment having electrical motors and/or built-in or furnished electrical components in accordance with electrical code, UL listing requirements and manufacturer’s instructions. Install electrical components that are furnished with mechanical equipment. 2. Provide the size, type and rating of motor control devices, equipment and wiring necessary to match the ratings of motors furnished with mechanical equipment. 3. Complete the procurement, installation, wiring, connection, calibration, adjustment, testing and operation of all electrical devices, components accessories and equipment City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-5 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. which is not shown or specified but which is nonetheless required to make the systems shown and specified properly functional. Workmanship 1. Assign a qualified representative who shall supervise the electrical construction work from beginning to completion and final acceptance. 2. Provide all labor using qualified craftsmen, who have had experience on similar projects. 3. Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in their installations. Field Services 1. Provide field services of qualified technicians to supervise and check out the installation of the equipment, to supervise and check out interconnecting wiring, to conduct start-up and operation of the equipment, and to correct any problems which occur during testing and start-up. Installing Equipment 1. Provide the required inserts, bolts and anchors, and securely attach all equipment and materials to their supports. 2. Install all floor-mounted equipment on 3½-inch high reinforced concrete pads. 3. Install all equipment and junction boxes to permit easy access for normal maintenance. Cutting, Drilling, and Welding 1. Provide any cutting, drilling, and welding that is required for the electrical construction work. 2. Structural members shall not be cut or drilled, except when approved by the Engineer. Use a core drill wherever it is necessary to drill through concrete or masonry. Perform patch work with the same materials as the surrounding area and finish to match. Metal Panels 1. Mount all metal panels, which are mounted on, or abutting concrete walls in damp locations or any outside walls ¼-inch from the wall and paint the back side of the panels with a high build epoxy primer with the exception of stainless-steel panels. Film thickness shall be 10 Mils minimum. Seismic Requirements 1. See Division 1.81.30 Load Balance 1. Balance electrical load between phases as nearly as possible on panelboards, motor control centers, and other equipment where balancing is required. 2. When loads must be reconnected to different circuits to balance phase loads, maintain accurate record of changes made, and provide circuit directory that lists final circuit arrangement. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-6 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Field Quality Control Minor Deviations 1. The electrical plans are diagrammatic in nature and the location of devices, fixtures , and equipment is approximate unless dimensioned. On the basis of this, the right is reserved by the owner to provide for minor adjustments and deviations from the locations shown on the Plans without any extra cost. Deviations from the Plans and/or specifications required by code shall also be done, subsequent to Owner’s approval, without extra cost. 2. Plans indicate the general location and number of the electrical equipment items . When raceway, boxes, and ground connections are shown, they are shown diagrammatically only and indicate the general character and approximate location. Layout does not necessarily show the total number of raceways or boxes for the circuits required. Furnish, install, and place in satisfactory condition all raceways, boxes, conductors, and connections, and all of the materials required for the electrical systems shown or noted in the contract documents complete, fully operational, and fully tested upon the completion of the project. Project Record Plans 1. A set of Plans shall be maintained at the job site showing any deviations in the electrical systems from the original design. A set of electrical Plans, marked in red to indicate the routing of concealed conduit runs and any deviations from the original design, shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at the completion of the project prior to final acceptance. 2. After testing and acceptance of the project the Contractor shall furnish in the O&M manuals an accurate connection schematic and interconnection diagram for every service entrance panel, pump control panel, motor control center, and instrumentation panel provided this project. Cleanup and Equipment Protection Equipment Protection 1. Exercise care at all times after installation of equipment, motor control centers, control panels, etc., to keep out foreign matter, dust debris, and moisture. Use protective sheet metal covers, canvas, heat lamps, etc., as needed to ensure equipment protection. Cleaning Equipment 1. Thoroughly clean all soiled surfaces of installed equipment and materials upon completion of the project. Clean out and vacuum all construction debris from the bottom of all equipment enclosures. Painting 1. Repaint any electrical equipment or materials scratched or marred in shipment or installation, using paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-7 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Final Cleanup 1. Upon completion of the electrical work, remove all surplus materials, rubbish, and debris that accumulated during the construction work. Leave the entire area neat, clean and acceptable to the Owner. 2. Lamps and fluorescent tubes shall be cleaned, and defective units replaced at the time of final acceptance. 16.10 ELECTRICAL SITE WORK 16.10.1 Common Work for Electrical Site Work [33 71 19] Part 1 – General Summary The work included in this section consists of furnishing and installing conduit, fitt ings, handholes, pull vaults, warning tape, cables, wires, and related items, complete as specified herein and as indicated on the Plans for a complete and functional underground electrical system. Special vaults, grounding, trench backfill requirements may be specified with the particular equipment or electrical system involved. Related Sections Raceways and conduit shall be provided per Section 16.70. Wire and cable shall be provided per Section 16.60. Design Requirements Materials and equipment shall conform to the respective specifications and standards; and to be the specifications herein. Electrical rating shall be as indicated on Plans. Part 3 – Execution Construction Provide all excavation, trenching, backfill and surface restoration required for the electrical work. Trenching shall be to depths as required by Code, particular installation, or as shown on the Plans. Trench width and length as required by the installation or as shown. Trench bottom shall be free of debris and graded smooth. Where trench bottom is rock or rocky or contains debris larger than 1 inch or material with sharp edges, over excavate 3 inches and fill with 3 inches of sand. Separation between new electrical utilities and other utilities shall be 12 inches minimum, except gas line separation shall be 12 inches both vertical and horizontal. Perform crossing of concrete or asphalt only after surface material has been saw cut to required width and removed. Backfill around raceways shall be 3-inches of pea gravel or sand for systems of 600 volt or less. Provide red marker tape over raceways below grade. Place backfill material to obtain a minimum degree of compaction of 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-8 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. content. Moisten backfill material as required to obtain proper compaction. Do not use broken pavement, concrete, sod, roots or debris for backfill. 16.10.2 Underground Marking Tape (Detectable Type) [CSI 33 05 97.23] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Tape shall be Brady “Detectable Identoline – Buried Underground Tape”, or equal. Materials Underground marking tape shall be for location and early warning protection of buried power and communication lines. Tape shall be detectable by a pipe/cable locator or metal detector from above the undisturbed ground. Tape shall be nominally 2 inches wide with a type B721 aluminum foil core laminated between two layers of 5 Mil thickness polyester plastic. The plastic color shall be red for electrical lines and orange for telephone lines. Part 3 – Execution Installation Unless noted otherwise on Plans, approved underground marking tape shall be installed in the trench 12 inches above and directly over the conduit or raceway. 16.10.3 Handholes and Pull Boxes [CSI 33 71 19.13] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Handholes and Pull boxes shall be Utility Vault Co. or approved equal unless specified otherwise on the Plans. Materials Provide handholes of reinforced precast concrete, or injection molded composite plastic material. Handholes shall include a base, a body, extensions and a cover. Handholes with a perimeter of 10 feet or more (e.g., 3 feet by 2 feet) shall have both pulling irons and cable racks. All hardware shall be stainless steel, or hot-dip galvanized after fabrication; cable racking and hardware, however, shall be non-metallic and corrosion resistant. If no handhole size is shown on the Plans, size units per NEC or provide 12 inches by 24 inches by 18 inches deep, whichever is larger. All handholes located in areas subject to vehicular traffic or where identified on Plans shall be ASSHTO, H-20 rated in accordance with ASTM C857. The lids to all pull boxes and vaults shall be permanently marked for its intended use, “signal” for all signal and instrumentation handholes and “electrical” for all power handholes. Letter shall be a minimum of 3-inches high. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-9 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 – Execution Installation Conduits entering handholes shall have grounding bushings installed and the conduit ends shall be sealed with Permagum sealing compound. Where conduits enter through sides of handholes, the penetration shall be made watertight. Use a core drill wherever it is necessary to drill through concrete. Perform patch work with the same materials as the surrounding area and finish to match. Pull boxes shall be provided at least every 150 feet on long straight runs. Spacing shall be reduced by 50 feet for each 90-degree bend. Install handholes flush with finished grade in all paved areas, roadways and walkways. All handhole edges shall be flush with final surface. 16.15 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems [CSI 26 05 26] Part 1 - General References Service and equipment grounding shall be per Article 250 of the NEC. Performance Requirements Verify that a low-resistance ground path is provided for all circuits so an accidental contact to ground of any live conductor will instantly trip the circuit. Part 2 - Products Components The grounding systems shall consist of the ground rods, grounding conductors, ground bus, ground fittings and clamps, and bonding conductors to water piping and structural steel as shown on the Plans. System components shall be as allowed in the NEC unless specified otherwise below: 1. Ground Rods: Ground rods shall be cone pointed copper clad Grade 40 HS steel rods conforming to ASTM B228. The welded copper encased steel rod shall have a conductivity of not less than 27 percent of pure copper. 2. Ground Conductors: Buried conductors shall be medium-hard drawn bare copper; other conductors shall be soft drawn copper. Sizes over No. 6 AWG shall be stranded. Coat all ground connections except the exothermic welds with electrical joint compound, non - petroleum type, UL listed for copper and aluminum applications. 3. Ground Rod Boxes: Boxes shall be a 9-inch diameter precast concrete unit with hot-dip galvanized traffic cover. Boxes shall be 12-inches deep minimum. Covers shall be embossed with the wording “Ground Rod”. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-10 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 - Execution General Grounding Installation When available a UFER ground per latest edition of NEC shall be provided as the primary means to ground the electrical system. Ground electrical service neutral at service entrance equipment to supplementary grounding electrodes. Ground each separately derived system neutral to nearest effectively grounded building structural steel member or separate grounding electrode. Provide a ground rod box for each ground rod to permit ready access to facilitate testing. Provide a ground wire in every conduit carrying a circuit of over 110 volts to ground. Make embedded or buried ground connections, taps and splices with exothermic welds. Coat ground connections. Bond metallic water piping at its entrance into each building. Motor Grounding Installation Extend equipment ground bus via grounding conductor installed in motor feeder raceway. Connect to motor frame. When using nonmetallic flexible tubing install an equipment grounding conductor connected at both ends to noncurrent-carrying grounding bus. Vault and Handhole Grounding Exposed noncurrent-carrying metal parts of equipment, conductor supports or racks, conduits and other metal appurtenances, including any metal cover and its supporting ring, shall be bonded together and connected to a common ground. The size of the grounding means shall be as prescribed in the NEC. Where the grounding means is exposed, the grounding conductor shall be not smaller than #8 AWG copper. Ground Connections Above grade ground connections shall be exothermic weld, mechanical, or compression-type connectors; or brazing. Below grade ground connections shall be exothermic weld. Install all ground connections is strict accordance with connector manufacturer’s recommendations and methods. Testing Following completion of the grounding electrode system, if installed, measure ground resistance at each ground rod using the three-rod method. Submit results to engineer prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Perform testing per NETA Standard ATS paragraph 7.13. Testing methods shall conform to NETA Standard ATS using the three-electrode method for large systems. Conduct tests only after a period of not less than 48 hours of dry weather. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-11 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Furnish to the Engineer a test report with recorded data of each ground rod location. See Division 16.95.4. 16.20 UTILITY SERVICE 16.21 Electrical Service [CSI 26 21 00] Part 1 – General Description of Work Work consists of the replacement of an existing power pole with pole-mounted transformers and existing overhead conductors with a new power pole with pole-mounted transformers and new overhead primary service conductors. Work also consists of the construction of an underground secondary feeder, and a 600 amp, 480-volt, 3 phase service entrance. Scheduling Work with the Utility Company The Contractor shall be fully and completely responsible for all scheduling and coordination with the utility company. The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule power outages, power service for operation and construction, and power service as may be required prior to Certification of Occupancy. The Contractor shall make all necessary applications for service with the utility and shall notify the Owner in writing of any obligations that the Owner must fulfill for service to be started, installed, or modified. Contractor/Utility Interface Responsibilities The electrical utility providing service to these facilities is Puget Sound Energy. During design, contact was made with Customer Service Representative, Fabian Gomez, who can be contacted by telephoning 253-395-6838. The division of responsibilities stated below has been determined by coordination with the serving utility. The Contractor shall comply with all utility company standards and requirements. All utility charges for and related to the final permanent service to the facility will be paid by the Owner, directly to the utility company and shall not be included in the Con tractors bid price. Contractor shall notify the Engineer/Owner of any changes to the responsibilities between the electrical utility and the Contractor as outlined in these specifications prior to submitting a bid. Any change(s) in responsibilities not brought to the attention of the Engineer prior to bidding will not be cause for additional payment. The Contractor shall notify the Owner (in writing) of any obligations or forms that the Owner is responsible to provide for service. The Contractor shall: Remove and dispose of the existing pole-mounted transformers and all pole-mounted equipment. The Contractor shall remove overhead power conductors and remove pole from site. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-12 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Provide and install new power pole, pole-mounted transformers, and all pole-mounted equipment. Install new overhead primary power conductors between the existing meter pole and the new power pole. Provide excavation and restoration for the power pole installation. Provide and install secondary service from the new pole-mount transformer location to the new service entrance panel. Terminate service conductors at the service entrance panel or switchboard. The Utility Company shall: De-energize the primary circuit as needed to allow Contractor to perform described work. Make final connections at the meter pole between the Contractor-installed primary service and the primary metering equipment. Project Conditions Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall become familiar with all the electrical service requirements that may affect the execution of their work. Standards and Codes Work involving service installation shall be done in accordance with the service utilities standards and the NEC. Service equipment shall be listed and labeled by UL as “suitable for use as service equipment”. 16.30 BASIC PANEL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES 16.31 Operating and Indicating Devices [CSI 26 09 00, 40 78 00] Part 1 - General Operating and indicating devices minimum rating shall be NEMA 13. Operator devices mounted in outdoor panels, corrosive areas or where exposed to moisture shall be NEMA 4X. 16.31.1 Digital Power Meter [CSI 26 09 13.12, 40 78 13.21] Manufacturers The digital power meter shall be a Siemens PAC4200, no substitutions. Minimum Features A digital 3-phase power monitor with remote capabilities and associated sensors shall be provided as indicated on the Plans. The digital power meter shall be capable of measuring at a minimum the following parameters: 1. Voltage (line-neutral) 2. Voltage (line-line) 3. Current City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-13 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 4. Neutral amps 5. Real power 6. Reactive power 7. Apparent power 8. Power factor 9. Frequency 10. Auxiliary voltage Power meter shall have a PROFINET expansion module for remote communication with the telemetry system. Provide meter with current-transformers, potential-transformers, terminals blocks, shorting terminal blocks and power supply as necessary to accommodate system voltage and rated amperage. 16.31.2 Run Time Meters [CSI 26 09 13.22, 40 78 13.22] Manufacturers HECON GO series or equal. Manufactured Units Hour meter (elapsed time meters) shall be 2-inch by 1-inch nominal size, rectangular case type for flush panel mounting. The meter face shall be of the style that most closely resembles the panel indicating instruments if provided and shall have black trim with white or aluminized face. The meters shall have a 6-digit non-resettable register with the last digit indicating tenths of an hour. 16.31.3 Start Count Meters [CSI 26 09 13.23, 40 78 13.23] Manufacturers HECON GO series, Redington Model 3400-2010 or equal. Manufactured Units Start counters shall be 2-inch by 1-inch nominal size, rectangular case type for flush panel mounting. The meter face shall be of the style that most closely resembles the panel indicating instruments if provided and shall have black trim with white or aluminized face. The meters shall have a 6-digit resettable register. 16.31.4 Indicating Lights [CSI 26 09 13.31, 40 78 16] Manufacturers Heavy-Duty, Watertight, and Corrosion-Resistant Type: • Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type E34 • Square D Co., Type SK • Allen Bradley, Type 800H City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-14 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • General Electric Co., Type CR 104P Manufactured Units Indicating lights shall be NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion resistant, water-tight, oil-tight, full voltage, push-to-test, high visibility 28 chips LED type. Pilot lights shall be rated for the proper operating voltage. Appropriate lens caps shall be provided as shown on Plans. 16.31.5 Selector Switch [CSI 26 09 16.21 40 78 19.21] Manufacturers Heavy-Duty, Watertight, and Corrosion-Resistant Type: • Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type E34 • Square D Co., Type SK • Allen Bradley, Type 800H • General Electric Co., Type CR 104P Manufactured Units Selector switches shall be NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion-resistant/watertight/oil-tight, type selector switches with contacts rated for 10 amperes continuous at proper operating voltage. Operators shall be black knob type. Units shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements and spring return function (if any) as shown on Plans. Units shall be single-hole mounting, accommodating panel thicknesses from 1/16-inch minimums to ¼-inch maximum. 16.31.6 Pushbuttons [CSI 26 09 16.23, 40 78 19.25] Manufacturers Heavy-Duty, Watertight, and Corrosion-Resistant Type: • Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type E34 • Square D Co., Type SK • Allen Bradley, Type 800H • General Electric Co., Type CR 104P Manufactured Units Pushbuttons shall be NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion-resistant/watertight/oil-tight, type push buttons with momentary contacts rated for 10-ampere continuous at proper operating voltage. Button color shall be as specified in control panels and shall have a full guard. Pushbutton contact arrangements shall be as shown on Plans. Size of pushbuttons as indicated on the Plans. Special Functions Pushbutton for “emergency stop” applications shall have maintained contacts and red mushroom head operators. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-15 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.32 Panel Relays [CSI 26 09 16, 40 78 53] Part 1 – General General Relays shall be provided as necessary to perform switching functions required of control panels and other control circuits as shown on the Plans and described in the technical specifications. Appropriate relay type and associated contacts shall be selected based on the application from the control wiring diagrams or the functional description. Where timing relays and control relays require additional contacts, provide auxiliary control relays properly sized for the application. All contacts and relays shall be NEMA rated and UL recognized. The electrical life expectancy for the relay shall be over 500,000 operations at 120V AC, 10 amp; (over 200,000 operations at 120V AC, 10 amp for SPDT, 3PDT, and 4PDT). The mechanical life expectancy for the relay shall be over 50,000,000 operations. 16.32.1 Control Relays [CSI 26 09 16.31, 40 78 53.21] Manufacturers • Square D Class 8501, Type K or R • Allen Bradley 700 Type HA or HB • IDEC RH Series; or equal Manufactured Units Relays for general purpose use shall be DPDT or 3PDT, 10-amp contacts with the appropriate coil voltage for the application. Relays shall be plug-in type with matching socket. All relays shall have LED indicators to signal when the coil is energized. Relay coils shall be rated for continuous duty. 16.32.3 Time Delay Relays [CSI 26 09 19.35, 40 78 53.25] Manufacturers • Allen-Bradley 700 Type HR • IDEC GE1, RTE or GT3 Series; or equal Manufactured Units Time delay relays shall be multi-function, multi-range with plug-in base, pin style terminations timing and timed out LED indicators, and calibrated scales. Relays shall have minimum 0.5 seconds to 60 minutes, 8 selectable timing ranges, 5-amp contacts. Select coil voltage for the application. Units shall be sealed to prevent entry of contamination in the form of dust, dirt, or moisture. Appropriate relay shall be selected based on application from the control wiring dia grams. Minimum accuracy (plus or minus) shall be as follows: City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-16 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1. Repeat accuracy – ½ percent. 2. Timing change over full voltage range – ½ percent change over full temperature range. 3. Scale tolerance – 5-percent. 16.32.5 Phase Fail Relay (PFR) [CSI 26 09 19.37, 40 78 53.27] General Motor Control Centers (MCC) and Motor Control Panels shall be provided with phase fail relays wired as indicated on the Plans for shutdown of 3-phase motors and/or remote indication of incorrect voltage conditions. Manufacturers Units shall be Square D 8501 or Allen Bradley 700-N or equal. Manufactured Units A UL listed 3-phase power fail relay shall interrupt the control power in the event of phase loss, phase reversal, undervoltage and phase unbalance . It shall have primary fuse protection. Contacts shall be rated for 15A resistive at 120 VAC . The 3-phase power fail relay shall automatically reset when proper power is re-applied. Phase Fail Relays shall be Square D Class 8430 type MPD or equal. Installation Provide an interposing relay to provide a N.O. contact for each motor control circuit to serve as a shutdown contact, one (1) spare N.O. contact, and one (1) spare N.C. contact. Control relays for use with phase fail relays shall be heavy duty, industrial type with field co nvertible contacts. Unit shall be able to operate up to eight (8) contacts per relay. Part 3 – Execution Installation Provide adjustable time relays on all alarm and shut down circuits to prevent nuisance tripping of other alarm points. Time delay relays for these functions may not be shown on the Plans; however, provide as required on all circuits. Provide additional form C contacts over and above the number indicated on the Plans for all relays provided. The 120 VAC relays shall not be interchangeable with other voltages to prevent a hazardous interchange of relay voltages. Provide DIN mounted or panel mounted type depending on application. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-17 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.35 Control Panel Accessories 16.35.1 Terminal Blocks [CSI 26 05 83 or 26 27 26] Part 2 – Products Manufactured Units Terminal blocks shall be one-piece, molded, plastic blocks with screw-type terminals and barriers rated for 600 volts. Terminals shall be double-sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the protection cover removed. Part 3 – Execution Installation All wires between panel-mounted equipment and other equipment shall be terminated at terminal blocks. Switches shall be terminated at the terminal blocks with crimp -type, pre-insulated, ring-tongue lugs. Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for their terminal block screws and for the number and size of the wires terminated. All wires shall be labeled with the circuit number and common function. 16.35.2 Nameplates [CSI 26 05 53, 10 14 23] Part 2 – Products Manufactured Units Standard nameplates shall be made of 1/16-inch thick machine engraved laminated phenolic having black letters not less than 3/16-inch high on white background. One-inch high lettering shall be used for the large nameplates required for the control panels a nd motor control centers. Part 3 – Execution Installation Nameplates shall be provided on all electrical devices including but not limited to motor control equipment, MCC cubicles, control stations, junction boxes, panels, motors, instruments, switches, indicating lights, meters, and all electrical equipment enclosures. Each motor control center compartment and control panel shall have a nameplate designat ing the equipment and its identifying number and size or rating. Data shall be as shown on the Plans and reviewed via the submittal process. Nameplates shall have name, number and/or function as is applicable for clear identification. Provide one large nameplate for each motor control center and/or control panel identifying the equipment as indicated on the Plans. Nameplates on steel panels shall be secured with stainless steel drive screws. Where it is proposed that nameplates will be secured with pressure sensitive tape or bonding cement, the process and samples shall be submitted to the Engineer for acceptance. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-18 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Nameplates shall be provided for identifying all operator interface (lights, switches, etc.) and other devices that are located outside or inside the panels. Nameplates shall be provided for identifying all relays and devices that are located inside the panels. Special Functions Provide warning nameplates on all panels and equipment, which contain multiple power sources. Lettering shall be white on red background. 16.36.1 Surge Protection Device (SPD) [CSI 26 43 13, 40 78 56] Part 2 – Products General The SPD shall be compatible with the electrical system voltage, current, system configuration, and intended applications. Manufacturers The SPD shall be manufactured by the main distribution panelboard manufacturer. Manufactured Units Protect the electrical service with an SPD device as shown on the Plans. The SPD shall be bus-mounted in the main distribution panelboard. The SPD shall meet the following: 1. Provide surge current withstand up to 160 kA per phase. 2. Short circuit current rating of 200 kAIC. 3. A ten-year free replacement warranty. 4. Enhanced UL 1283 Transient Tracking Filter. 5. NEMA 4 – weatherproof steel enclosure 6. Status indicator lights for each phase and one service LED. 16.40 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT [CSI 26 29 00] [PROVIDED BY CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR] 16.41.1 Motor Control Center [CSI 26 24 19] Part 1 - General Description of Work The electrical contractor shall furnish and install the motor control center including all related equipment as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Related Sections • Division 16.30 Basic Panel Equipment and Devices City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-19 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Division 16.41.3 Solid State Reduced Voltage Starter • Division 16.45 Variable Frequency Drives References The equipment shall be constructed to meet or exceed the requirements within NEMA ICS3-322 and UL845 for motor control centers. Each MCC section shall bear the UL label. Coordination The supplier of the motor control center shall equip the assembly with all appurtenances and accessories (including but not limited to control relays, control contacts, control wiring and terminal strips) as required for interface with the mechanical equipment and motor to provide a totally integrated and operable system. Design Requirements This equipment shall consist of a line-up of standard design, free-standing sheet metal sections, assembled and pre-wired for motor control and power distribution as shown on the Plans. This equipment shall be designed as to permit future additions of vertical sections and interchanging of units by users. Include provisions for supervisory control equipment as specified elsewhere. Each unit shall be completely prewired with all control wiring numbered and terminated on terminal strips. No terminal strips are required for the load wiring. Auxiliary components such as HOA selector switches, indicating lights and other indicating and/or recording devices shall be mounted on the compartment door or cover. All control power leads into and out of each unit shall pass through a ganged knife blade control power disconnect switch. The control power disconnect shall be identified as such. The equipment enclosure shall be NEMA Type 12 with gasketing unless noted otherwise on the Plans. Gasketing shall be closed cell neoprene material. The MCC shall be NEMA Class II, Type B construction. The MCC shall be rated as shown on the Plans with a minimum available fault current withstand rating of 42,000 amperes without a neutral conductor in the MCC. Submittals Provide submittals for all components. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers During design, Siemens TIASTAR MCC equipment was used for sizing. MCC manufacturer shall be of the following manufacturer: • Siemens Tiastar MCC with Internal PROFINET Network for communicating with the PLC via PROFINET Protocol. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-20 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Finishes Surfaces shall be painted according to the manufacturer’s standard color scheme. All unpainted parts shall be plated for resistance to corrosion. Components Communications 1. All power monitoring equipment and motor operating equipment including overload units, and SSRVS shall communicate with the telemetry system via a PROFINET networking system. Vertical Sections 1. Each vertical section shall be approximately 90 inches high and 20 inches deep. Vertical sections shall have internal base mounting angles at the bottom and external lifting angles at the top running continuously within each shipping block. 2. To minimize the chance of fault propagation to adjacent sections, each vertical section shall have side sheets extending the full height and depth of the section. Incoming Line Compartments 1. Incoming line/lug compartment shall be bottom entry unless noted otherwise on the Plans. The size and quantity of incoming cables shall be as shown on the Plans. Bus 1. The main horizontal bus shall be as indicated on the Plans. Horizontal bus bars shall be located at the top of the MCC. All power bussing shall be braced to withstand a fault current of 42,000 RMS symmetrical amperes unless otherwise noted on the Plans. 2. Bus supports shall be fabricated from high strength, glass-filled polyester resin. 3. The horizontal bus shall be tin plated copper with a conductivity rating of 100 percent AICS. The horizontal bus bars shall be fully sized to carry 100 percent of the rated current the entire length of the MCC. The entire horizontal bus assembly shall be located behind the top horizontal wireway. Horizontal bus bars located behind usable unit space are not acceptable. 4. The horizontal bus shall be isolated from the top horizontal wireway by a clear, flexible, polycarbonate barrier allowing visual inspection of the horizontal bus without removing any hardware. 5. The vertical bussing shall be rated 300 amperes minimum. Vertical bus bars shall be fabricated of tin-plated solid copper bars with a conductivity rating of 100 percent AICS. The vertical bus barrier support shall be designed as to effectively enclose each vertical bus bar. Provisions shall be made to close off unused unit stab openings in the vertical bus barrier with removable covers. 6. All bus ratings are to be based on a maximum temperature rise of 50 degrees Cel sius over a 40-degree Celsius ambient temperature. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-21 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Unit Disconnect Operator Mechanism 1. A door-mounted operator mechanism shall be provided for operating all feeder breakers provided with the MCC. The operator shall extend through an opening in the unit door and shall clearly indicate whether the disconnect is ON, OFF, or TRIPPED. 2. With the disconnect in the ON position, a mechanical interlock shall prevent opening of the unit door. This interlock shall be provided with a defeater so that authorized personnel may gain access to the compartment without interrupting service. 3. The operator mechanism design shall allow padlocking the disconnect in the OFF position with up to four padlocks. Wireways 1. Horizontal wireways of standard sections, both top and bottom, shall be not less than 6 inches high. To prevent damage to cable insulation, the wireway opening between sections shall have rounded corners and the edges shall be rolled back. 2. A full height, vertical wireway and hinged door shall be provided in each standard vertical section. A permanent vertical wireway wall shall separate the units from the vertical wireway and remain intact even when the units are removed. Operator Interface Devices and Control Relays 1. This section covers all components required in a motor control center that require operator interface devices and control relays. Nameplates shall be provided for each control component. The nameplate shall be phenolic, black background with white lettering. 2. See Division 16.30 Basic Equipment and Devices. Units 1. After insertion, each plug-in unit shall be held in place by a latch that is located at the front of the unit. 2. Plug-in stabs shall be mounted in a polyester molding at the rear of the unit. Wiring from the unit disconnecting means to the plug-in stables shall be routed into this molding such that the wiring is not being exposed at the rear of the unit. 3. Size 1 through Size 5 non-reversing starters shall be plug-in units. 4. The unit door shall be fastened to the stationary structure (not the unit itself), so that the door can be closed when the unit has been removed. The door shall be hinged on the left-hand side so that it opens away from the vertical wireway. 5. The operator handle of all units shall be interlocked with the MCC frame, so that a unit insert cannot be withdrawn or inserted when the operator is in the ON position. Position of operating handle shall indicate ON, OFF, or TRIPPED condition. Handle shall provide provisions for padlocking in the OFF position. Interlock provision shall prevent unauthorized opening or closing of the door with the disconnect in the ON position. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-22 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 6. Circuit breaker type starter units shall have a short circuit rating greater than the available fault current listed in the General Section and shall be motor circuit protectors (MCP) with magnetic only trip. Feeder breakers shall be molded case breakers with thermal magnetic trip and have a short circuit rating greater than the available fault current listed in the General Section. 7. An auxiliary contact shall be provided on the disconnect for purposes of isolating the external source of control voltage. One control circuit fuse shall be provided. 8. Control circuit transformer (CCT) shall be mounted within the unit. CCT shall be individually protected, and provide the following excess capacity, in addition to that required by the starter coil: Size 1 – extra 40VA, Size 2 – extra 40VA, Size 3 – extra 125VA, Size 4 – extra 180VA, Size 5 – extra 200 VA. Power Monitoring 1. See Division 16.31.1 Transformers 1. Lighting transformers to be installed in this equipment shall be Class H insulation type for 80-degree Celsius rise. Provide transformer with ratings as shown on the Plans. Transformer shall be compatible with the environment in which it will be located and provided with properly-rated taps. Load Center Panels 1. Load Center panels shall be provided with a rating at the proper voltage and current for intended use with tin-plated copper bus bars. Panels shall have 100 percent neutral, with equipment ground bar unless noted otherwise. Panels shall be deadfront. 2. The panelboard shall have the number of available single pole breaker spaces as shown on the Plans or a minimum of 18 spaces when a number is not indicated on the Plans. Where noted in the panel schedule on the Plans provide spare breakers, complete for future connection of wiring circuits. Where “Space Only” is indicated for breakers, provide all bussing and breaker mounting hardware. 3. The following interrupting capacity shall be considered minimum for the circuit breakers provided. Other ratings shall be as specified on the Plans. a) 240V and 208Y/120V Panelboards - 22,000 AIC symmetrical 4. Provide GFI breakers when indicated on the Plans. Integration with Telemetry 1. The Manufacturer of the MCC shall determine all requirements for transmitting data to the telemetry system and shall include in the panel all required devices and equipment for interfacing contact closures. Wiring Diagrams 1. Wiring diagrams shall be provided at a centralized location in the MCC. The diagram shall show the exact devices inside the unit and shall not be a generic diagram. The supplier of the equipment shall have the capability to provide revisions to electronic City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-23 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. files of wiring diagrams at a local office. The wiring diagrams must be provided with product submittals in order to be considered for review. Supplier shall provide a disk copy of all plans in AutoCAD format. 2. Before the MCC can be shipped to the jobsite, the final wiring diagrams must be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. The final wiring diagrams must reflect all changes made at the factory or integrator’s shop before the diagrams will be approved. Wire and Control Relay Identification 1. All control wire in MCC shall be marked with shrink type wire markers on both ends of wire. All control relays provided in the MCC panel shall be permanently labeled. The label for the control relays and wiring shall match the wiring diagrams. 2. All wire and control relay identification must be correct before the MCC can be shipped to the jobsite. Network Communication General 1. The MCC shall have PROFINET wiring incorporated into its design. 2. The MCC shall have PROFINET cabling incorporated throughout the vertical section. 3. Each motor starter, AC drive and soft starter unit in the MCC shall be supplied with a means to communicate via PROFINET network. Ethernet Cabling 1. PROFINET Cable Ratings a) The PROFINET cable shall be 600V UL rated. b) The use of 300V cable is not acceptable. 2. Layout a) Cable shall connect each section to one another in the top or bottom wireways. b) PROFINET cable through the MCC section shall be routed from the top or bottom wireways. To prevent accidental damage during MCC installation, the cable shall be located behind barriers to isolate the cable from the unit space and wireways. Part 3 - Execution Testing This equipment shall be tested and placed into operation by a qualified factory representative trained in start-up and troubleshooting procedures for equipment being installed. All Motor Control Center components shall be factory tested both at the manufacturer’s facility and the Control System Integrator’s shop. Factory testing shall be witnessed by the Engineer. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-24 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.41.3 Solid State Reduced Voltage Starters [CSI 26 29 13.16] Part 1 - General Scope This specification describes the performance, functional specifications and fabrication details for a digital reduced voltage, stepless, solid state motor starter that shall provide a selectable voltage ramp, current limit or torque ramp (all standard) method of soft starting 3 -phase AC induction motors. The motor starter shall be self-contained and house the solid-state controller, motor overload protection (Class 10 through Class 30 selectable), an integral bypass contactor and a disconnect means as required on the plans, in one enclosure or motor control center section. Related Documents Drawings and general provisions of the Contract shall apply to this section. Submittals Submit shop drawings and product data for approval and final documentation in the quantities listed according to the Conditions of the Contract. All transmittals shall be identified by customer name, customer location and customer order number. Units shall be shipped with a complete set of documentation to include the following items: 1. Complete schematics and wiring diagrams 2. Enclosure outline drawings 3. System instruction manuals 4. Contactor and disconnect system data, if applicable 5. All drawings shall be done in AutoCAD and shall be available on electronic medium. 6. All of the above will be required at the time of approval. Codes and Standards Manufactured Unit(s) shall meet the codes listed in the NEC. Stand-alone units shall be combination starters with circuit breakers and shall be UL listed for use in combination with the specific associated circuit breaker per applicable UL-508 standards. If used in Motor Control Centers, the complete starter units will be UL listed under UL-845 as part of the MCC. Quality Assurance The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of sixty (60) years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-25 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. All incoming material shall be inspected and/or tested for conformance to quality assurance. Power semiconductors shall be fully tested for proper electrical characteristics (dv/dt, di/dt, etc.). All subassemblies shall be inspected and/or tested for conformance to venders engineering and quality assurance specifications. Printed circuit boards shall be burned in for a minimum of 48 hours at 60 degrees Celsius. The complete unit shall be functionally tested under load before shipment to assure proper operation per specification. Complete test reports shall be available upon request Spare Materials Provide one (1) set of (3) of each size power fuse utilized. Provide one (1) spare control relay for each unique relay utilized on the project. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers The Sirius 3RW55 SSRVS with PROFINET communications shall be manufactured by Siemens. The SSRVS units shall be of the same manufacturer and supplier as the MCC as required for interface with the master control system to provide a totally integrated and operable system. Design Power Ratings Input: 200 – 460V ±15 percent, 3 phase 50 / 60Hz (selectable) ± 10 percent. Unit(s) will operate with any incoming phase sequence. Output: Reduced voltage 3 phase AC derived from phase-angle fired inverse-parallel thyristors, ramped to full voltage. Current Rating(s): Shall be, at a minimum, capable of the motor Full Load Amps for the Horsepower(s) indicated on the Plans, including any Service Factors. 1. Current ratings of starter chassis must be based on manufacturer’s data showing they were tested at 50 degrees Celsius. Output Overload Capacity: Shall be as follows, based upon motors indicated on the Plans and specified elsewhere: 1. For units used on motors where Class 10 overload protection is required, the soft starter shall be capable of delivering 550 percent of the motor FLA for 10 seconds. 2. For units used on motors where Class 20 overload is required, the soft starter shall be capable 550 percent of motor FLA for 20 seconds 3. If the motor is capable of Class 30 protection, the soft starter shall be capable of delivering 550 percent current for 30 seconds. 4. Continuous duty rating shall be for the motor FLA plus + 15 percent. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-26 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 5. Lighter duty rated starters are not acceptable SCCR (Short Circuit Current Rating) Listing: Combination starter units shall be UL listed to withstand the Available Fault Current of the system as indicated on the Plans or as determined prior to installation. For retrofit applications, both the soft starter and circuit breaker shall be supplied so that the SCCR rating of the combination is capable of withstanding the Available Fault Current. SCCR ratings in combination with the Circuit Breaker shall be published and supplied by the manufacturer with submittals. Control Power: 120VAC, 60Hz provided by a Control Power Transformer with primary and secondary fusing, adequate to operate all associated devices in each starter. Power Devices (SCRS) PIV Ratings: Minimum 2.5 times nominal line voltage. Protection: RC snubber network circuits on each phase assembly and MOV protective devices on the gate circuits. Efficiency: 99.7 percent through SCRs, 99.97 percent when bypass is engaged. Bypass Contactor All units shall have an integral Bypass Contactor to shunt motor power around the SCRs when at full speed. The soft starter shall include all necessary control circuitry to accomplish this without the need for external timers and engage the Bypass Contactor only when the microprocessor has determined that the motor has reached speed. 1. Overload Protection shall be integral and continuous so that it is in the motor circuit at all times, even when the Bypass Contactor is engaged. 2. Decel Interlocking shall be integral to allow the soft starter to automatically disengage the Bypass Contactor when a Decel command is given. 3. Where shown on the plans, the SSRVS shall be provided with an external Bypass Contactor with high security key selector switch. The external Bypass contactor shall meet all of the above control and protection conditions. Product Features The starter shall be complete with standard features and adjustments as follows: Acceleration Control shall be fully adjustable in programming to match any application. As a minimum, starter shall come complete with the following settings: 1. Ramp Type: To ensure maximum flexibility in matching any unforeseen load conditions in the field, the starter shall provide all of the following methods of closed loop acceleration ramp control: a) Voltage Ramp b) Current Limit Only (Current Step) c) Closed Loop Torque d) In addition, the soft starter shall be capable of being programmed to start the motor Across-the-Line for testing purposes. To avoid problems in City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-27 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. commissioning once the field application conditions are known, any starter that has limited ramp choices will not be acceptable. 2. Starting Torque: Initial torque output shall be programmable as either Voltage or Torque output depending on the selected ramp profile, and adjustable between 50-200 percent of motor Full Load Torque. 3. Maximum Current Limit: To ensure acceptability to power conditions and reliability of starting under any circumstance that the motor can function in, a Current Limit function shall be available in all starting ramp modes, adjustable between 150 and 550 percent of the unit rating. Starters which do not provide Current Limit in all starting modes will not be acceptable. 4. Ramp Time: The time between Initial Torque and Full Output shall adjustable between 1 and 360 seconds. 5. Kick Start: To provide for starting of difficult loads, the starter shall include a Breakaway Pulse (Kick Start) feature that will apply a high output for a short time on initial start command. The Kick Start voltage level shall be adjustable from 40 – 100 percent voltage, for 0.1 to 2 seconds max. 6. Slow Speed Jog: For checking rotation at start-up or other testing procedures, the starter shall provide a programmable Slow Speed Jog feature, initiated by the Operator Interface or via input. The Slow Speed Jog output shall be programmable as a percentage of the base motor speed, not exceeding 21 percent. a) Slow Speed Reverse: For testing purposes or to provide for special applications as indicated on the drawings, the soft starter shall be capable of rotating the motor in the reverse direction upon command from the operator interface or via inputs. This feature shall be integral to the soft starter or modifications shall be provided to accommodate it. Deceleration Control (Controlled Ramp Down) To facilitate the controlled deceleration of pumps and other loads, Decel Torque Control and/or Pump Control shall be built in and selectable with the following adjustments, all of which are independent of any Acceleration Ramp settings: 1. Deceleration Ramp Time: adjustable from 0 – 360 seconds to allow gentle controlled deceleration in excess of the natural coast-to-stop time of the load. 2. Stop Torque Level, adjustable from 10-100 percent to automatically turn off the starter when the output torque has reached a desired level, i.e. when a check valve has closed. Selectable Ramp Profiles To accommodate changeable conditions, the starter shall provide 3 separately adjustable ramp profiles, selectable via a dry contact closure. Each ramp will provide all of the above features. Motor and Load Protection shall be integral to the starter assembly. All current referenced protection features shall be automatically calculated from the motor nameplate FLA as entered by the user. All time-based protection features shall have retentive memory so that they remain active should the power fail and be restored. Starter shall provide the following functions: City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-28 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1. I2t Thermal Overload shall be provided by the on-board microprocessor control based on inverse time-current trip curves as defined by NEMA trip curve Classes. The trip curves classes shall be programmable from between Class 5 and Class 30 and the starter shall be UL listed to provide each individual class. As the most important protection feature of a starter, the overload protection shall be based on a Motor Thermal Model retained in memory and provide the following features: a) Retentive Thermal Memory shall be used to ensure that the overload protection does not lose track of motor temperature after the power is lost or shut down. Upon reapplication of power, the microprocessor shall be updated as to the motor thermal state. This feature shall be capable of being over ridden for emergency re-start applications. b) Manual or Automatic Reset shall be selectable in programming to provide for automatic reset in unattended remote applications. c) Thermistor Input shall be provided in case the motor or equipment arrives with integral Thermistors to monitor temperature. The Thermistor input shall provide for a motor thermal temperature monitoring that will bias the Motor Thermal Model mentioned above based on actual motor temperature. i. The Thermistor monitoring circuit shall detect broken or shorted field devices or wiring. ii. Units without this feature shall provide external Thermistor Protection Relays if necessary and provide a way for the soft starter to display a Thermistor Trip independently of a Motor Overload trip. Phase-Loss Protection shall be standard and shut down the starter if current through any leg drops to 20 percent of the programmed motor FLA or less, independent of line voltage levels. For purposes of testing with smaller motors, each starter shall be capable of having the motor FLA adjusted down to 20 percent of the unit Max Amp rating so that this feature will not trip if a load less than 20 percent of that setting is connected (i.e. 4 percent of unit maximum rating). Phase Current Imbalance shall be used to bias the Motor Thermal Model so that the tripping curve reflects the additional motor heating caused by the imbalance. The “Pick-up Point” of this feature shall be programmable or able to be defeated so that nuisance tripping can be avoided. Ground Fault Protection shall be included which will prevent a start-up if any phase is connected to Ground or trip while running. Over Current / Shear Pin Protection shall be provided. This Over Current trip shall be adjustable at lower levels than the Thermal Overload protection for the purpose of protecting mechanical components from undue shock when rapid unexpected load changes occur. Adjustment level shall be from 50 percent to 150 percent of the programmed motor FLA Under Current / Load Loss Protection shall shut down the starter on an adjustable Under Current condition. This shall be programmable as follows: City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-29 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Adjustment level shall be from 19 percent to 100 percent of the programmed motor FLA Over and Under Voltage Protection will cause a trip if the voltage dips or surges beyond the unit tolerance limits for both the line voltage and the control voltage, differentiating the trip cause between the two systems on the Operator Interface Display. Starter Protection shall be provided to maintain reliability of both the equipment and the circuit components, with the following features: 1. Shorted SCR / Welded Contactor Detection shall be standard. This function must automatically prevent the next start when at least one SCR is shorted, or the Bypass Contactor is welded. 2. Starter Overtemp Trip shall be built-in and protect the SCRs from excessive heat build-up in the heat sink. This function shall also detect a broken wire or d efective sensor. Input / Output features shall be as follows: 1. Four (4) Inputs shall be provided for the control and option selection of the starter as follows. All input and control devices shall be 24VDC control from a built -in power supply, requiring only dry contact closures. All I/O termination points shall incorporate easily removable terminal blocks to facilitate quick change-out or troubleshooting isolation in the field. a) Input commands shall be programmable for any one of the following functions; Motor Right (Fwd), Motor Left (Rev), Parameter Set 1, 2, or 3, Trip Reset, Quick Stop, Slow Speed, Emergency Restart, and Local Override for allowing local control when using Serial Communications as the control point. 2. Four (4) Output Relays shall be provided; three outputs shall be Form A (SPST), the fourth shall be Form C (SPDT), all rated for 240VAC, 3 Amps max. a) Each relay shall be fully programmable for any one of the following functions; PIO Output 1, PIO Output 2, Input Status (1-4), Run up (Accelerating), Operation/bypass, Coasting down, On time motor (Running), Motor-on commanded, DC braking Contactor, Group warning (no trip), Group error (Fault trip), Bus error, Device (starter) error, Power on, Ready to start. b) Operator Interface panel shall be included which provides simple to use adjustment and status indication on a dead-front shroud of the starter. This panel shall be capable of being remotely mounted up to 10 feet away from the starter chassis, such as on the front door of the enclosure. c) Adjustments shall be made by keypad with tactile feedback keys for high noise environments. No binary coded dipswitches shall be used for programming. Pass code protection shall be available to prevent unauthorized changes to the programming. d) Graphical User Display shall be backlit LCD for long life and visibility in low contrast environments. Display shall have a minimum of 4 lines of alpha-numeric characters, programmable in 4 languages and capable of displaying all digits in City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-30 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. displayed parameter so that operators do not need to calculate current values over 999A. Metering functions shall be provided through the Alpha-Numeric Display for indicating the following: 1. Output Current for each individual phase. Indicating range to be 0.0 – 9999 amps. 2. Voltage: Phase-to-phase and Phase-to-ground voltages shall be available for display 3. Frequency, for use in generator operation diagnostics. 4. Motor Thermal Status to indicate heat build-up in the motor. Range shall be 0 – 100 percent of the motor thermal capacity and count up towards 100 percent while heating. 5. Elapsed Time shall indicate the number of hours that the starter has been in a Run condition, maximum 100,000 hours. 6. Start Counter, indicating the number of Run commands given. Serial Communications shall be available as an optional feature and supplied as indicated on the Plans. 1. Communications protocol shall be Siemens PROFINET. Historical Data shall be recorded and displayed, plus made available for communication. It shall be retained in non-volatile memory for viewing by service personnel later. 1. History shall include fault conditions experienced by the starter and peak running details. Mechanical Construction Enclosure shall contain the digital solid-state controller and disconnect means (optional) as required. 1. Rating shall be as indicated on the Plans. a) NEMA 1 enclosed units shall be ventilated, with fan forced cooling where necessary. Cooling fans shall be impedance protected and ball bearing construction for continuous use. b) NEMA 3R enclosed units shall be either ventilated or provided with an external enclosure and any necessary cooling accessories as determined by the manufacturer, depending on sizing, to meet the ambient operating conditions as indicated elsewhere. c) 4/12 enclosed units shall be sealed to prevent ingress of contaminants and supplied with any necessary cooling accessories as determined by the manufacturer, to meet the ambient operating conditions as indicated elsewhere. d) Power Terminations shall be made on factory supplied mechanical lugs of sufficient size to accommodate the required wire for the line and load. Lugs are to be clearly marked as Line (L1, L2, L3) and Load (T1, T2, T3) and with appropriate tightening torque specifications. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-31 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Control Terminations to the soft start main unit shall be on terminal strips that can be removed easily without the need to special tools. Part 3 - Execution Installation The Contractor shall install all equipment in accordance with the contract Plans and manufacturers recommendations and manuals. 1. Install enclosed controllers where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Install fuses in fusible switches. 3. Select and install overload heater elements in motor controllers to match installed motor characteristics. 4. The FLA motor amps shall be input into the starter memory via the keypad 5. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches, access doors and operating handles for free mechanical and electrical operation as described in manufacturer’s instructions. 6. Clean interiors of all enclosed electrical equipment to remove construction debris, dirt and shipping materials. 7. Repaint scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original finish. Factory Testing The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section. All tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of UL and NEMA standards. 1. All printed circuit boards shall be functionally tested via fault finder bench equipment prior to unit installation. 2. All final assemblies shall be load tested. Field Quality Control Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer’s representative to assist the Contractor in installation and start-up of the equipment specified under this section. The manufacturer’s representative shall provide technical direction and assistance to the Contractor in general assembly of the equipment, connections, adjustments, tuning of the system operation, and testing of the assembly and components contained herein. The following minimum work shall be performed by the Contractor under the technical direction of the manufacturer’s service representative. 1. Inspection and final adjustment. 2. Check proper operation and function of controllers/starters and spare parts. Field Testing A qualified factory-trained manufacturer’s representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted, and tested in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-32 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer’s field start-up report before final payment is made. Training A qualified factory-trained manufacturer’s representative shall provide a quantity of (1) two-hour session of on-site training instruction. The instruction shall include the operational and maintenance requirements of the motor controller. The basis of the training shall be the installed controller, the engineered drawings and the user manual. At a minimum, the training shall: 1. Review of the engineered drawings identifying the components shown on the Plans. 2. Review starting/stopping options of the controller. 3. Review the pump control option of the controller. 4. Review the maintenance requirements of the controller. 5. Review operation of the Human Interface for programming and monitoring the controller. 6. Review safety concerns with operating the controller. 16.45 Variable Frequency Drive [CSI 26 29 23] Part 1 - General Summary The Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) system shall contain all components required to meet the performance, protection, safety, and certification criteria of this specification. Related Sections • Division 16.30 Basic Panel Equipment and Devices • Division 16.41 Motor Control Center • Division 17 Automatic Control References • National Fire Protection Association - NFPA 70 - US National Electrical Code. • National Electrical Manufacturers Association - NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. • Underwriters Laboratory Inc. – UL 508. • Canadian Standards Association International – CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 14-05. • International Electrical Code - IEC 146. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-33 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. - IEEE 519 - IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems. • Seismic Standards ASCE 7-10, IBC, CBC, ICC_ESAC156, IEEE 693 and California OSHPD. Submittals Submit under provisions of Sections 1.33 and 16.05. Shop Drawings - Approval 1. Elevation Drawings: Include dimensional information and conduit routing locations. 2. Unit Descriptions: Include amperage ratings, enclosure ratings, fault ratings, nameplate information, and so on, as required for approval. 3. Wiring Diagrams: a) Power Diagram: Include amperage ratings, circuit breaker frame sizes, circuit breaker continuous amp ratings, and so on, as required for approval. b) Control Diagram: Include disconnect devices, pilot devices, and so on. 4. Major components list. Product Data Sheets 1. VFD and Operator Interface publications. 2. Data sheets and publications on all major components including, but not limited to, the following: a) Contactors b) Circuit breaker and fuse (power and control) c) Control power transformers d) Pilot devices e) Relays/Timers Test procedures shall be per the manufacturer’s standards. Closeout Submittals (Operation and Maintenance Manuals) Submit under provisions of Sections 1.79.2 and 17.94. Shop Drawings – Final as shipped 1. Elevation Drawings: Include dimensional information and conduit routing locations. 2. Unit Descriptions: Include amperage ratings, enclosure ratings, fault ratings, nameplate information, and so on, as required for approval. 3. Wiring Diagrams: a) Power Diagram: Include amperage ratings, circuit breaker frame sizes, circuit breaker continuous amp ratings, and so on, as required for approval. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-34 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. b) Control Diagram: Include disconnect devices, pilot devices, and so on. c) Diagrams shall updated based on field modifications and shall be accurate depicting point-to-point wiring. 4. Major components list. Product Data Sheets 1. VFD and Operator Interface publications. 2. Data sheets and publications on all major components including, but not limited to, the following: a) Contactors b) Circuit breaker and fuse (power and control) c) Control power transformers d) Pilot devices e) Relays/Timers Test procedures shall be per the manufacturer’s standards. Operation and Maintenance Data 1. Service and Contact information 2. VFD and Operator Interface User Manuals 3. Troubleshooting / Service Manuals Quality Assurance Qualifications: 1. Manufacturers: a) The VFD and all associated optional equipment shall be UL listed or recognized. b) The VFD shall contain a UL label attached on the inside of the enclosure cabinet. 2. Suppliers: a) All inspection and testing procedures shall be developed and controlled under the guidelines of the Supplier’s quality system and must be registered to ISO 9001 and regularly reviewed and audited by a third-party registrar. b) The VFD shall be factory pre-wired, assembled and tested as a complete package. Delivery, Storage, and Handling Contractor shall coordinate the shipping of equipment with the manufacturer. Contactor shall store the equipment in a clean and dry space at an ambient temperature range of -25 degrees Celsius to 55 degrees Celsius (-13 degrees Fahrenheit to 130 degrees Fahrenheit). The Contractor shall protect the units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-35 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Design Requirements Drive(s) shall be of the size, capacity and quantity as shown on the Plans. VFD supplier shall confirm motor HP, amperage, service factor and operating requirements with motor supplier. The VFD motor controller shall convert 480 Volt, 3-phase, 60 Hertz utility power to adjustable voltage (0 - 460V) and frequency (0 - 60 Hz.) 3-phase, AC power for stepless motor speed control with a capability of 10:1 speed range. All general options and modifications shall mount within the standard adjustable frequency controller enclosure. The controller(s) shall be suitable for use with any standard NEMA-B squirrel-cage induction motor(s) having a 1.15 Service factor. At any time in the future, it shall be possible to substitute any standard motor (equivalent horsepower, voltage, and current) in the field. The variable frequency control shall operate satisfactorily when connected to a bus supplying other solid-state power conversion equipment which may be causing up to 10 percent total harmonic voltage distortion and commutation notches up to 36,500-volt microseconds, or when other VFDs are operated from the same bus. Manufacturers shall certify at submittal time that their equipment will function satisfactorily under these circumstances. Individual or simultaneous operation of the VFDs shall not add more than 5 percent total harmonic current distortion to the normal bus, nor more than 10 percent while operating from standby generator per IEEE 519, 2014. Prior to project completion, the Contractor shall provide verification through both measurement and calculations that the system is compliant with IEEE 519, 2014. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers The VFD shall be a Siemens Sinamics G120, no substitutions. All drives shall be supplied by one manufacturer. Manufactured Units The variable frequency control shall include transient voltage suppression to allow reliable operation on a typical industrial or commercial power distribution system. Hardware 1. Utilize diode bridge or SCR bridge on the input rectifier. 2. Utilize DC bus inductor on all six-pulse VFDs only. 3. Utilize switching logic power supply operating from the DC bus. 4. Incorporate phase to phase and phase to ground MOV protection on the AC input line. 5. Microprocessor based inverter logic shall be isolated from power circuits. 6. Utilize latest generation IGBT inverter section. 7. Battery receptacle for Lithium battery power to the Real Time Clock. 8. Additional DPI port for handheld and remote HIM options. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-36 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 9. Dedicated Digital Input for hardware enable. 10. Conformal coated printed circular boards. 11. Informal coated printed circuit boards. 12. Optional onboard 24V DC Auxiliary Control Power Supply. 13. The VFD enclosure shall include the following: a) Shall be UL Type 12. Control Logic 1. Ability to operate with motor disconnected when in V/Hz mode. 2. Provide a controlled shut down, when properly protected, with no component failure in the event of an output phase to phase or phase to ground short circuit. Provide annunciation of the fault condition. 3. Provide multiple programmable stop modes including Ramp, Coast, DC -Brake, Ramp-to-Hold, Fast Braking, and Current Limit Stop. 4. Provide multiple acceleration and deceleration rates. 5. Adjustable output frequency up to 650 Hz. 6. Ability to control outputs and manage status information locally within the VFD. 7. Ability to function stand-alone or complementary to supervisory control. 8. Ability to provide scaling, selector switches, or other data manipulations not already built into the VFD. Motor Control Modes 1. Selectable Sensorless Vector, Flux Vector, V/Hz, and Adjustable Voltage Control modes selectable through programming. 2. The drive shall be supplied with a Start-up and Auto-tune mode. 3. The V/Hz mode shall be programmable for fan curve or full custom patterns. 4. Capable of Open Loop V/Hz. Current Limit 1. Programmable current limit from 20 percent to 160 percent of rated output current. 2. Current limit shall be active for all drive states: accelerating, constant speed and decelerating. 3. The drive shall employ PI regulation with an adjustable gain for smooth transition in and out of current limit. Acceleration / Deceleration 1. Accel/Decel settings shall provide separate adjustments to allow either setting to be adjusted from 0 to 3600 seconds. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-37 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2. A second set of remotely selectable accel/decel settings shall be accessible through digital inputs. 3. S Curve profiles shall be adjustable. Adjustments 1. A digital interface can be used for all set-up, operation and adjustment settings. 2. All adjustments shall be stored in nonvolatile memory (EEPROM). 3. No potentiometer adjustments shall be required. 4. EEPROM memory for factory default values shall be provided. 5. Software must be available for trending and diagnostics, as well as online and offline programming functionality. Process PID Control 1. The drive shall incorporate an internal process PI regulator with proportional and integral gain adjustments as well as error inversion and output clamping functions. 2. The feedback shall be configurable for normal or square root functions. If the feedback indicates that the process is moving away from the set-point, the regulator shall adjust the drive output until the feedback equals the reference. 3. Process control shall be capable of being enabled or disabled with a hardwire input. Transitioning in and out of process control shall be capable of being tuned for faster response by preloading the integrator. 4. Protection shall be provided for a loss of feedback or reference signal. Skip Frequencies 1. Three adjustable set points that lock out continuous operation at frequencies which may produce mechanical resonance shall be provided. 2. The set points shall have a bandwidth adjustable from Maximum Reverse Speed to Maximum Forward Speed. Fault Memory 1. The last 100 fault codes shall be stored and time stamped in a fault buffer. 2. Information about the drive’s condition at the time of the last fault such as operating frequency, output current, dc bus voltage and twenty-seven other status conditions shall be stored. 3. A power-up marker shall be provided at each power-up time to aid in analyzing fault data. 4. The last 100 alarm codes shall be stored and time stamped for additional troubleshooting reference. Fault Reset / Run City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-38 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1. The drive shall provide up to nine automatic fault reset and restarts following a fault condition before locking out and requiring manual restart. 2. The automatic mode shall not be applicable to a ground fault, shorted output faults and other internal microprocessor faults. 3. The time between restarts shall be adjustable from 0.5 seconds to 30 seconds. Run on Power Up 1. A user programmable restart function shall be provided to allow restart of the equipment after restoration of power after long duration power outages. Restart time dependent on presence of incoming signal. Overload Protection 1. The drive shall provide internal class 10 adjustable overload protection. 2. Overload protection shall be speed sensitive and adjustable. 3. A viewable parameter shall store the overload usage. Terminal Blocks 1. Separate terminal blocks shall be provided for control and power wiring. 2. I/O terminal blocks shall be removable with wiring in place. 3. For frames 8 to 10 power wiring is landed on robust L-brackets behind the drive unit. This wiring remains in-place if the drive unit is removed. Flying Start 1. The drive shall be capable of determining the speed and direction of a spinning motor and adjust its output to "pick-up" the motor at the rotating speed. This feature is disabled by default. Inputs and Outputs 1. The Input / Output option modules shall consist of both analog and digital I/O. 2. No jumpers or switches shall be required to configure digital inputs and outputs. 3. All digital input and output functions shall be fully programmable. 4. The control terminal blocks shall be rated for 115V AC. 5. Inputs shall be optically isolated from the drive control logic. 6. The control interface card shall provide input terminals for access to fixed drive functions that include start, stop, external fault, speed, and enable. 7. The VFD shall be capable of supporting up to 7 analog inputs, 7 analog outputs, 21 digital inputs, 7 relay outputs, 7 transistor outputs, and 3 positive temperature coefficient (PTC) inputs. 8. The Input / Output option modules shall have the following features: City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-39 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. a) Analog Inputs: i. Quantity two (2) differentially isolated, ±10V (bi-polar), 88k ohm input impedance, 4-20 mA, 11 bit plus sign. ii. Analog inputs shall be user programmable for a variety of uses including frequency command and process loop input. Analog inputs shall be user programmable for function scaling (including invert), offset, signal loss detect, and square root. b) Analog Outputs: i. Quantity two (2) ±10V (bi-polar) / 11 bit and sign, 2 k ohm minimum load, 4-20 mA, 11 bit plus sign, 400 ohm maximum load. ii. The analog output shall be user programmable to be proportional to one of fourteen process parameters including output frequency, output current, encoder feedback, output power. iii. Programming shall be available to select either absolute or signed values of these parameters. c) Digital Inputs: i. Quantity of six (6) digital inputs rated 24V DC/115V AC. ii. All inputs shall be individually programmable for multiple functions including: Start, Run, Stop, Auxiliary Fault, Speed Select, Jog and Process PI functions. d) Digital Outputs: i. At least one (1) relay output (N.O. or N.C.). ii. For 240V AC or 24V DC, N.O. contact output ratings shall be 2-amp maximum, general purpose (inductive)/resistive. N.C. contact output ratings shall be 2-amp maximum, resistive only. iii. Relays shall be programmable to multiple conditions including: Fault, Alarm, At Speed, Drive Ready, and PI Excess Error. iv. Timers shall be available for each output to control the amount of time, after the occurring event, that the output relay actually changes state. v. At least one (1) transistor output. vi. For 24V DC, transistor output rating shall be 1-amp maximum, Resistive. Reference Signals 1. The drive shall be capable of using the following input reference signals: a) Analog Inputs b) Preset Speeds c) Remote Potentiometer d) Digital MOP City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-40 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. e) Human Interface Module f) Communication Modules Loss of Reference 1. The drive shall be capable of sensing reference loss conditions. 2. In the event of loss of the reference signal, the drive shall be user programmabl e to the following: a) Fault the drive and coast to stop. b) Issue a minor fault - allows the drive to continue running while some types of faults are present. c) Alarm and maintain last reference. 3. When using a communications network to control the drive, the communications adapter shall have these configurable responses to network disruptions and controller idle (fault or program) conditions: a) Fault b) Stop c) Zero Data d) Hold Last State e) Send Fault Configuration Metering 1. At a minimum, the following parameters shall be accessible through the Human Interface Module, if installed: a) Output Current in Amps b) Output Voltage in Volts c) Output Power in kW d) Elapsed MWh e) DC Bus Voltage f) Frequency g) Heatsink Temperature h) Last eight (32) faults i) Elapsed Run Time j) IGBT Temperature k) Blown fuses, including specific fuse locations communicated to the host system City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-41 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Faults 1. At a minimum, the following faults shall be accessible through the Human Interface Module: a) Power Loss b) Undervoltage c) Overvoltage d) Motor Overload e) Heat Sink Over-temperature f) Maximum Retries g) Phase to Phase and Phase to Ground Faults Real-Time Clock 1. Shall be capable of providing time stamped events. 2. Shall have the ability to be set locally or via a remote controller. 3. Shall provide the ability to be programmable for month, day, year and local time zones in HH:MM:SS. VFD Packaged System Basic Features 1. Ratings a) Voltage i. Capable of accepting nominal power of 480V AC at 60 Hz. ii. The supply input voltage tolerance shall be + 10 percent of nominal line voltage. b) Displacement Power Factor i. Six-pulse VFD shall be capable of maintaining a minimum true power factor (Displacement P.F. X Distortion P.F.) of 0.95 or better at rated load and nominal line voltage, over the entire speed range. c) Efficiency i. A minimum of 96.5 percent (+/- 1 percent) at 100 percent speed and 100 percent motor load at nominal line voltage. ii. Control power supplies, control circuits, and cooling fans shall be included in all loss calculations. d) Operating ambient temperature range without derating: 0 degrees Celsius to 40 degrees Celsius (32 degrees Fahrenheit to 104 degrees Fahrenheit). e) Operating relative humidity range shall be 5 percent to 95 percent non-condensing. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-42 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. f) Operating elevation shall be up to 1,000 Meters (3,300 ft) without derating. 2. Sizing a) Systems rated at Normal Duty loads shall provide 110 percent overload capability for up to one minute and 150 percent for up to 3 seconds. 3. Auto Reset/Run a) For faults other than those caused by a loss of power or any other non -critical fault, the drive system shall provide a means to automatically clear the fault and resume operation. 4. Ride-Through a) The VFD system shall attempt to ride through power dips up to 20 percent of nominal. The duration of ride-through shall be inversely proportional to load. For outages greater than 20 percent, the drive shall stop the motor and issue a power loss alarm signal to a process controller, which may be forwarded to an external alarm signaling device. 5. Run on Power Up a) The VFD system shall provide circuitry to allow for remote restart of equipment after a power outage. Unless indicated in the contact drawings, faults due to power outages shall be remotely resettable. The VFD system shall indicate a loss of power to a process controller, which may be forwarded to an external alarm signaling device. Upon indication of power restoration the process controller will attempt to clear any faults and issue a run command, if desired. 6. Communications a) VFD shall be capable of communicating on multiple networks. b) VFD shall be capable of supporting the following network options: i. PROFINET 7. Enclosure Door Mounted Human Interface Module (HIM) a) An enclosure door-mounted HIM, rated NEMA Type 12, shall be provided. b) The HIM shall have the following features: i. A seven (7) line by twenty-one (21) character backlit LCD display with graphics capability. ii. Shall indicate drive operating conditions, adjustments, and fault indications. iii. Shall be configured to display in the following three distinct zones: a. The top zone shall display the status of direction, drive condition, fault / alarm conditions, and Auto / Manual mode. b. The middle zone shall display drive output frequency. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-43 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. c. The bottom zone shall be configurable as a display for either programming menus / information or as a two-line user display for two additional values utilizing scaled units. iv. Shall provide digital speed control. v. The keypad shall include programming keys, drive operating keys (Start, Stop, Direction, Jog, and Speed Control), and numeric keys for direct entry. Enclosure 1. Shall be rated NEMA Type (12). 2. Shall be painted per the manufacturer’s standard. 3. Shall provide entry and exit locations for power cables. 4. Shall contain a label for UL508. 5. The drive system nameplate shall be marked with system Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR). Drive Enclosure Input Disconnect 1. Provide an enclosure door interlocked disconnect with the thermal magnet circuit breaker, or motor circuit protector. 2. Operator Handles a) Provide externally operated main disconnect handle. b) Handles shall be lockable with up to three lockout / tagout padlock positions. Branch Circuit Protection 1. Input circuit breaker shall be provided. Control Power Transformer 1. Provide a control power transformer mounted and wired inside of the drive system enclosure. 2. The transformer shall be rated for the VFD power requirements. Harmonic Mitigation Techniques 1. The drive system shall be compliant with IEEE 519-2014 standards at the input VFD terminals based upon the input power phase imbalance within 0.5 percent of nominal line voltage and under full VFD output current ratings 2. Drive Input Line Reactor a) Provide a drive input line reactor mounted within the drive system enclosure. b) The line reactor shall meet the following specifications: i. The construction shall be iron core with an impedance of 5 percent. ii. The winding shall be copper or aluminum wound. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-44 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. iii. The insulation shall be Class H with a 115 degrees Celsius rise over 50 degrees Celsius ambient. iv. The unit shall be rated for system voltage, ampacity, and frequency. Auxiliary Relays 1. Provide relays for Drive Alarm, Drive Ready, Drive Fault, Drive Run, and System Status Faults (as required). 2. See section 16.32.1 Relays. Control Interface 1. The control terminals shall be rated for 115V AC. 2. The control interface shall provide input terminals for access to VFD functions that include start, stop, external fault, speed select, and enable, as required. Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch 1. Provide a "HAND/OFF/AUTO" selector switch, mounted on the enclosure door. 2. The "HAND/OFF/AUTO" selector switch shall start the drive in the “HAND” mode and stop the drive in the “OFF” mode. 3. In the “AUTO” mode the drive shall be started and stopped from a remote “RUN” contact. 4. In all modes, Auxiliary and Enable inputs to the drive control interface board must be present before the drive will start. 5. When a HIM is present, the stop function shall always be available to stop the drive regardless of the selected mode (“HAND” or “AUTO”). The HIM will be non- functional (except for the display and programming) when the switch is in “OFF” mode. The HIM shall stop the drive if the switch is in the “AUTO” mode with the remote start contact initiated. 6. The drive speed reference shall be controlled from the HIM, unless a separate door- mounted potentiometer is provided, when in “HAND” mode (factory default setting). 7. The drive speed reference shall be controlled by a remote 4…20 mA input when in “AUTO” mode. 8. See section 16.31.5 Selector Switch. Drive Disable Mushroom Push Button 1. Provide a maintained mushroom style push button, mounted on the enclosure door that when pushed, will open the drive enable input. 2. See section 16.31.4 Pushbuttons. Pilot Lights 1. Provide LED pilot lights, mounted on the enclosure door, for indication of the following status: a) Run City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-45 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. b) Drive Fault c) Control Power On d) Motor Fault 2. See section 16.31.6 Indicating Lights. Motor Run Time Meter 1. Provide a digital, non-resettable, door-mounted elapsed time meter. 2. The meter shall be electrically interlocked with the Drive Run relay and Bypass contactor to indicate actual motor operating hours. 3. See section 16.31.2 Run Time Meters. Output Filtering 1. 5 percent output line reactor Part 3 – Execution Setup VFD Manufacturer shall program: 1. All fault settings to reset after fault condition returns to normal 2. Minimum and maximum motor speeds provided by motor manufacturer. 3. Hertz change per second. 4. Hand speed control shall be set to 95 percent of full range for panel mounted HOA switch. Examination Verify that location is ready to receive equipment. Verify that the building environment can be maintained within the service conditions required by the manufacturer of the VFD. Testing This equipment shall be tested and placed into operation by a qualified factory representative trained in start-up and troubleshooting procedures for equipment being installed. All components shall be factory tested both by the manufacturer at the manufacturer’s facility and in the presence of the Engineer by the manufacturer or manufacturer’s representative at the manufacturer’s facility or at a Control System Integrator’s shop located within 100 miles of the job site. Factory testing shall be witnessed by the Engineer. If factory witness testing is to occur at the manufacturer’s facility, the manufacturer’s facility where testing takes place shall be located within the United States of America. Shipment of VFD to the job site shall not be allowed until the Engineer has witnessed factory testing and approved the VFD for shipment to the job site. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-46 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Installation Installation shall be in compliance with all manufacturer requirements, instructions, and drawings. Startup At a minimum, the start-up service shall include: 1. Perform pre-Power Check 2. Megger Motor Resistances: Phase-to-Phase and Phase-to-Ground 3. Verify system grounding per manufacturer’s specifications 4. Verify power and signal grounds 5. Check connections 6. Check environment Drive Power-up and Commissioning: 1. Measure Incoming Power Phase-to-Phase and Phase-to-Ground 2. Measure DC Bus Voltage 3. Measure AC Current Unloaded and Loaded 4. Measure Output Voltage Phase-to-Phase and Phase-to-Ground 5. Verify input reference signal All measurements shall be recorded. Drive shall be tuned for system operation. Drive parameter listing shall be provided. The line side converter shall be configured and tuned for the local input power conditions. The motor side inverter shall be tuned for system operation. Training Manufacturer to provide a quantity of one 4-hour sessions of on-site instruction. The instruction shall include the operational and maintenance requirements of the variable frequency drive. The basis of the training shall be the variable frequency drive, the engineered drawings and the user manual. At a minimum, the training shall: 1. Review the engineered drawings identifying the components shown on the drawings. 2. Review starting / stopping and speed control options for the controller. 3. Review operation of the HIM for programming and monitoring of the variable frequency drive. 4. Review the maintenance requirements of the variable frequency drive. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-47 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 5. Review safety concerns with operating the variable frequency drive. 16.48 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION [CSI 26 10 00] 16.48.1 Medium Voltage Transformers [CSI 26 12 00] Part 1 – General Design Criteria Provide (3) pole-mounted transformers, 167 KVA each, with ratings as shown in this specification and that otherwise conform to the following: • Transformers shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable American national Standard Institute (ANSI) (latest revision). • All characteristics, definitions, terminology, and voltage designations and tests, except as otherwise specified herein, shall be in accordance with the following American national Standard requirements, terminology and test code for distribution, power, and regulating transformers. All ratings shall be for 60 hertz alternating current, oil immersed, self-cooled transformers capable of continuous operation at rated KVA without exceeding either a 65 degrees C average temperature rise or a 90 degrees C hot spot temperature rise. The basic impulse level (BIL) shall be 95 kV. All transformers shall be designed such that all excessive pressure build-ups are released without damage to the tank in accordance with ANSI C57.12.25. All transformers shall be equipped with a pressure relief device (either Tomco Series 1776K or Qualitrol Model 202-032-1). Transformers shall meet the requirements of DOE 2016 Standard 10 CFR Part 431. Factory Testing Tests on transformers shall include the manufacturer’s standard tests, including winding resistance, ratio, polarity, phase relation, no-load loss, impedance, full load losses, and dielectric tests. Certified copies shall show compliance with all referenced standards. Part 2 – Products Manufactured Units Transformers shall be insulated with new (unused) mineral oil. The oil shall meet the requirements of ANSI C57.12.00, Article 6.6.1 (1), ANSI C57.106 and ASTM 3487 Type II. The transformer nameplate shall indicate that the PCB content of said transformer is less than 1 PPM or at time of manufacture gas chromatographic analysis certified non-detectable PCB. The oil shall be inhibited mineral oil containing 0.2 % by weight DBPC. The nameplate shall show the gallons of oil and state the oil type as “Mineral Oil”. Transformers shall be equipped with cover-mounted, wet process porcelain high voltage bushings (two bushings) with clamp style terminals in accordance with ANSI C57.12.20, Table City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-48 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 7. The bushings shall be light gray in color. The clamp type terminal shall be capable of being tightened with a Fargo wrench (Fargo Manufacturing, Catalog No. GP-203). Transformers shall be equipped with side wall-mounted, low voltage bushings. Units 100 KVA and smaller shall have clamp type terminals in accordance with ANSI C57.12.20, Figure 4a. Units 167 KVA and larger shall have 4-hole square spade type terminals in accordance with ANSI C57.12.20, Figure 4b, Spade H. Transformers of 100kVA and larger shall have a bracket centered below the secondary bushings for mounting cable supports for the secondary voltage wires. Number and arrangement of low-voltage terminals shall be in accordance with ANSI C57.12.20, Table 9. Polymer secondary bushings shall be used for transformers. Bushing terminals shall be tin-coated to accommodate aluminum or copper conductors. Transformer tanks shall be of welded steel construction. The tank shall be a conventional, oil- filled, pole-type with only one pole-mounting position. The tank covers shall have a slope of 10-15 percent for moisture run-off and shall have an insulated coating on the cover capable of withstanding a minimum of 10kV at a 2000 volt/second rate of rise, tested per ASTM D149 using ¼” diameter electrodes. Tanks shall have tank ground provisions and support lugs in accordance with ANSI Standard C57.12.20. Transformer shall be fitted with an engraved nameplate. Transformer shall have (2) 2.5% above and (2) 2.5% adjustable tap with externally operable tap changer. Transformers shall be furnished with a ground lug installed in the transformer low -voltage ground provision. The ground lug shall be a Fargo (Catalog No. GC-207). Provide the following: 1. Primary voltage – 12,470 volts grounded wye 2. Secondary voltage – 480/277 volts wye 3. A sufficient quantity of transformer oil shall be furnished by the supplier. Part 3 – Execution Installation Install transformer as indicated on the Plans, complying with manufacturer’s written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA, ANSI and IEEE standards, and in accordance with recognized industrial practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements. Coordinate transformer installation work with electrical raceway and wire/cable work, as necessary for proper interface. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-49 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Provide equipment grounding connections, sufficiently tight to assure permanent and effective ground. Provide a separately derived grounding point for each transformer. Extend grounding conductor to the grounding system. Testing Upon completion of installation of transformers, energize primary circuit at rated voltage and frequency from norm power source and test transformers, including, but not limited to, audible sound levels, to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Verify no- load losses are consistent with factory-testing results. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at the site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and proceed with retesting. Test voltage and connect tap setting for an acceptable no load voltage level. 16.50 PANELBOARDS [CSI 26 24 00] 16.52 Panelboards [CSI 26 24 16] Part 1 - General Description of Work This section covers the furnishing and installation of all panelboard equipment complete. Quality Assurance Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled as defined in NEC Article 100. Standards and Codes All materials and equipment specified herein shall, within the scope of UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter’s Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. All material and equipment specified herein shall conform with all applicable NEMA, ANSI, and IEEE standards. All materials and equipment specified herein, and their installation methods shall conform to the latest published version of the NEC. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Materials, equipment, and accessories specified in this section shall be products of: • Eaton/Cutler-Hammer • Schneider Electric/Square D Company • Siemens City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-50 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Components Panelboard Type 1. Panelboards shall be rated at proper voltage and current for intended use with bus bars of copper. Panels shall be 3-phase, 4-wire, 100 percent neutral, with equipment ground bar unless noted otherwise. Panelboards shall be dead front. Wire Terminations 1. Panelboard assemblies, including protective devices, shall be suitable for use with 75 degrees Celsius or greater wire insulation systems at NEC 7 degrees Celsius conductor ampacity in accordance with UL 486E. Load Current Ratings 1. Unless otherwise indicated, load current ratings for panelboard assemblies, including bus and circuit breakers, are non-continuous as defined by NEC. Continuous rating shall be 80 percent of non-continuous rating. 2. Where indicated “continuous”, “100 percent”, etc., selected components and protective devices shall be rated for continuous load value shown. 3. The following interrupting capacity shall be considered minimum. Other ratings shall be as specified on the Plans. 240V and 208Y/120V Panelboards 22,000 AIC symmetrical 480V/277V Panelboards 42,000 AIC symmetrical Overcurrent Protective Devices 1. In accordance with NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1, UL 98 and UL 489, protective devices shall be adapted to panelboard installation. 2. Panelboards shall be capable of device replacement without disturbing adjacent devices and without removing main bus. 3. Spare Spaces: Cover openings with easily removable cover. 4. When not identified on Plans, provide minimum of 18 single-pole breaker spaces. Circuit Breakers 1. Provide thermal-magnetic unless otherwise indicated, quick-make, quick-break, molded case, of indicating type showing ON/OFF and TRIPPED positions of operating handle. Mount breakers in all panelboards so that the breaker handles operate in a horizontal plan. 2. The bus connection shall be bolt-on circuit breakers in all panelboards. In power distribution panelboards, 225-ampere frame sizes and greater may be plug-in type where individual positive locking device requires mechanical release for removal. 3. Trip Mechanism: a) Refer to Plans. b) Individual permanent thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-51 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. c) Test button on cover. d) Variable magnetic trip elements with a single continuous adjustment 3X to 10X for frames greater than 100 amps. e) Two and three pole breakers shall have common trip. f) Automatic opens all poles when overcurrent occurs on one pole. g) Calibrated for 40 degrees C ambient, unless shown otherwise. Cabinets for Each Panelboard 1. Cabinets shall be flush, or surface mounted as indicated on the Plans with tight closing doors without play when latched. Where two cabinets are located adjacent to each other in finished areas, provide matching trim of the same height. 2. Provide cabinets of sufficient dimensions to allow for future expansion and addition of circuit breakers within the panelboards as indicated on the Plans. 3. Provide locks for each cabinet door. All electrical distribution equipment locks are to be keyed identically. 4. Fasten panelboard with machine screws with oval countersunk heads, finish hardware quality, with escutcheons or approved trim clamps. Clamps assessable only when dead front door is open are acceptable. Surface mounted panelboards with fronts greater than 48 inches vertical dimension shall have trim hinged at the right side in addition to the hinged door over dead front. 5. Finish all enclosures with rust inhibitor primer followed by manufacturer’s standard gray baked enamel or lacquer. Bus 1. Material for internal bus shall be full size copper throughout length. Provide for mounting of future protective devices along full length of bus regardless of number of units and spaces shown. Machine, drill and tap as required for current and future positions. Feeder Lugs 1. Main and neutral feeder lugs shall be replaceable, bolted mechanical or crimp compression type. Equipment Ground Terminal Bus 1. Provide copper equipment ground terminal bus with suitably sized provisions for termination of ground conductors. The terminal bus shall be bonded to the enclosure. 2. Provide individual mechanical termination points no less than the quantity of breaker pole positions. 3. Provide individual termination points for all other grounding conductors such as feeder, grounding electrodes, etc. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-52 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Neutral Terminal Bus 1. Provide copper neutral terminal bus with suitably sized provisions for termination of neutral conductors. The neutral bus shall be isolated from the enclosure. 2. Provide individual mechanical termination points no less than the quantity of breaker pole positions. 3. Provide individual termination points for all other neutral conductors. 4. Termination points shall be bolted crimp compression lugs for conductors 6 AWG or larger. Part 3 – Execution General Install in accordance with NECA 407, NEMP PB 1.2 and manufacturers’ written installation instructions. Installation Install securely, plumb, in-line and square with walls. Install top of panelboard trim 72 inches above floor, unless otherwise shown. Instal l panelboard so tops of protective device operating handles are no more than 72 inches above the floor. Install filler plates in unused spaces. System of Numbering and Bus Arrangement System numbering and bus arrangement shall be as shown on the panel schedule on the Plans. Panelboard Nameplate Provide engraved plastic nameplate with ½-inch high characters for panel identifications (for panel name) attached with screws to each panelboard front. Include voltage, phase and wire (i.e., 208Y/120, 3-phase, 4-wire) in ⅜-inch characters. Circuit Index Provide as-built information for each branch circuit panelboard by circuit with its proper load designation. Ground Fault Protection Install panelboard ground fault circuit interrupter devices in accordance with installation guidelines of NEMA 289. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-53 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.55 Switches and Protective Devices [CSI 26 18 00 (medium voltage) 26 28 00 (low voltage)] 16.55.1 Common Work for Switches and Protective Devices [CSI 26 18 05, 26 28 05] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Overcurrent devices shall be NEMA rated. Extra Materials Provide one fuse for each ungrounded conductor and a minimum of one spare fuse per phase of each ampacity and voltage used on the project. Deliver fuses to Owner at the completion of the project. Part 3 – Execution Installation Overcurrent protection devices and safety switches shall be centered 60 inches above the finished floor unless noted otherwise on the Plans. 16.55.16 Molded Case Circuit Breakers [CSI 26 28 16.14] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Breakers shall have the interrupting rating and trip rating indicated on the Plans. All breakers shall be calibrated for operation in an ambient temperature of 40 degrees Celsius. Part 2 - Products Manufactured Units Molded case circuit breakers shall be quick-make and quick-break type with wiping type contacts. Each breaker shall be provided with arc chutes and individual trip mechanisms on each pole consisting of both thermal and magnetic trip elements. Two and three pole breakers shall be common trip. Molded case circuit breakers shall be trip-free. Each breaker shall have trip indication independent of the “ON” or “OFF” positions. 16.60 CONDUCTORS 16.61 Low Voltage Wire and Cable [CSI 26 05 19] Part 1 - General Design Requirements This section is for power and control conductors for 600 volts or less. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-54 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. All conductors shall be copper. Wire or cable not shown on the Plans or specified, but required, shall be of the type and size required for the application and in conformance with the applicable code. Part 2 - Products Materials Conductors 1. Solid and stranded copper wire shall be 600-volt Type THW, THWN, or THHW, Class B stranding, sizes #14 AWG, #12 AWG, and #10 AWG only. Use of THHN insulation shall not be allowed. Aluminum conductors shall not be allowed. 2. Stranded copper wire shall be 600-volt Type XHHW, Class B stranding, sizes #8 AWG and larger. Aluminum conductors shall not be allowed. Splices 1. For Lighting Systems and Power Outlets: Wire nuts shall be twist -on type insulated connectors utilizing an outer insulating cover and a means for connecting and holding the conductors firmly. 2. All Equipment: Crimp type connectors shall be insulated type, suitable for the size and material of the wires and the number of wires to be spliced and for use with either solid or stranded conductors. 3. Division 16 Equipment and Power Conductors: Bolted pressure connectors shall be suitable for the size and material of the conductors to be spliced. 4. All Equipment: Epoxy splice kits shall include epoxy resin, hardener, mold, and shall be suitable for use in wet and hazardous locations. Terminations 1. Crimp type terminals shall be self-insulating sleeve type, with ring or rectangular type tongue, suitable for the size and material of the wire to be terminated, and for use with either solid or stranded conductors. 2. Terminal lugs shall be split bolt or bolted split sleeve type in which the bolt or set screw does not bear directly on the conductor. 3. Wire Markers shall be plastic sleeve type. Wire numbers shall be permanently imprinted on the markers. Finishes Color Coding: Provide color coding for all circuit conductors. Insulation color shall be white for neutrals and green for grounding conductors. An isolated ground conductor shall be identified with an orange tracer in the green body. Ungrounded conductor colors shall be as follows: 1. 120/208 Volt, 3 Phase: Red, black and blue. 2. 277/480 Volt, 3 Phase: Yellow, brown and orange. 3. 120/240 Volt, 1 Phase: Red and black. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-55 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 – Execution Location (Installment) Schedule Provide the following conductors for the following applications: 1. Use stranded copper conductors for all power and control circuits unless noted otherwise on plans or below. Size as noted on the Plans. 2. Contractor may use solid copper conductors for lighting and receptacle circuits using screw-type terminals. Size as noted on the Plans. 3. Size #14 AWG wire or smaller shall not be allowed on power circuits. Installation Conductor Splices 1. Splices: Install all conductors without splices unless necessary for installation, as determined by the Engineer. Splices when permitted shall be completed using an approved splice kit intended for the type of conductor and the application. The splice shall be in accordance with the splice kit manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Underground Splices: All underground outdoor splices when approved by Engineer shall be completed in an accessible pullbox or handhole using an approved watertight epoxy resin splice kit rated for the application up to 600 volts. Splices will not be allowed to be direct buried. Conductor Identification 1. Except for interior lighting and receptacle circuits, identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pullbox, junction box, handhole, and manhole using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule as favorably by the Engineer. 2. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Testing Insulation Resistance Tests: For all circuits 150 volts to ground or more and for all motor circuits over ½ horsepower, test cables per NETA Paragraph 7.3.1. The insulation resistance shall be 20 megohms or more. Submit results to Engineer for review. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-56 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.63 Signal Cable [CSI 27 15 00] Part 2 - Products Materials Twisted Shielded Pairs (TSP) 1. Cable shall conform to IEEE 383, UL 13, and UL 83 and shall be type PLTC cable suitable for direct burial. Each TSP shall consist of two #16 AWG, 7 -strand copper conductors per ASTM B8 with 15 Mils PVC insulation and individual conductor jacket of nylon. Conductors shall be twisted with 2-inch or shorter lay, with 100 percent foil shielding and tinned copper drain wires. The cable shall have an overall PVC jacket with a thickness of 35 Mils. The insulation system shall be rated at 90 degrees Celsius and for operation at 600 volts. Special Cables 1. Special cables such as Profinet network cables shall be supplied where shown on the Plans or as required by the manufacturer or suppler. Deviations must be favorably reviewed by the Engineer. Part 3 - Execution Installation Cable Installation 1. Cables shall be continuous from initiation to termination without splices. 2. Cable shielding shall be grounded at one end of the cable only. Bonding shall be to a single ground point only. Bonding from cable to cable in multiple run installations shall not be permitted. 3. Install instrumentation cables in separate raceway systems with voltages not to exceed 30 volts DC. Conductor Identification 1. Except for interior lighting and receptacle circuits, identify each wire or cabl e at each termination and in each pullbox, junction box, handhole, and manhole using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule as determined by the Engineer. 2. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-57 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Testing Insulation Resistance Tests: Perform insulation resistance on all circuits . Make these tests before any equipment has been connected. Test the insulation with a 500 Vdc insulation resistance tester with a scale reading 100 mega ohms. The insulation resistance shall be 20 mega ohms or more. Submit results to Engineer for review. 16.70 RACEWAYS , BOXES, AND FITTINGS [CSI 26 05 33] 16.71 Raceways [CSI 26 05 33.23] Part 1 – General Design Requirements Conduit sizes not noted on Plans shall be in accordance with NEC requirements for the quantities and sizes of wire installed therein. Part 2 – Products Components Conduit and Fittings 1. Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS): Rigid conduit shall be steel, hot dipped galvanized inside and out. The GRS must meet USA Standards Institute C80-1 Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL6 and carry a UL label. Use cast threaded hub fittings and junction boxes for all rigid conduit except in locations not permitted by the NEC. 2. PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit (PVC-GRS): PVC coated conduit shall meet the GRS standard above plus have a 40 Mil PVC factory applied PVC coating. 3. Nonmetallic Conduit: Nonmetallic Conduit shall be rigid PVC, Schedule 40 (PVC-40) or 80 (PVC-80). PVC conduit installed above grade shall be Schedule 80 extra heavy wall 90 degree Celsius. UL listed for aboveground use and UV resistant. Conduit shall be gray in color. Fittings shall be of the same material as the raceway and installed with solvent per the Manufacturer’s instructions. Conduit, fittings, and solvent shall all be manufactured by the same Manufacturer. 4. Flexible Metal Conduit (Flex-LT): Flexible conduit shall be interlocking single strip, hot dipped galvanized and shall have a polyvinyl chloride jacket extruded over the outside to form a flexible watertight raceway. Flexible conduit shall be American Brass Company Sealtite Type VA, General Electric Type UA or equal. 5. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): EMT shall be UL 797 and ANSI C80.3; steel tubing, hot dipped galvanized. EMT fittings shall be ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel, rain tight, insulated throat, compression type. Conduit and Cable Supports 1. Conduit Supports: Hot dipped galvanized framing channel shall be used to support groups of conduit. Individual conduit supports shall be one-hole galvanized malleable iron pipe straps used with galvanized clamp backs and nesting backs where required. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-58 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Conduit support for PVC or PVC coated rigid steel shall be one-hole PVC or epoxy coated clamps or PVC conduit wall hangers. 2. Ceiling Hangers: Ceiling hangers shall be adjustable galvanized carbon steel rod hangers. Unless otherwise specified, hanger rods shall be ½-inch all-thread rod and shall meet ASTM A193. Hanger rods in corrosive areas and those exposed to weather or moisture shall be stainless steel. Conduit Sealants 1. Moisture Barrier Types: Sealant shall be a non-toxic, non-shrink, non-hardening, putty type hand applied material providing an effective barrier under submerged conditions. 2. Fire Retardant Types: Fire stop material shall be a reusable, non-toxic, asbestos-free, expanding, putty type material with a 3-hour rating in accordance with UL 1479. Provide products indicated by the manufacturer to be suitable for the type and size of penetration. Part 3 - Installation Raceway Applications Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS) conduit shall be used in all locations unless noted otherwise below or on the Plans. ABOVE GRADE CONDUITS (non-corrosive areas) shall be: 1. GRS for power and control wiring. 2. GRS for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring. 3. GRS for motor leads from VFDs. 4. EMT for above-grade lighting circuits. ABOVE GRADE CONDUITS (wet or corrosive areas, NFPA 70 hazardous areas) shall be: 1. PVC-GRS for power and control wiring. 2. PVC-GRS for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring. 3. PVC-GRS for motor leads from VFDs. CONCEALED ABOVE GRADE CONDUITS shall be: 1. GRS for all wire and cable types in wood stud frame walls. 2. PVC-40 for power and control wiring in concrete block or brick walls. 3. PVC-40 for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring in CMU or brick walls. 4. GRS for motor leads from VFDs in CMU or brick walls. BELOW GRADE CONDUITS IN DIRECT EARTH (not under slabs-on-grade) shall be: 1. PVC-40 for power and control wiring. a) Sweeps and risers for transition of PVC from below grade to above grade shall be PVC-GRS. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-59 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2. PVC-GRS for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring. 3. PVC-GRS for motor leads from VFDs. UNDER SLABS-ON-GRADE CONDUIT shall be: 1. PVC-40 for power and control wiring a) Sweeps and risers for transition of PVC from below grade to above grade shall be PVC-GRS. 2. PVC-GRS for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring. 3. PVC-GRS for motor leads from VFDs. ALL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT OR MOTORS shall be: 1. Liquidtight flexible metallic conduit for indoor, non-corrosive areas and all motor leads from VFDs. 2. Connection to equipment outdoors or in corrosive areas shall be with non -metallic liquidtight flexible conduit (except for motor leads from VFDs shall be flexible metallic.) Installation All conduits shall be concealed in the floor, walls, ceiling slab, or beneath the floor slab. Surface mounted conduit will not be accepted unless noted otherwise on the construction Plans. Size of Raceways: 1. Raceway sizes as shown on the Plans, if not shown on the Plans, then size in accordance with NFPA 70. 2. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the minimum raceway size shall be: a) Conduit: ¾-inch All raceways shall contain a separate grounding conductor. Spare conduits shall contain one 3/16-inch diameter nylon pull rope. Conduit routing is shown diagrammatic on the Plans. Contractor is responsible for routing the conduits in a neat manner, parallel and perpendicular to walls and ceilings. Location of conduit ends are shown approximately. Contractor is responsible for ending conduits in location that will not conflict with electrical equipment. Route conduit ends to facilitate ease of equipment maintenance. Conduits extending from the floor to a device shall be located as close as possible to avoid creating a hazard. Conduit shall not be routed on exterior of structures except as specifically indicated on the Plans. Where water cannot drain to openings, provide drain fittings in the low spots of the conduit run. Securely fasten raceways at intervals and locations required by NEC, or the type of raceway employed. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-60 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Provide all required openings in walls, floors and ceilings for conduit penetration. 1. Do not install one (1) inch and larger raceways in or through structural members (beams, slabs, etc.) unless approved by Engineer. 2. New Construction: Avoid cutting openings, where possible, by setting sleeves or frames in masonry and concrete, and by requesting openings in advance. 3. Existing Construction: Core drill openings in masonry and concrete. Avoid structural members and rebar. Conduit encasement or embedment in the earth shall be separated from the earth by at least 3-inches of concrete unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Plastic conduit spacers shall be located five feet on centers. The spacers shall be secured to the conduits by wire ties. The conduits shall be watertight. Analog signal conduits shall be separated from power or control conduits. The separation shall be a minimum of 12-inches for metallic conduits and 24-inches for nonmetallic conduits. Install explosion-proof seal-offs in hazardous areas shown on the Plans and as required by the NEC. Plastic raceway joints shall be solvent cemented in accordance with recommendations of raceway manufacturer. All conduit openings not encased in a panel shall be sealed with duct seal. Wireway Installation 1. Straight sections and fittings shall be solidly bolted together to be mechanically rigid and electrically continuous. Dead ends shall be closed. Unused conduit openings shall be plugged. 2. Wireways shall be supported every 5 feet minimum. 16.72 Boxes and Enclosures 16.72.2 Outlet and Junction Boxes [CSI 26 05 33.16] Part 1 – General Design Requirements In corrosive areas, all junction boxes shall be NEMA 4X. Outlet boxes and switch boxes shall be designed for mounting flush wiring devices. Outlet boxes shall not be less than 4-inch square and 1½-inch deep. Ceiling boxes shall withstand a vertical force of 200 pounds for five minutes. Wall boxes shall withstand a vertical downward force of 50 pounds for five minutes. Part 2 – Products Materials Use cast boxes with threaded hubs for all rigid and intermediate conduits. Steel boxes may be used with rigid and intermediate conduits where cast boxes are not allowed by the NEC. All City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-61 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. boxes shall be of proper size to accommodate devices, connectors, and number of wires present in the box. Boxes shall be readily accessible. Cast box bodies and cover shall be cast or malleable iron with a minimum wall thickness of ⅛-inch at every point, and not less than ¼-inch at tapped holes for rigid conduit. Bosses are not acceptable. Mounting lugs shall be provided at the back or bottom corners of the body . Covers shall be secured to the box body with No. 6 or larger brass or bronze flathead screws. Boxes shall be provided with neoprene cover gaskets. Outlet boxes shall be of the FS types. Boxes shall conform to FS W-C-586C and UL 514. Sheet metal boxes shall conform to UL 50, with a hot-dipped galvanized finish conforming to ASTM A123. Boxes and box extension rings shall be provided with knockouts. Boxes shall be formed in one piece from carbon-steel sheets. Non-metallic boxes shall be hot-compressed fiberglass, one-piece, molded with reinforcing of polyester material, with a minimum wall thickness of ⅛-inch. Finishes Where only cast aluminum is available for certain types of fixture boxes, an epoxy finish shall be provided. 16.72.3 Watertight Enclosures [CSI 26 05 33.17] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers The watertight enclosure shall be equal to Hoffman. Materials Watertight enclosures for vault electrical outlets shall be molded from fiberglass reinforced polyester material. A hinged cover shall be gasketed and opened with quick release latches. The conduit penetrations shall be sealed watertight. Part 3 – Execution Installation An epoxy plug shall be installed in the conduit to prevent the migration of water into the conduit. The enclosure shall be NEMA rated and installed per all applicable codes. 16.75 Wiring Devices [CSI 26 27 26] 16.75.1 Common Work for Wiring Devices [CSI 26 27 26] Part 3 - Execution Installation Wiring Devices 1. Position of Outlets: All outlets shall be centered with regard to building lines, furring and trim, symmetrically arranged in the room or outside the structure. Device o utlets City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-62 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. shall be set plumb and shall extend flush to the finished surface of the wall, ceiling or floor without projecting beyond the same. 2. Unless otherwise noted, wall mounted outlet devices shall generally be 24-inches above the floor, 18 inches in architecturally treated areas, above process piping near process valve boards. Switches shall be 48 inches above the finished floor unless otherwise noted. Installation of Wall Plates 1. Interior Dry Locations: Install plates so that all four edges are in continuous contact with the finished wall surfaces. Plaster filled will not be permitted. Do not use oversize plates or sectional plates. 2. Exterior and/or Wet Locations: Install plates with gaskets on wiring devices in such a manner as to provide a rain tight weatherproof installation. For receptacle devices, these plates shall maintain the weatherproof rating with an attachment plug inserted and be rated extra-duty. Cover type shall match box type. Testing After installation of receptacles, circuits shall be energized, and each receptacle tested for proper ground continuity, reversed polarity, and/or open neutral condition. GFI receptacles shall be tested with the circuits energized. Devices shall be tested with a portable GFI receptacle tester capable of circulating 7.5 milliamperes of current, when plugged in, between the “hot” line and “ground” to produce tripping of the receptacle. Resetting and tripping shall be checked at least twice at each GFI receptacle. Submit results of all field testing to the Engineer for review. 16.75.2 Receptacles [CSI 26 27 19] Part 1 – General Design Requirements Receptacles shall be heavy duty, high abuse, grounding type conforming to NEMA configurations, NEMA WD1 and UL 514 Standards. Part 2 – Products Materials Single and Duplex Receptacles 1. Indoor Clean Areas: Receptacles shall be duplex, 20 amp, NEMA 5-20R, and shall accept NEMA 5-15P and 5-15P plug caps. Receptacles shall be Hubbel 5362, General Electric 4108-2, or equal. Color shall be brown in industrial areas and ivory or white in office and laboratory areas. 2. Outdoor, Process, or Corrosive Areas: Receptacles shall be duplex, 20 amp, NEMA 5-20R, and shall accept NEMA 5-15P and 5-20P plug caps. Receptacle and plug caps shall be corrosion resistant, marine duty with yellow polycarbonate weatherproof lift covers. Receptacles shall be Hubbell 53CM62/53CM21 or equal. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-63 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. GFI Receptacles 1. Device shall be rated 20 amp, 2-pole, 3-wire, 120-volt, conforming to NEMA WD1.10 configuration. Device shall have a test and reset push buttons. GFI device shall be Hubbell 5362 or equal. Surface Multiple Outlet Assemblies 1. Units shall have outlets on center-to-center spacing as shown on the Plans. Assembly shall conform to Article 353 of the NEC. 16.75.3 Line Voltage Switches [CSI 26 27 26.21] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers • Sierra Electric • Monumental Grade, Catalog No. 5721 • Daniel Woodhead 1900 series • Or Equal Materials Line Voltage Types: Switches shall be rated 20 amps at 120 or 277 volts AC only . Units shall be flush mounted, self-grounding, quiet operating toggle devices. Handle color shall be brown in industrial areas and white or ivory in office or laboratory areas. Units shall conform to Federal Specifications W-S-896 D and E, UL 20, and NEMA WD1 standards. 16.75.5 Plates [CSI 26 27 26.31] Part 1 – General Design Requirements Plates shall be of the style and color to match the wiring devices, and of the required number of gangs. Plates shall conform to NEMA WD1, UL 514, and ANSI C73. In noncorrosive indoor areas, device plates shall be made of sheet steel, zinc electroplated with chrome finish. Device plates in corrosive or outdoor areas shall be corrosion-resistant/marine-duty type with weather protective double doors. Device plates for explosion-proof equipment shall be factory provided with the equipment. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers As manufactured by • Crouse-Hinds • Appleton • Or Equal City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-64 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Components Device plates shall be provided with engraved laminated phenolic nameplates with ⅛-inch white characters on black background. Nameplates for switches shall identify panel and circu it number and area served. Nameplates for receptacles shall identify circuit and voltage if other than 120 volts, single-phase. 16.85 Lighting [CSI 26 50 00] 16.85.1 Common Work for Lighting Fixtures [CSI 26 50 05] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Fixtures shall be a standard, cataloged item general description as called for on the Plans. All fixtures shall be UL approved and so labeled. Provide suitable supports and mountings. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers As shown on Plans. Equals will be accepted. 16.85.2 Lamps [CSI 26 06 50 or 26 50 06.13] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Provide all lamps as specified. Refer to the Lighting Fixture Schedule on the Plans for the ordering information on lamps. Lamps shall be new at the time of acceptance. Warranty Lamps that fail within 90 days after acceptance by the Owner shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Approved manufacturers: • Westinghouse • Sylvania • G.E. • Lithonia City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-65 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.85.3 Fixtures [CSI 26 06 50.16 or 26 50 06.16] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Fixtures shall be of the types, wattages, and voltages shown on the Plans, comply with UL 57, and shall be UL classified and labeled for intended use. Fixtures for use in hazardous locations shall be UL listed per UL Standard 844. 16.90 POWER GENERATION [CSI 26 30 00] 16.91 Engine Generator [CSI 26 32 13] 16.91.2 Diesel Engine Generator Set [CSI 26 32 13.13] Part 1 - General Summary Section Includes: 1. Material and installation requirements for engine generator set and accessories. Related Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 1 2. Division 16 Quality Assurance References: This section contains references to the following documents. They are part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. The generator set shall conform to the following codes and standards. 1. Provide all electrical work in accordance with latest adopted version of chapter 19.28 Electrical Laws and chapter 296-46B WAC Electrical Safety Standards, Administration and Installation. If any conflict occurs between government adopted code rules and these specifications, the codes are to govern. See Installation Information at the following website for a list of Washington State currently accredited electrical testing laboratories: a) http://www.lni.wa.gov/TradesLicensing/Electrical/Install/default.asp 2. National Electrical Code (NEC) 3. Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 4. Canadian Standards Association – US (CSA-US) 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 6. ISO 8528 G1/G2 (International Standardization Organization) 7. IEC60034-1 (International Electro technical Commission) City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-66 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 8. EN61000-6 (Electromagnetic Compatibility) 9. NEMA MG-1-22 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) – Motors and Generators 10. IEC60034 (International Electro technical Commission) 11. C22.2 No. 100 (Canadian Electrical Code) 12. UL142 (Underwriters Laboratories) – Fuel Tank Construction 13. NFPA 70, NFPA 99 and NFPA 110. 14. IBC Certification (International Building Code) 15. UL 2200 (Underwriters Laboratories) – Standard for Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies. Requirements and Codes: The equipment supplied shall meet the applicable requirements of the NEC and all applicable local codes and regulations. The generator set shall be constructed completely of all new components of current production. The supplier of the diesel engine must be the same entity as the generator packager and have a minimum of 25 years of equipment manufacturing experience. The source packaging facility must be certified to ISO9001 standards. The generator set installation and on-site testing shall conform to the requirements of the following codes and standards, as applicable. The generator set shall include necessary features to meet the requirements of these standards. 1. IEEE446 – Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications 2. NFPA37 3. NFPA70 – National Electrical Code. Equipment shall be suitable for use in systems in compliance to Article 700, 701, and 702. 4. NFPA99 – Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities 5. NFPA110 – Emergency and Standby Power Systems. The generator set shall meet all requirements for Level 1 systems. Level 1prototype tests required by this standard shall have been performed on a complete and functional unit, component level type tests will not substitute for this requirement. The generator set and supplied accessories shall meet the requirements of the following standards: 1. NEMA MG1-1998 part 32. Alternator shall comply with the requirements of this standard. 2. UL142 – Sub-base Tanks 3. UL1236 – Battery Chargers 4. UL2200. The generator set shall be listed to UL2200 or submit to an independent third party certification process to verify compliance as installed. The control system for the generator set shall comply with the following requirements. 1. CSA C22.2, No. 14 – M91 Industrial Control Equipment. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-67 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2. EN50082-2, Electromagnetic Compatibility – Generic Immunity Requirements, Part 2: Industrial. 3. EN55011, Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference Characteristics of Industrial, Scientific and Medical Equipment. 4. FCC Part 15, Subpart B. 5. IEC8528 part 4. Control Systems for Generator Sets 6. IEC Std 801.2, 801.3, and 801.5 for susceptibility, conducted, and radiated electromagnetic emissions. 7. UL508. The entire control system of the generator set shall be UL508 listed and labeled. 8. UL1236 –Battery Chargers. The generator set manufacturer shall be certified to ISO 9001 International Quality Standard and shall have third party certification verifying quality assurance in design/development, production, installation, and service, in accordance with ISO 9001. Qualifications and Service: The engine-generator supplier shall maintain 24-hours parts and service capability within 15 miles of the buyer’s location. The distributor shall stock parts as needed to support the generator set package for this specific project. The supplier must carry sufficient inventory to cover no less than 80% parts service within 24 hours and 95% within 48 hours. The supplier shall provide factory certified electric power service technicians Submittals Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Include plan and elevation views with overall and interconnection point dimensions, fuel consumption rate curves at various loads, ventilation and combustion air requirements, electrical diagrams including schematic and interconnection diagrams. Product Technical Data: 1. Provide submittal data for all products specified in PART 2 of this Specification. 2. Submit data showing UL listing, dimensions, weights, rating, interconnection points, and internal wiring diagrams for engine, generator, enclosure, control panel, battery, battery charger, block heater, exhaust silencer, vibration isolators. a) Manufacturer’s Warranty Statement b) Test Report: Indicate results of performance testing c) Manufacturer’s Field Report: Indicate inspections, findings, and recommendations. d) Evaluation of engine generator size based in starting requirements. Provide calculations verifying transient voltage dip will not exceed 15 percent with sudden application of rated load. The Engineer shall provide a load profile to assist the manufacturer in calculating the voltage dip. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-68 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. e) Plan of diesel generator set offered showing interconnecting wiring diagrams; all wiring in unit and on Plans shall be number coded. f) Literature describing the diesel engine generator set. g) Literature describing auxiliary equipment to be furnished. h) The following shall be furnished in tabular form: 3. Engine make 4. Number of cylinders 5. Bore (in inches) 6. Stroke (in inches) 7. Generator make and type 8. Generator electrical rating, kVA 9. Cubic inch displacement Fuel oil consumption 10. Exciter and type 11. Horsepower at rated load 12. Enclosure size, exterior dimensions Provide three (3) copies of manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions for each piece of equipment. Information shall be complete and in suitable form for ready use by Owner's operations staff. Catalog cuts and information regarding spare parts shall be included. Operating manuals and instructions shall be assembled in hardback binders. Project Conditions Engine generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: 1. Maximum Ambient Temperature: 40 degrees C. 2. Altitude: Sea level to 1740 meters Part 2 – Products Acceptable Manufacturers A. Subject to compliance with these specifications, the generator manufacturer shall be: 1. Cummins, no substitutions. B. Ensure engine generator and accessories are provided by the above named manufacturer and its authorized dealer. Ensure local availability of service and replacement parts. C. No exception or proposed equivalents will be accepted, permitted, or considered. Design Criteria Provide a complete packaged standby generation system for automatic standby power to the City of Kent. Provide a diesel powered engine generator set, sound attenuated enclosure, City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-69 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. battery charger, batteries, sub-base fuel tank, and all electrical and other appurtenances necessary for a complete and functioning system. The unit shall be installed on a welded steel frame within a sound attenuated enclosure mounted to a triple wall steel sub-base fuel tank that can in itself be anchored to a concrete base. The generator dimensions shall be as shown on the Plans. The generator shall be powered by a diesel engine with documented compliance to current Washington state EPA emission standards. The generator shall have well documented warning and instructions so as to highlight electrical hazard and operation indications using internationally recognized ISO symbols. Insulate, enclose, or guard exposed parts subject to high-operating temperatures or energized electrically, and moving parts which are of such nature or so located as to be a hazard to operating personnel. Safety devices and safety measures shall not impair the proper functioning of any part of the set. Parts which require adjustment or servicing (not repair or replacement) to permit operation of the sets shall be arranged to provide optimum ease of servicing. Adjustment , repair, and replacement of parts, assemblies, and accessories shall be possible with minimum drainage and minimum disturbance of set. Maintenance shall be possible by use of common tools. Design, construct, and install complete engine generator set to be free from objectionable vibration in any mode. Freedom from torsional vibration shall be demonstrated during factory test performed on the set provided, and proof of torsional acceptability shall be provided by the manufacturer. All materials and parts comprising the unit shall be new and unused. Performance Criteria The engine generator set provided shall not have a standby rating less than 450 kW at 0.8 PF with fan. The generator shall be capable of this rating while operating in an ambient condition of 40 degrees C. Rating of diesel engine-generator set shall be based on operation of set when equipped with all necessary operating accessories such as radiator, fan, air cleaners, lubricating oil pump, fuel injection pump, jacket water pump, and governor charging generator. Generator shall meet the following requirements: 1. Standby rating – 450 Kilowatt 2. Voltage – 480/277 volts, 4-wire 3. Phase – 3 phase 4. Frequency – 60 Hertz 5. Engine Speed – 1800 RPM 6. Insulation – Class H 7. Wiring – 12 lead reconnectable 8. Ambient Temperature – 40 degrees C (max) and altitude of 1000 feet. 9. Current Washington State EPA requirements for Standby Units. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-70 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 10. Fuel System – No. 2 diesel fuel oil Allowable temperature rise in the generator shall not exceed 130 degrees C. The alternator shall produce a clean AC voltage waveform, with not more than 5% total harmonic distortion at full linear load, when measured from line to neutral, and with not more than 3% in any single harmonic, and no 3rd order harmonics or their multi ples. Telephone influence factor shall be less than 40. The generator set shall accept a single step load of 100% of rated load at 0.8 power factor and recover to rated speed and voltage as required in NFPA 110. Voltage regulation shall be plus or minus 0.5 percent for any constant load between no load and rated load. Random voltage variation with any steady load from no load to full load shall not exceed plus or minus 0.5 percent. Frequency regulation shall be isochronous from steady state no load to steady state rated load. Random frequency variation with any steady load from no load to full load shall not exceed plus or minus 0.5%. The generator set shall be certified by the engine manufacturer to be suitable for use at the installed location and rating, and shall meet all applicable exhaust emission requirements at the time of commissioning. Safety Devices: Engine shutdown on high water temperature, low water level, low oil pressure, over speed, local emergency stop button, remote emergency stop button, and engine over crank. Engine Starting: DC starting system with positive engagement, number and voltage of starter motors in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Furnish remote starting circuit, with MANUAL-OFF-REMOTE selector on engine-generator control panel. Engine Jacket Heater: Thermal circulation type water heater with integral thermostatic control, sized to maintain engine jacket water heater 90 degrees F, and suitable for operation on 240 VAC, 20 A circuit. The complete generator set shall be rated per ISO8528 at 450 kW at 0.8 PF standby rating, based on site conditions of: Altitude 1740 meters, ambient temperatures of 40 degrees C, based on temperature measured at the control for indoor installations, and measured at the air inlet closest to the alternator for outdoor equipment. Standby power output ratings shall be defined per ISO8528 as delivering an average load factor of the standby power rating with varying load for an unlimited (Standby) number of hours per year with a permissible 10% overload capability for standby emergency purposed for 1 in 12 hours. Manufactured Units The general design of the engine generator furnished shall be manufacturer's standard, except where it differs from the requirements of these specifications. Engine shall, as a minimum, be in accordance with requirements of this specification and may be manufacturer's standard commercial product with added features needed to comply with these requirements. Additional or better features which are not specifically prohibited by this specification, but which are a part of the manufacturer's standard commercial products, shall be included in the City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-71 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. engine generator being furnished. A standard commercial product is a product which has been or will be sold on the commercial market through advertisements or manufacturer's catalogs, or brochures, and represents the latest production model. Components Engine: The engine shall be a turbocharged, four-cycle, diesel engine. It shall be water-cooled and operate with nominal speed not exceeding 1800 RPM. The Brake Mean Effective Pressure (BMEP) shall not exceed 251 psi for operating at the standby power rating. The engine will utilize in-cylinder combustion technology, as required, to meet applicable EPA non-road mobile regulations for compression ignition engines. Actual engine emissions values must be in compliance with applicable EPA emissions standards per ISO 8178 – D2 Emissions Cycle at specified ekW/bHP rating. Utilization of the “Transition Program for Equipment Manufacturers” (also known as “Flex Credits”) to achieve EPA certification is not acceptable. Emissions requirements / certifications of this package: EPA Tier 2. 1. The engine will be equipped with an isochronous electronic governor, compliant with ISO3046 2. Class A1 providing steady state speed regulation to =/- 0.25%. Generator: 1. The generator shall be screen protected and drip-proof, permanent magnet, self- regulating, brushless generator with fully interconnected damper windings, IC06 cooling system and sealed-for-life bearings. A 2/3 pitch factor is standard on all stator windings. Voltage output shall be 480/277 volt 3-phase. 2. The generator shall be UL listed 3. Generator shall be a revolving field, 4-pole brushless connection to the alternator. Generator rotor shall have been dynamically balanced and aligned with the engine, and connected to the engine using a flexible disc coupling. Insulation System: 1. The insulation system shall be Class H with windings impregnated in a triple dip thermo-setting moisture, oil and acid resisting polyester varnish plus a heavy coat of anti-tracking varnish for additional protection against moisture or condensation. Electrical Characteristics: 1. Electrical design in accordance with BS5000 Part 99, IEC60034-1, EN61000-6, NEMA MG-1.22. Voltage Regulator: 1. The fully sealed automatic voltage regulator shall maintain the voltage within the limits of ± 0.5% at steady state from no load to full load. Nominal adjustment shall be by means of menu buttons on the control panel protected by a password. 2. Engine-generator unit shall have a steady state voltage regulator. Generator set shall be capable of recovering to a minimum of 90% of rated no load voltage following the City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-72 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. application of the specified kVA load at near zero power factor applied to the generator set. Maximum voltage dip on application of this load, considering both alternator performance and engine speed changes shall not exceed 15%. 3. Supply generator with a voltage level control to provide an adjustable output voltage of plus/minus five percent. Mount voltage control device on engine control panel. Permanent Magnet Generator: 1. The generator shall be equipped with a permanent magnet for excitation and providing 350% short circuit capabilities, enhanced motor starting and non-linear loading performance. Waveform Distortion, THF and TIF Factors: 1. The total distortion of the voltage waveform with open circuit between phases or phase and neutral shall be in the order of 1.8. Radio Interference: 1. Suppression shall meet all of the requirements of EN61000-6. Electric Starting System: 1. The starting system shall consist of a 24 V system with 10A battery charging alternator, and starter motor on engine. A 24 V heavy duty maintenance free, battery rack, and cables on the generator set base frame shall be provided. A UL and CSA Listed 120 VAC battery charger shall be frame mounted. 2. Engine shall be equipped with electric starting system of sufficient capacity to crank engine at a speed which will allow for full diesel start of the engine. Arrange starting pinion to disengage automatically when diesel engine starts. 3. Furnish storage batteries with rack having sufficient capacity for cranking engine for at least 30 seconds at firing speed in ambient temperatures specified and with capacity for starting diesel engine a minimum of three times in immediate succession. Batteries and rack shall be easily removable without disassembly of engine components. Anti-Condensation Heaters: 1. 120VAC anti-condensation heaters shall be installed in the generator. The heater control circuitry shall automatically shut the heaters off when the generator set starts. Cooling System: The generator set shall come with a horizontal discharge, cooling system designed to provide 104° F ambient capability. The package mounted, cooling system shall be complete with radiator, blower fan, fan drive, drive guard, belt guards and shall ship from the factory with a 50% coolant antifreeze solution with corrosion inhibitor. The cooling system shall also include a coolant level reservoir/sight gauge and coolant drain line routed to the exterior of the package with shutoff valve. Refer to drawings for cooling system exhaust direction and orientation. Cooling system shall consist of frame-mounted radiator with engine water pump fan assembly and fan guard. Radiator capacity shall be adequate using engine fan cooling to maintain safe operation at 104° F ambient temperature. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-73 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Provide an engine thermostat to regulate engine water temperature as recommended by the manufacturer. Included in the cooling loop shall be a high-coolant temperature device to shut down engine through the engine control panel when engine temperature is excessive. Provide cooling system water heaters suitable for operation on a 240-volt, 60 Hz current to maintain engine water temperature at 120 degrees F at an ambient temperature of 50 degrees Heaters shall be Kim jacket heaters or approved equal. Provide thermostatically controlled heaters. The coolant heater shall be UL 499 listed and labeled. Fill engine cooling system with a mixture of water, anti-freeze, and corrosion inhibitor to provide freezing protection at an ambient temperature of -20 degrees F. Components and Systems: The generator shall be provided with the following: 1. Circuit Breaker: One 3-pole MCCB with solid neutral (4-Wire). UL/CSA listed with shunt trip integral trip unit for electronic trip overload protection on MCCB. 2. Block Heater: A 240 VAC Engine block heater, thermostatically controlled and sized to maintain manufacturers recommended engine coolant temperature to meet the start-up requirements of NFPA-99 and NFPA-110, Level 1. 3. Air Restriction Kit Air cleaner restriction indicator to indicate the need for maintenance of the air cleaners. 4. Generator Heater sized to prevent condensation in the generator. Generator heater shall not be energized when the generator is running. 5. Battery Charger. 6. Run Relay: Run Relay to provide a three-pole, double-throw relay with 10 amps at 120VAC contacts for indicating that the generator is running. Start/Stop Connections: 1. One two-wire set of remote start connection terminals shall be provided. Air Cleaners: 1. Engine shall be provided with one or more dry-type air cleaners of sufficient capacity to effectively protect working parts of the engine from dust, grit, and ash. Governor System: 1. An electronic governor system shall provide automatic isochronous frequency regulation. The control system shall actively control the fuel rate and excitation as appropriate to the state of the generator set. Fuel rate shall be regulated as a function of starting, accelerating to start disconnect speed, accelerating to rated speed. The governing system shall include a programmable warm up at idle and cool down at idle function. Lubrication: 1. The lube system shall come complete with spin-on lube oil filters, lube oil cooler, crankcase breather with collection assembly, and lube oil. The oil drain lines shall be City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-74 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. routed to the base of the unit and designed to fully drain outside of frame, include valves to simplify the oil change process. 2. Engine shall have gear-type lubricating oil pump for supplying oil under pressure to main bearings, crank pin bearings, pistons, piston pins, timing gears, camshaft bearings, and valve rocker mechanism. 3. Provide effective lubricating oil filter, and locate and connect it so that lubricating oil is continuously filtered and cleaned. Filters shall be accessible, easily removed and cleaned, and equipped with spring-loaded bypass valve as insurance against stoppage of lubricating oil circulation in event the filters become clogged. 4. Engine shall have suitable lubricating oil cooler, either air-cooled or water-cooled, and provisions for draining oil by piping or other means to the outside of engine housing. Frame: 1. Engine shall be factory-assembled and aligned on a heavy-duty steel base with integral fuel tank. Batteries shall be housed in an acid-resistant box, which shall be mounted on engine frame and adjacent to the engine. Location of battery housing shall not interfere with maintenance and inspection of the engine. Construct the frame to insure proper alignment of all rotating parts and to prevent vibration build-up. Base shall permit skidding in any direction during installation and shall be provided with suitable holes for foundation bolts and vibration isolators. Provide vibration isolators, spring/pad type, quantity as recommended by the generator set manufacturer. Isolators shall include seismic restraints if required by the site location. 2. Set shall have provision for conveniently attaching hoisting slings as well as for fork lift pick-up. Sound-Attenuated Enclosure: The generator set shall be provided with a sound-attenuated housing which allows the generator set to operate at full rated load in an ambient temperature of up to 100 degrees F. The enclosure shall reduce the sound level of the generator set while operating at full rated load to a maximum of 74 dBA at any location 7 meters from the generator set in a free field environment. With the entire package listed under UL2200. The package shall comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code for all wiring materials and component spacing. The total assembly of generator set, enclosure, and sub-base fuel tank (when used) shall be designed to be lifted into place using spreader bars. Housing shall provide ample airflow for generator set operation at rated load in an ambient temperature of 100 degrees F. The housing shall have hinged access doors as required to maintain easy access for all operating and service functions. All doors shall be pad lockable, and include retainers to hold the door open during service. Enclosure roof shall be cambered to prevent rainwater accumulation. Openings shall be screened to limit access of rodents into the enclosure. All electrical power and control interconnections shall be made within the perimeter of the enclosure. All sheet metal shall be primed for corrosion protection and finish painted with the manufacturers standard color using a two-step electrocoating paint process, or equal meeting the performance requirements specified below. All surfaces of all metal parts shall be primed City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-75 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. and painted. The painting process shall result in a coating that meets the following requirements: 1. Primer thickness, 0.5-2.0 mils. 2. Top coat thickness, 0.8-1.2 mils. 3. Gloss, per ASTM D523-89, 80% plus or minus 5%. 4. Gloss retention after one year shall exceed 50%. 5. Crosshatch adhesion, per ASTM D3359-93, 4B-5B. 6. Impact resistance, per ASTM D2794-93, 120-160 inch-pounds. 7. Salt Spray, per ASTM B117-90, 1000+ hours. 8. Humidity, per ASTM D2247-92, 1000+ hours. 9. Water Soak, per ASTM D2247-92, 1000+ hours. Painting of hoses, clamps, wiring harnesses, and other non-metallic service parts shall not be acceptable. Fasteners used shall be corrosion resistant, and designed to minimize marring of the painted surface when removed for normal installation or service work. Enclosure shall be constructed of minimum 12 gauge steel for framework and 14 gauge steel for panels. All hardware and hinges shall be stainless steel. A factory-mounted exhaust silencer shall be installed inside the enclosure. The exhaust shall exit the enclosure through a rain collar and terminate with a rain cap. Exhaust connections to the generator set shall be through seamless flexible connections. The enclosure shall include the following maintenance provisions: 1. Flexible coolant and lubricating oil drain lines, that extend to the exterior of the enclosure, with internal drain valves 2. External radiator fill provision. 3. Provide an external emergency stop button that is protected from accidental actuation. 4. Provide motorized louvers to minimize air flow through the enclosure when generator set is not operating. Louvers shall include provisions to prevent accumulation of ice or snow that might prevent operation. 5. Inlet ducts shall include rain hoods. 6. A remote electrical distribution panel installed by the Contractor shall provide power to equipment inside generator requiring power including: motorized louvers, battery charger, coolant heater, GFI receptacles, LED light fixtures and switches, and alternator heaters. 7. Two duplex GFI receptacles, one inside the enclosure, and a weatherproof receptacle on the outside of the enclosure. 8. Two three-way switches controlling three AC LED lamps mounted in vapor tight and gasketed fixtures. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-76 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 9. Sub base tank fueling shall be done from outside the footprint of the sound attenuated enclosure 10. The enclosure shall be insulated with non-hydroscopic materials. Exhaust System: A complete exhaust system which includes an internally mounted critical silencer with flexible connector with horizontal exhaust discharge and weather flapper assembly shall be provided. 1. Muffler/Silencer: Critical grade type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements. 2. Sound level measured at a distance of 10 feet (3 m) from exhaust discharge after installation is complete shall be 95 dBA or less 3. Muffler shall be rated as necessary to comply with City of Kent noise emission standards, and shall be furnished with the engine. The muffler and engine combination shall be sized to meet the power supply rating. 4. All exhaust piping and fittings shall be stainless steel. Provide stainless steel supports as necessary for a secure rigid pipe system. 5. Exhaust system for the diesel engine shall conform to codes set forth in the National Fire Protection Association, Volume 4, Section 211, and shall comply with recommendations for exhaust systems as specified by the diesel engine manufacturer. 6. Pitch horizontal runs of exhaust pipe downward, away from engine. Completely support the exhaust system so no weight or stress is applied to engine exhaust manifold or turbocharger. 7. Provide a condensate drain for the muffler through a petcock. 8. The entire exhaust system shall be wrapped in an insulation blanket rated to withstand a minimum temperature of 1200°F. The exterior blanket shall be protected with a 0.016 aluminum jacket with weatherproof end cap. Fuel System: Sub-Base Tank: Comply with UL142, factory-installed sub-base fuel tank assembly, with the following features: 1. Containment: Integral rupture basin with a capacity of 150 percent of nominal capacity of day tank. A triple wall fuel tank is required. Fuel tank shall not have dimensions larger than 245” Length x 74” Width x 42” Height. 2. Leak Detector: Locate in rupture basins and provide dry alarm contacts to alarm in the event of day-tank leak. 3. Tank Capacity: 2,200 useable gallons. 4. Low-Level Alarm Sensor: Liquid-level device operates alarm contacts at 25 percent of normal fuel level. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-77 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 5. Piping Connections: Factory-installed fuel supply and return lines from the tank to the engine; local fuel fill with pad-lockable spill containment basin, vent line, overflow line; and tank drain line with shutoff valve. 6. A lockable fuel fill with integrated pad-lockable spill protection containment and mechanical reading fuel level gauge shall be provided. A low fuel level alarm contact (fuel tank rupture alarm contacts) shall be provided. 7. A manual fuel priming pump integrated into the fuel filter shall be provided. 8. Containment Provisions and Venting: Comply with requirements of Authorities Having Jurisdiction and the IFC. Engine shall operate on automotive diesel fuel complying with the limiting requirements of ASTM grade low sulfur Diesel Fuel #2 and the requirements of the engine manufacturer. Diesel engines requiring a premium fuel will not be considered. Injection pumps and injection valves shall be a type not requiring adjustment in service and shall be capable of quick replacement by ordinary mechanics without special diesel experience. Fuel injection pumps shall be positive action, constant-stroke pumps, actuated by cam-driven gears from engine camshaft. Fuel lines between injection pumps and valves shall be of heavy seamless tubing and, to eliminate irregularity of fuel injection shall be the same length for all cylinders. Equip fuel system with racor-type, water-removing fuel filter, having replaceable elements which may be easily removed from their housing for replacing, without breaking any fuel line connections or disturbing fuel pumps or any other part of engine. Locate all fuel filters in one accessible housing, ahead of injection pumps so that fuel will have been thoroughly filtered before it reaches the pump. No screen or filter requiring cleaning or replacement will be used in the injection pump or injection valve assemblies. Provide integral triple wall fuel tank mounted between the structural steel skids for engine fuel supply. The tank, as installed shall meet all local and regional requirements for above ground tanks. Tank shall be especially constructed for mounting in this location by the engine generator manufacturer. Provide tank with the following: 1. Fuel level gauge 2. Drain 3. Fill pipe and vents with containment basin. Fuel fill port shall be external to enclosure and shall be accessible per the orientation of the fuel tank on the Plans. All plumbing and fuel lines shall be pre-installed. 4. Standard vent shall terminate 12 feet above grade. Venting shall not go through the roof of the generator canopy structure, but rather go through the gable end. 5. Emergency vents shall terminate outside of the weather housing. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-78 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 6. Leak detection provisions, wired to the generator set control for local and remote alarm indication. 7. High and low level float switches to indicate fuel level. Wire switches to generator control for local and remote indication of fuel level. 8. Integral lifting provisions. 9. Slope tanks to the engine pick-up tube 5 percent minimum. Provide a panel mounted fuel level gauge. Provide fuel feed line valve at engine. Provide fuel return line that is not valved. Mount return line in the top of the tank to prevent fuel siphon into the engine. All fuel lines shall have flexible sections between tank and engine to absorb vibration. Install fuel storage system according to diesel engine manufacturer's recommendation s and conform to the National Fire Protection Code and Uniform Building Code. Fill fuel tank completely full at completion of construction. The tank shall not be filled until the City fire inspector has completed its inspection and the installation is approved. Control Panel and Alarm System: Supplier shall provide a set mounted auto start panel in a vibration isolated NEMA 1 sheet steel enclosure with a hinged pad-lockable door and viewing window for monitoring when the door is closed. The control panel shall include the following: 1. Manual run/off/auto switch 2. Panel light ON/OFF switch 3. Red emergency exterior stop pushbutton 4. Lamp test/reset pushbutton 5. AC instrumentation: 1-voltmeter, 1-ammeter, 1-frequency, digitally displayed and selectable thru controller. 6. Engine display for: oil pressure, coolant temperature, battery volts, digitally displayed and selectable thru controller. 7. Hours run meter digitally displayed thru controller 8. Voltage adjust potentiometer 9. Additional alarms shall be provided for fuel tank. Dry normally open contacts shall be supplied for each: Low fuel level at 25% of tank capacity/fuel tank leak 10. Printed circuit board control logic 11. Auto-start capability 12. Cycle cranking with 3 adjustable time crank/rest periods 13. Battery charger, frame or set mounted UL Listed, Constant Voltage City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-79 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. The control shall have automatic remote start capability from a panel-mounted three-position (Stop, Run and Remote) switch. The generator set shall be provided with alarm and status indicating lamps to indicate non- automatic generator status, and existing alarm and shutdown conditions. The lamps shall be high-intensity LED type. The generator set control shall indicate the existence of the following alarm and shutdown conditions on a digital display panel: Alarms: 1. Low oil pressure warning 2. Oil pressure sender failure 3. Low coolant temperature 4. High coolant temperature warning 5. Low coolant level 6. Engine temperature sender failure 7. Low DC voltage 8. High DC voltage 9. Weak battery 10. Low fuel warning 11. Overload 12. Battery Charger Malfunction 13. Overcurrent 14. Under Frequency Shutdown Alarms: 1. Low oil pressure 2. Low Coolant Level 3. Low-Low Fuel 4. High coolant temperature 5. Fail to crank 6. Overcrank 7. Overspeed 8. High AC voltage 9. Low AC voltage 10. Under frequency 11. Over current City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-80 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 12. Short circuit 13. Charging System Failure 14. Emergency stop Engine control panel shall include the following: 1. Oil pressure gauge (psi) 2. Emergency Stop Pushbutton 3. Coolant temperature gauge (F) 4. Operating hour meter (hrs) 5. Hand-off Auto Selector switch (H-O-A) 6. AC Frequency meter (hertz) 7. AC Volt meter (0-600v) 8. AC Current Meter (Amps) 9. Load Meter (kW) Alarm panel shall have a reset push button for acknowledging alarm conditions and latching indicating lights for each alarm point to display to operation personnel the reason for engine shutdown. Label lights as shown above. Alarm Contacts to Telemetry: 1. Provide auxiliary dry contacts and wiring for activating remote alarms to the telemetry panel on activation of any of the following conditions: a) Low Fuel b) Generator run c) Generator failure (shutdown) d) Generator trouble e) Fuel leak f) Generator not in auto Generator failure alarm shall be activated when any shutdown conditions exists. Generator trouble shall be activated when any alarm conditions exists. Switch Gear: 1. Provide generator switch gear with exciter circuit breaker with manual reset and a line circuit breaker with manual reset. Circuit breaker shall be set mounted and wired, UL listed, molded case electronic trip type, rated as shown on plans. Mount breakers in engine control panel. Field circuit breakers shall not be acceptable for generator overcurrent protection. Generator instrumentation shall include a panel-type ammeter with phase selector switch, a panel-type voltmeter with selector switch, and frequency meter mounted on engine control panel. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-81 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Battery Charger: 1. Provide, install, and wire a battery charger mounted inside the generator enclosure. The battery charger shall be current-limited, automatic-equalizing and float-charging type. The unit shall comply with UL508 and include the following features: 2. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate of 10A is initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit then automatically switches to a lower float-charging mode and continues operating is that mode until battery is discharged again. 3. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjusts floats and equalizes voltages for variations in ambient temperature to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. 4. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintains output voltage constant regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. 5. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door of battery charger. Meters shall indicate charging rates. 6. Safety Features: Include sensing of abnormally low battery voltages arranged to close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Also include sensing of high battery voltage and loss of AC input or dc output of battery charger. Either of these conditions closes contacts that provide a battery charger malfunction indication at the monitoring panel. 7. Power Supply: Battery charger shall operate using 120 VAC, 20 Amp power supply. Finishes Prime and paint diesel engine set and accessories in conformity with manufacturer's standard practice. Color of diesel engine set enclosure shall be of manufacturer’s standard color. Manufacturer shall ship with the unit a quart of touch-up paint for each of the finishes. All sheet metal exposed to the exterior (generator enclosure) shall be primed for corrosion protection and finish painted with the manufacturer’s standard color using a two-step electrocoating paint process, or equal meeting the performance requirements specified below. All surfaces of all metal parts shall be primed and painted. The painting process shall result in a coating that meets the following requirements: 1. Primer thickness, 0.5-2.0 mils. Top coat thickness, 0.8-1.2 mils. 2. Gloss, per ASTM D523-89, 80% plus or minus 5%. Gloss retention after one year shall exceed 50%. 3. Crosshatch adhesion, per ASTM D3359-93, 4B-5B. 4. Impact resistance, per ASTM D2794-93, 120-160 inch-pounds. 5. Salt Spray, per ASTM B117-90, 1000+ hours. 6. Humidity, per ASTM D2247-92, 1000+ hours. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-82 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 7. Water Soak, per ASTM D2247-92, 1000+ hours. Painting of hoses, clamps, wiring harnesses, and other non-metallic service parts shall not be acceptable. Fasteners used shall be corrosion resistant, and designed to minimize marring of the painted surface when removed for normal installation or service work. Source Quality Control Prototype Testing: Factory test engine-generator set using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories. Tests: Comply with NFPA 110, Level1 Energy Converters and with IEEE 115. Project-Specific Equipment Tests: Perform tests at rated. Include the following tests: 1. Test components and accessories furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those on tested prototype to demonstrate compatibility and reliability. 2. Full load run. 3. Maximum power. 4. Voltage regulation. 5. Transient and steady-state governing. 6. Single-step load pickup. 7. Safety shutdown. 8. Operation of motorized dampers and other environmental controls. 9. Provide 14 days' advance notice of tests and opportunity for observation of tests by Owner's representative. 10. Report test results within 10 days of completion of test and prior to delivery. Engine generator unit shall be tested at manufacturer's plant at full load before shipment. Test shall consist of a steady load run of at least 4 hours duration at 100 percent full rated load. Complete test reports shall be made which show the engine fuel consumption, kilowatt output, voltage, frequency, amperage, engine temperature, lube oil pressure, and load transfer results. Five (5) copies of the certified test reports shall be supplied to Owner prior to shipment. Owner and/or their representative shall be given opportunity to witness the tests by the manufacturer. Extra Materials A set of specialty tools necessary for routine maintenance of the equipment shall be furnished. The following spare parts shall be furnished: 1. (3) - Sets of fuel filter elements and gaskets 2. (3) - Lubricating oil filter elements and gaskets 3. (3) - Air cleaner filter elements 4. (2) - Complete sets of V-belts including fan and alternator drive belts City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-83 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Warranty A. The generator set warranty period shall be a minimum of 24 months and 1500 hours for standby applications. All terms begin after final project acceptance. Part 3 - Execution Delivery Contractor shall deliver generator and fuel tank to the job site as one package. Installation Install engine in conformity with the plans and manufacturer's instructions and under manufacturer's direct supervision. Install ancillary circuits for battery charger, engine heaters, etc. in conformance with the plans. Site Test Supplier shall be responsible for calibration, startup, and initial performance to meet the specifications herein. Supplier shall provide a trained, qualified representative to check installation and connection, perform field tests as indicated, and certify to Owner its performance does meet the specifications. Upon completion of unit installation, carry out running tests. A load bank shall be provided for load testing of the generator. Operate engine for a period of not less than 2 hours, in which 5 starts of the engine generator set shall be made and power supplied to motor(s) and pump(s). Engine generator shall be tested to verify that the transien t voltage dip will not exceed 15 percent of rated voltage when sudden application of facility load is applied. Test shall demonstrate the ability of the engine generator to carry the specified loads. Upon completion of the tests, final adjustments shall be made to equipment by a qualified representative of the engine manufacturer. Fuel and oil filters shall be replaced, belt drive tensions checked, and the proper operation of all equipment demonstrated to Owner's representative. If batteries are removed and shipped separately or drained for shipment, perform all battery tests after installation on site. Report and repair any operational deficiencies found during on-site tests. Coordinate on-site generator tests with on-site testing of transfer switches. Owner's representative shall be instructed in the maintenance and operation of equipment. Five (5) copies of these test results shall be provided to Owner and included with the operation and instruction manual. On-Site Training: Certified representative of the manufacturer to provide one (1) day of operating and maintenance training at the Project site after the system has successfully undergone all field testing and acceptance procedures. Training shall not be less than 4 hours. As a minimum, training shall cover: 1. Hardware overview. 2. Software overview. 3. Maintenance. 4. Trouble shooting. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-84 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 5. Programming and Setup. 16.92 Transfer Switches [CSI 26 36 23] 16.92.2 Automatic Transfer Switch [CSI 26 36 23] Part 1 - General Design Criteria The transfer switch shall be NEMA 4X rated and equipped with three poles for normal and emergency service of 480 volts, 60 hertz, 600A, 3-phase. The transfer switch enclosure shall be fabricated of stainless steel, and include a lockable exterior swing door with interior swing door for mounting of operator interface devices. Operator interface devices shall not be exposed and shall be only accessible by opening the exterior swing door. The transfer switch shall be mechanically and electrically held and rated to 480 volts for all classes of load and continuous inductive duty. The transfer switch shall conform to UL 1008 provisions for Withstand Current Ratings and Closing Ratings. The transfer switch shall be rated at a minimum Withstand Rating of 42,000 Amps. The switch shall be capable of enduring 6,000 cycles of complete opening and closing at rated current and voltage at a rate of 6 cycles per minute without failure. The switch shall be double throw inherently interlocked mechanically and electrically to prevent supplying the load from both sources simultaneously. The operating current shall be obtained from the source to which the load is to be transferred. The transfer mechanism shall be of the double break design with solid silver cadmium surface contacts and individual he at resistant arc chambers. Arc barriers and magnetic blowout coils will also be acceptable if single break contacts are used. The contacts shall be capable of carrying 20 times the continuous rating for interrupting current. All contacts, coils, etc. shall be readily accessible for replacement from front of panel without major disassembly of associated parts. Part 2 – Products Manufactured Units The automatic transfer switch shall be supplied by Cummins, model number OTPC. No substitutions. ATS shall include the Power Command Center. Components The transfer switch shall include the following accessories: City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-85 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Undervoltage Sensor 1. Adjustable solid-state low voltage sensing relays (pick up 85 to 98 percent of normal voltage set at 98 percent; drop out 75 to 100 percent set of 90 percent of pickup setting). Provide for each phase on both utility and backup power sources. Time Delay Start and Stop on Drop Out 1. Solid state adjustable time delay on start (0 to 15 seconds). Set start delay for 15 seconds. Timer will send start signal to gen set CP, where louver timer will allow 15 second delay for louvers to open prior to starting gen set. Time Delay Stop 1. Solid state adjustable time delay (0 to 10 minutes) to allow generator cooldown after normal power is restored and retransfer occurs. Set at 5 minutes. Time Delay Transfer and Retransfer 1. Solid state time delay relay adjustable 2 to 120 seconds for transfer to emergency and 0 to 30 minutes for retransfer to normal. Set at 5 minutes for retransfer to normal. Set at 3 seconds for transfer to emergency. With or Without Load Selector Switch 1. Switch to select exercise with or without station load. Normal-Test Switch 1. Switch such that in the “Normal” mode the transfer switch will operate automatically and in the “Test” mode the generator will start for test purposes. This switch shall work in conjunction with the “With” or “Without” load switch. Exerciser Clock 1. Provide solid state exerciser clock to set the day, time, and duration of generator set exercise/test period. Provide “With” or “Without” load selector switch for the exercise period. Programmed Transition 1. The load transfer control shall be capable of remaining in the neutral position for an adjustable time of 0.5 to 60 seconds when transferring from on-line power source to the other to allow residual voltages to decay before application of the source. Set at 60 seconds. a) Position lights for normal and emergency positions indication and for normal and emergency power available. b) Switch position indication limit switches for normal and generator positions. c) Provide dry contacts wired to terminal strip for 1) ATS in emergency position, 2) ATS common trouble alarm, 3) Normal Position. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-86 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Power Meters 1. Provide an AC Voltmeter, an Ammeter, and a Frequency meter; 2.5-inch, analog, 2-percent accuracy. Provide a phase selector switch to read L-L voltage and current of both power sources. Operator Interface Display 1. Provide operator interface display that allows operators to adjust all settings and see all values. Control Board 1. Provide current generation hardware and firmware for the control board. 2. Provide transfer switch with the following dry contact outputs, wired to a terminal block; a) ATS in emergency position b) ATS in normal position c) ATS common trouble alarm d) Source 1 available e) Source 2 available 3. Provide transfer switch with the following inputs, wired to a terminal block; a) Transfer switch inhibit 16.95 TESTING [CSI 26 08 00] 16.95.1 Common Work for Testing [CSI 26 08 05] Part 1 - General Submittals Test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to final acceptance in accordance with Division 1.33 of these specifications. Scheduling and Coordination The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in advance of testing in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1 of these specifications. Prior to scheduling the testing, the Contractor shall have satisfied themselves that the project area is properly cleaned up; all patching and painting deemed necessary properly completed; and all systems, equipment and controls are functioning as intended. Part 2 - Products Source Quality Control Submit reports of factory tests and adjustments performed by equipment manufacturers to the Engineer prior to field testing and adjustment of equipment. These reports shall identify City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-87 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. the equipment and show dates, results of test, measured values and final adjustment settings. Provide factory tests and adjustments for equipment where factory tests are specified in the equipment specifications. The Engineer may inspect the fabricated equipment at the factory before shipment to job site. Provide the Engineer with sufficient prior notice so that an inspection can be arranged at the factory. Part 3 – Execution Site Testing Test all circuits for continuity, freedom from ground, and proper operation during progress of the work. Insulation Resistance, Continuity, and Rotation: Perform routine insulation resistance, continuity and rotation tests for all distribution and utilization equipment prior and in addition to tests performed by the testing laboratory specified herein. Electric Motors: Perform voltage, current and resistance tests on all motors ½ horsepower and larger installed this project. Insulation resistance readings shall be taken with a 500-volt megger for 30 seconds with the circuit conductors connected to the motor. Verify that an overload condition does not exist. Conduct special test as required for service and/or system ground. Arc Flash Study, Protection Device Coordination, and Short Circuit Analysis [CSI 26 05 73.13, 26 05 73.16, 26 05 73.19] Provide the services of a recognized independent testing laboratory or coordination analysis consultant for the proper system coordination of the protective devices furnished on this project. Submit the name and the qualifications of the laboratory or consultant for review by the Engineer; qualifications must include professional registration of proposed personnel as electrical engineers. The protective device on the line side closest to the fault or abnormal conditions shall isolate the problem portion of the system and minimize damage in that portion. The rest of the system shall be maintained in normal service. The coordination shall be in conformance with the recommendations of latest IEEE Standard 242. Provide an Arc Flash Hazard Study for the electrical distribution system shown on the Plans. The intent of the Arc Flash Hazard Study is to determine hazards that exist at each major piece of electrical equipment shown on the one-line diagrams. This includes switchgear, switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, generators, transfer switches, and transformers. The study will include creation of Arc Flash Hazard Warning Labels listing all items as required in NFPA 70E-2018. These labels serve as a guide to assist technicians and others in the selection of proper Personal Protective Equipment when working around exposed and energized conductors. The electrical contractor will install the labels. The arc flash hazard study shall consider all operating scenarios during normal conditions alternate operations, emergency power conditions, and any other operations, which could result in maximum arc flash hazard. The label shall list the maximum incidental energy calculated and the scenario number and description on the label. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-88 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Submit the analysis that shall include arc flash, impedance, and short circuit calculations, list of any assumptions made and the analysis, the recommended settings of the protective devices, and the system time/current characteristic curves. The submittal shall be completed and submitted in conjunction with the circuit breaker submittal to allow time for review and re-submittal, if necessary, before the implementation of final settings and adjustments by the testing laboratory. Field Quality Control General: Conduct final test in the presence of Owner and/or their authorized representative. Contractor shall provide all testing instrumentation and labor required to demonstrate satisfactory operation of systems, equipment and controls. Operational Tests: Operational test all circuits to demonstrate that the circuits and equipment have been properly installed, adjusted and are ready for full-time service. Demonstrate the proper functioning of circuits in all modes of operation, and including alarm conditions, and demonstrate satisfactory interfacing with the data acquisition and alarm systems. 16.95.2 Medium Voltage Conductor Testing Part 1 – General Summary The Electrical Contractor at his/her expense shall engage the services of an independent field testing agency for the purpose of performing inspection and tests of 15kV cables as specified herein. The testing agency shall provide all material, equipment, labor, and technical supervision to perform such tests and inspections. It is the intent of these tests to assure that all power service feeder conductors’ equipment as supplied and installed by the Contractor are operational within the industry and Manufacturer’s tolerances and are in accordance with the design documents. The tests and inspection shall determine the suitability for energization. References All inspection and tests shall be in accordance with the following applicable codes and standards: • National Electrical Code (N.E.C.) • National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) • American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) • Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) • National Electrical Testing Association (NETA) • American National Standards Institute (ANSI) • State and Local Codes and Ordinances City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-89 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA) • Federal OSHA Requirements • All inspection and tests shall utilize the following references: o Project Design Specifications o Project Plans o Manufacturer’s Instructions Quality Assurance The specified tests shall be performed a testing service with the following qualifications: • The testing agency shall be a member in good standing of the National Electrical Testing Association. • The testing agency shall meet Federal Department of Commerce laboratory certification. • The testing agency shall submit proof of above qualifications to the Engineer. Test Instrument Traceability: • The testing agency shall have a calibration program which maintains test instrumentation within rated accuracy. • The accuracy shall be traceable to the National Bureau of Standards in an unbroken chain. • Calibration frequency shall be at a maximum of six (6) months intervals for all field equipment. Sequencing and Scheduling The Contractor shall supply a source of test power to the testing agency at each test site. The Contractor shall notify the testing agency when equipment becomes available for acceptance tests. Work shall be coordinated to minimize project delay. The testing agency shall maintain a written record of all tests and upon completing project tests, assemble and certify a final test record. The testing agency shall notify the Contractor prior to commencement of any testing and perform all tests in the presence of the Contractor, unless directed otherwise by him/her. The testing agency shall be responsible for any damage to equipment or material due to improper test procedures or tests apparatus handling. The agency shall replace or restore to original condition any damaged equipment or material. The testing agency shall be responsible for implementing all final settings and adjustments on protective devices and tap changers in accordance with the Engineer’s specified values. Any system, material, or workmanship which is found defective on the basis of acceptance tests shall be replaced or rectified and made ready for a new test by the Contractor. The cost of rectifying the defective work and/or material and of additional tests and inspection shall be borne by the Contractor. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-90 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 – Execution Site Tests Conductor Tests Visual and Mechanical Inspections: • Inspect exposed section for physical damage. • Verify cable is supplied and connected in accordance with specifications and one -line diagram, and that phases are labeled correctly. • Inspect for shield grounding, cable support, and termination. • Visible cable bends shall be checked against IPCEA or Manufacturer’s minimum allowable bending radius. Electrical Tests: • In setting up the test set, special safety precautions should be taken regarding grounding of test equipment. The test set, its sphere gap, its voltmeter, and the cable sheath (shielded cable only) should be grounded at the same time. • During tests, a person shall be stationed at each point where the cable has exposed connections. • Each conductor shall be individually tested with all other conductors grounded. All shields shall be grounded. • Determine the insulation level of each cable before starting any test. • Test feeder conductors from termination at the transformer to the primary feeder connection station with cables disconnected at both ends. Test Procedures: Megger Test: Each cable shall be tested first with a motor driven megger. Minimum allowable reading at 20 degrees C is 15 megohms. Polarization Index Test: The test conductor shall be raised to the maximum test voltage and held for a total of ten (10) minutes. The reading shall be plotted on one minute intervals. Determine the polarization index by dividing the ten minute reading by the one minute reading. In accordance with IEEE No. 43, the safe minimum is 1.5 for 105 degrees C rated insulation and 2.0 for 130 degrees C rated insulation. Test Report: The test report shall include the following: • Summary of project • Description of cable tested • Description of test procedure • List of test equipment and calibration date City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-91 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Test results • Recommendations • Appendix which includes all field reports City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-92 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.95.3 Conductor Test Report [CSI 26 08 13] Conductor Test Report Page 1 of 1 PROJECT: OWNER: Contractor Co. Name: Tested by: Phone Number: Test Date: Race- way V C Operating Load Voltage Insulation Resistance - OHMS Label (1) (2) (3) VAB VCB VCA VAN VBN VCN A-B B-C C-A A-G B-G C-G A B C D E F G 1. Refer to raceway and wire schedule and one-line diagram for description of feeder identified by label shown on this report 2. Visual Inspection – Check when completed 3. Continuity Test – Check when completed City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 16 16-93 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/18/20 7:36 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.95.4 Ground Electrode Resistance Test Report [CSI 26 08 15] Ground Electrode Resistance Test Report PROJECT: OWNER: Contractor Co. Name: Tested by: Phone Number: Test Date: Test Meter Type: Test Distance-D: Soil Conditions: Measured Resistance: DESCRIPTION OF TEST PROCEDURE, CONDITIONS, RESULTS: THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 17-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 17 Automatic Control 17.00 GENERAL This division covers all work necessary for furnishing, installing, adjusting, testing, documenting, and starting-up the Instrumentation and Control (I&C) and Telemetry System. Programmable logic controller (PLC) shall provide local, automatic control of on-site pumps and control valves. Computer-based telemetry system will provide remote control, alarm presentation, and data logging activities at the Owner's headquarters location. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following related subsections whether directly referenced or not. These specifications are an integral part of the contract documents for the I&C and Telemetry portion of this contract. The written descriptions of system performance contained herein are given to assist the Contractor in interpreting the contract plans but are not intended to be all-inclusive. The Contractor shall be aware that all automatic control systems do not require the same components and accessories for complete system operation. Therefore, these specifications do not include all accessories and appurtenances required for a complete system. The Contractor shall, however, provide all accessories and appurtenances to result in a completely operational system as required to meet the functional requirements of these documents. Where specific equipment specifications are given, they are used to represent the level of quality required by these documents. 17.05 Common Work for Automatic Control [CSI 40 60 05] Part 1 - General Summary The work under this division covers construction specifically described in these specifications. Project Plans will be provided for this project. All work incidental and necessary to the completion of the project described herein shall be completed under the bid item listed in the bid proposal, and no other compensation will be allowed. The work generally consists of the following: • Detailed system layout and design for the particular equipment bid in accordance with these functional specifications. • Furnishing of I&C equipment including delivery, storage, software, programming, installation, testing, startup, and documentation. • Providing operator maintenance manuals for all equipment and devices provided by this Contract. • Providing system training to the operators of the proposed equipment. Related Sections • Division 16 Electrical City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-2 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. References The project Plans are based on Instrument Society of America (ISA) standards numbers S5.1, S5.2, S5.3, and S5.4. The Contractor is encouraged to be familiar with these standards since the project plans do not contain wiring or ladder diagrams, but are based on the functional requirements of the ISA format. All equipment and materials shall conform to the latest revised editions of applicable standards published by the following organizations: • American National Standards Institute (ANSI). • Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). • National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). • Underwriters' Laboratories (U/L). • Instrument Society of America (ISA) All equipment and materials, and the design, construction, installation, and application thereof shall comply with all applicable provisions of the National Electrical Code (NEC), the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), and any applicable Federal, State, and local ordinances, rules and regulations. All materials and equipment specified herein shall be within the scope of Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) examination services, be approved by the UL for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. All control panels shall bear a label by UL or by an approved testing authority for the completed assembled panel. Definitions Contractor: The Contractor, as distinct from the Control System Integrator, shall install panels and other materials furnished by the Control System Integrator and provide all materials and work necessary and thereby, satisfy all requirements that are within the scope of this section. Control System Integrator: A single firm preselected by the Owner and subcontracted by the Contractor, who shall design and furnish the system, provide the instrument panels; provide the PLCs, , Motor Control Center, VFD’s, assemble and test the control panel equipment, and program PLCs, computers, and other instrument components and provide start-up and training services. The Control System Integrator for this contract shall be: • Systems Interface, Inc. Submittals All submittals shall be complete, neat, orderly and indexed. Partial submittals will not be accepted. Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Motor Control Centers • Variable Frequency Drive • PLC Components • Control Panel Components City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-3 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Startup and Testing Schedule • Operation and Maintenance Manuals per Division 1.79.2 and Division 17.94 • Full size nameplate wording schedules, in lettering style proposed for use. In addition to the requirements of Division 1.33, the Contractor shall develop and submit the following information provided by the Control System Integrator. Hardware Submittals Before any components are fabricated, and/or integrated into assemblies, or shipped to the site, the Contractor shall prepare a complete hardware submittal. The Engineer shall require five (5) sets, including fully detailed shop drawing, catalog cuts, wiring connections , and such other descriptive matter and documentation as may be required to fully describe the equipment and to demonstrate its conformity to these Specifications. The decision of the Engineer, upon the acceptability of any submittal, shall be final. Catalog information shall be submitted for all components and equipment, regardless of whether or not it is of the same manufacture as that listed in the Specifications. System Plan Submittals Following approval of the hardware submittal, the Control System Integrator shall prepare complete system interconnect wiring diagrams and panel layout plans for approval. Plans The Control System Integrator shall develop all shop drawings required for design, fabrication, assembly and installation of the control system. Shop drawings shall include all plans required in manufacture of specialized components and for assembly and installation of them. Plans shall be prepared with a CAD program capable of exporting to AutoCAD format, and printed on 11-inch by 17-inch media. Plans shall have borders and title blocks identifying the project system, revisions to the plans, and type of plan. Each revision of a plan shall carry a date and brief description of the revisions. Diagrams shall carry a date and brief description of the revisions. Diagrams shall carry a uniform and coordinated set of wire numbers and terminal block numbers in compliance with panel work wiring. Additionally, one set of electronic .DWG files shall be provided to the Owner. Elementary Diagrams The Contractor shall provide elementary diagrams for all discrete loops. Loop diagrams shall be prepared in compliance with ISA S5.4 and shall be provided for all analog loops. Elementary diagrams and loop diagrams shall show circuits and devices of a system. These diagrams shall be arranged to emphasize device elements and their functions as an aid to understanding the operation of a system and maintaining or troubleshooting that system. Elementary and loop diagrams shall also show wire numbers, wire color codes, signal polarities, and terminal block numbers. Panel Fabrication and Arrangements Plans The Contractor shall provide arrangement plans of all panel front- and internal-mounted instruments, switches, devices, and equipment indicated. All panel mounting details shall be City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-4 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. shown. Outer dimensions of all panels shall be included on the plan. Deviations from approved arrangements require approval prior to installation. Arrangement plans shall be drawn to scale using standard Architectural or Engineering scales. Site Conditions Specified instrumentation and control equipment shall be modified, if necessary, to make it suitable for operation in the ambient conditions specified in Division 16. Warranty In addition to any other warranties required by the specifications, the entire PLC system will be warranted against defects in materials, workmanship, and software functions for a period of one (1) calendar year following the successful completion of the Functional Acceptance Test (FAT). The Contractor or designated service organization will be available on 24-hour notice to correct any system problems without charge to the Owner during the warranty period. In addition, the Contractor will provide four 2-day site visits during the warranty period to perform inspection and calibration of the equipment or other work at the request of the Owner. Extra Materials The Contractor shall supply sufficient spare parts, components, and assemblies to replace any defective or malfunctioning control component provided in this system. Control components are considered any device or combination of devices without which normal automatic control as outlined in this specification cannot be accomplished, and includes: 1. Two (2) spares of each part, component, or assembly, if more than ten (10) of those components are normally in use in the system. 2. One (1) box of each fuse type provided on this project. If ten (10) or more of a fuse type is provided for the project, then two (2) spare boxes shall be provided. 3. One (1) spare circuit breaker of each rating type provided on this project. 4. One (1) spare relay of each rating type provided on this project. 5. One (1) spare of each type of PLC module and processor. 6. One (1) spare of each type of PLC input or output card. Spare part components shall be packaged for at ease of field installation by non-trained personnel, so that no soldering or special skills are required for installation. All spare parts shall be delivered in a hinged plastic box that is purposefully made for this contract. The box shall have a parts list permanently attached to the inside lid which lists all parts and refers to them by numbered code visible on the outside of the package. Fragile components shall be adequately protected with cut foam. Electronic components shall be wrapped in ultra-violet inhibiting file. The exterior of the box shall be labeled “Telemetry Spare Parts – Water Department.” Provide the box with lifting handles. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-5 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 – Products Components These Specifications list major instruments required to provide the process instrumentation system. All instrument functions specified on this list shall be provided by the Control System Integrator. Any additional instruments required to complete the instrument loops because of certain characteristics of the particular equipment selected by the Control System Integrator shall be provided. Such additional instruments shall be provided and included in the original contract price even though not specified in the instrument index or on the Plans. The following systems utilize automatic control: • Pump controls • Valve controls • Engine generator set controls • Chemical treatment controls Accessories Provide all accessories required to furnish a complete control system that meets the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. Source Quality Control Material shall be new, free from defects, and of the quality specified . All equipment and materials utilized in the system shall be the products of Manufacturers with at least five (5) years of experience in the manufacture of similar equipment. Similar items in the system shall be the products of the same Manufacturer. All equipment shall be of industrial grade and of standard construction, shall be capable of long, reliable, trouble -free service, and shall be specifically intended for control and monitoring of operation of motor -driven pumps and equipment. All equipment shall be of modular design to facilitate interchangeability of parts and to assure ease of servicing. Part 3 - Execution Installers Installation shall be performed by the workers who are skilled and experienced in the installation of I&C and Telemetry systems. Installation Installation and testing procedures shall be as specified in these and subsequent sections of this division. The control system shall be installed in accordance with the installation plans and instructions prepared by the Control System Integrator. Installation shall include all elements and components of control system and all conduit and interconnecting wiring between all elements, components, sensors, and valve operators. Equipment shall be located so that it is readily accessible for operation and maintenance. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-6 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Field Equipment Equipment shall be provided as specified on the Plans such that ports and adjustments are accessible for in-place testing and calibration. Where possible, equipment shall be located between 48 inches and 60 inches, unless specified otherwise on the Plans, above the floor or a permanent work platform. Instrumentation equipment shall be mounted for unobstructed access, but mounting shall not obstruct walkways . Equipment shall be mounted where shock or vibration will not impair its operation. Support systems shall not be attached to handrails, process piping or mechanical equipment except for measuring elements and valve positioners. Instruments and cabinets supported directly by concrete or concrete block walls shall be spaced out not less than ⅝-inch by framing channel between instrument and wall. Steel used for support of equipment shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Support systems including panels shall be designed in accordance with the Seismic Restraint and Anchorage section of Division 1.81 of these specifications and to prevent deformation greater than ⅛-inch under the attached equipment load and an external load of 200 pounds in any direction. Electrical Power Connection Electric power wiring and equipment shall be in compliance with Division 16. Power disconnect switches shall be provided within sight of equipment and shall be labeled to indicate opened and closed positions and specific equipment served. “Within sight of” is defined as having a clear unobstructed view from the equipment served and within 50 feet of the equipment served. Disconnect switches shall be mounted between 36 inches and 72 inches above the floor or permanent work platform. Where equipment location is such that the above requirements cannot be met by a single disconnect switch, two switches, one at the equipment and one at the work platform, shall be provided. Signal Connection Electrical signal connections to equipment shall be made on terminal blocks or by locking plug and receptacle assemblies. Jacketed flexible conduit shall be used between equipment and rigid raceway systems except that flexible cable assemblies may be used where plug and receptacle assemblies are provided and the installation is not subject to mechanical damage in normal use. The length of flexible conduit or cord assemblies shall not exceed 2 feet. Flexible cable, receptacle and plug assemblies shall be used only where specified. 17.06 Control System Integrator [CSI 40 61 13] Part 1 - General Division of Responsibility All instrumentation and industrial electronic systems shall be provided under the supervision of a single Control System Integrator, chosen by the Owner, which is regularly engaged in the design and installation of such systems of similar scope and complexity. The Control Systems Integrator shall be enjoined by the Contractor as a Subcontractor. The assignment of specific responsibilities herein to the Control System Integrator shall not, in any way and under any conditions, diminish the Contractor's full and complete responsibility for all work performed and all materials installed under the contract. The contract between the Contractor and the City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-7 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Control System Integrator shall specifically require that the Control System In tegrator conform to and meet all requirements specified in the contract documents. Control System Integrator’s Responsibility The Control System Integrator shall be solely and completely responsible for the final design and assembly of the entire control system. Responsibilities include: • Provision of, and the detailed design of, custom control panels, VFD and the motor control center. The plans show general layout of the control panels. The Integrator shall provide detailed scaled design of all components on and in the control panels and determine specific requirements. • The design of all interconnecting wiring of control equipment including remote control panels, packaged equipment panels, mechanical equipment with control components, etc. • Coordinate with the Contractor for specific requirements and locations of raceway penetrations and field wiring in control panels. • The Control System Integrator shall supply the Contractor with all necessary detailed installation plans and/or written instruction for installation of all control components and sensing devices for proper system operation. • Provide installation assistance. • Programming of the PLC’s. • Auto control shutdown and start up sequence of critical equipment upon transfer switch to gen source and return to utility source. • Programming of the graphical touch screen operator interfaces (OI) on the control panels. • MTU and Human Machine Interface (HMI) programming at the Owners Headquarters. • Provide Startup and Training Services. General and Electrical Contractor’s Responsibilities The General and Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for the following equipment and services: • Review of the Control System Integrator’s submittals and wiring diagrams for coordination with space requirements, raceway requirements of field wiring, etc. • Supply the Integrator with submittals of equipment related to the control system that the Integrator must include in their submittals and integrate. Such as motors, packaged control panels that the Integrator does not build, etc. • Installation of the control panels provided by the Control System Integrator. • Installation of the interconnecting wiring in accordance with these documents and the Control System Integrators wiring diagrams. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-8 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Installation of I&C and Telemetry System components in accordance with these documents and plans or instructions of the Control System Integrator. Part 3 – Execution Installers The Control System shall be designed, constructed, programmed and commis sioned by full time employees with a minimum of 5 years of experience (minimum of 1 year with Integrator). Integrators List The Control System Integrator shall be: • Systems Interface, Inc. – Mukilteo, WA 17.08 System Description [CSI 40 61 96] Part 1 – General Summary The I&C and Telemetry system functions required are specified on the Plans and in subsequent sections of this Division. Design and Performance Requirements The system shall be designed to provide the control capabilities and functions indicated and implied by the Plans and these Specifications and to provide trouble-free operation with minimum maintenance. The system shall readily enable manual operation of any and all functions in the event of failure of any one component. The control system shall be designed and assembled by the Control System Integrator to provide: • Control of motor driven pumps, equipment, and processes. • Control of water treatment processes. • Monitoring of operation of motor driven pumps, equipment, and processes. • Indication of operating status of motor driven pumps, equipment, and processes. • Monitoring and indication of pressures, temperatures, levels, and flows, as indicated and implied by the Plans and Specifications. • The capabilities indicated and implied by the Plans and Specifications. The I&C and Telemetry System shall be designed and assembled by the Control System Integrator to be an integrated system composed completely of components which are specifically designed and used for and in conjunction with control and operat ion of motor-driven pumps and process control equipment. The Control System Integrator shall supply all interfacing equipment, appurtenances and accessories and all such devices that may be required for proper interfacing as part of the control system. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-9 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Project Conditions The control system for the Clark Springs Well shall be a Remote Telemetry Unit (RTU) based system. RTU sites included in this project are: 1. Clark Springs Part 2 – Products Manufacturers The telemetry components of the RTU shall be manufactured by Siemens to be consistent with the Owner’s existing system. Components The I&C and Telemetry System shall include the instruments, control devices, Remote Telemetry Unit, Human Machine Interface, input and output devices, sensors, interfacing devices, cabinets, enclosures and other components indicated and implied by the Plans and Specifications. The following is a list of the RTUs, VFD’s, and Motor Control Centers to be provided by the Control System Integrator: • Telemetry Panel; PLC and control components. • Motor Control Center • Well 3 VFD Part 3 – Execution Preparation The Control System Integrator shall be responsible for the coordination and integration of control system with the motor control and other related equipment. The Control System Integrator shall communicate directly with the Manufacturer(s) and Supplier(s) of all related equipment to determine all details of the equipment, which may influence or affect the control system. The Control System Integrator shall determine all requirements for and shall cause integration of the control system into a unified operating system. The Control System Integrator shall define all requirements for all interfacing equipment and shall supply all appurtenances, accessories and all such devices, which may be required for proper interfacing as part of the control system. The Control System Integrator shall be responsible to obtain submittal information on equipment supplied by other disciplines and to integrate them into the control system to form a complete working package as outlined by the contract documents. Installation The system shall be completely assembled in the shop by the Control System Integrator. All components and equipment shall be prewired to the maximum extent possible. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-10 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. All Process Control shall be done within the control panels unless specifically listed on the Plans as other. 17.10 PANELS [CSI 40 67 00] 17.12 Equipment Panels [CSI 40 67 16, 40 67 19] Part 1 – General Related Sections Division 10.14.23 Panel Signage. All panels shall be labeled. References Panels shall meet the requirements of UL-508 for water systems and UL-913 for sewer systems. All panels shall bear the appropriate label. The provider of the panels shall be a UL-508A certified facility. All field modifications shall be in conformance with UL-508 or UL-913. Design Requirements Control equipment panels shall be enclosures conforming to the requirements of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) and shall be NEMA 12 for indoor use. Part 2 – Products Components • Enclosure shall be constructed of steel. • Minimal metal thickness shall be 14-gauge. • All doors shall be rubber-gasketed with continuous hinge and key locking latch mechanism. • Wherever practical, enclosures shall be a manufactured item. • All doors shall be provided with quick-release latches to secure cover. • Panels shall be sized to adequately dissipate heat generated by equipment mounted in or on the panel. • Enclosure shall include a backpan. • Enclosure shall be finished in ANSI 61 gray polyester powder coating inside and out over phosphatized surfaces. • The enclosure shall be oversized to accommodate future racks and auxiliary devices as required. • All outdoor enclosures shall be provided with a control panel heater and ventilation fan and filter with built-in thermostat to provide adequate climate control. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-11 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Fabrication Panels should be completely fabricated, and instruments installed and wired in the manufacturer's factory (where possible). All wiring shall be completed and tested prior to shipment. All external connections shall be by way of numbered terminal blocks. Panel cutouts for instruments and devices shall be cut, punched or drilled and smoothly finished with rounded edges. 17.20 PANEL COMPONENTS [CSI 40 78 00] Part 1 - General Design Requirements All components shall be suitable for installation inside the I&C and Telemetry system panel enclosure. 17.20.3 Terminal Blocks [CSI 40 78 71] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Terminal blocks shall be one-piece molded plastic blocks with screw-type terminals and barriers rated for 600 volts. Terminals shall be double-sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, and be clearly visible with the protective cover removed. Fusible terminal blocks shall be provided with a LED blown fuse indicator for each terminal. Part 3 - Execution Installation All wires between panel-mounted equipment and other equipment shall be terminated at terminal blocks. Switches shall be terminated at the terminal blocks with crimp-type, pre-insulated, ring-tongue lugs. Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for their terminal block screws and for the number and size of the wires terminated. 17.22 Wire and Cable [CSI 40 67 33] 17.22.2 Wiring [CSI 40 67 33] Part 1 - General References All electrical wiring shall be in accordance with the NEC. Design Requirements Wires shall be 600-volt class, PVC insulated, stranded copper and shall be the sizes required for the current to be carried but not less than No. 14 AWG conductor size. Wires for signal circuits shall be twisted shielded pairs not smaller than No. 18 AWG. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-12 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 – Execution Installation All power wiring shall be supported on a sheet metal raceway or enclosed in a plastic wiring duct. Wiring for signal circuits shall be separated at least 6-inch from any power wiring. 17.22.3 Cables [CSI 40 67 33] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Cables and connectors shall be industry standard, shielded, and shall be provided to connect all peripherals and equipment. 17.24 Switches and Relays [CSI 40 78 19, 40 78 53] 17.24.2 Selector Switch [CSI 40 78 19.21] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Heavy-Duty, Watertight, and Corrosion-Resistant Type: Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type E34; Square D Co., Type SK; Allen Bradley, Type 800H; General Electric Co., Type CR 104P. Manufactured Units Selector switches shall be NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion-resistant/watertight/oil-tight, type selector switches with contacts rated for 10 amperes continuous at proper operating voltage. Operators shall be black knob type. Units shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements and spring return function (if any) as shown on Plans. Units shall be single-hole mounting, accommodating panel thicknesses from 1/16-inch minimums to ¼-inch maximum. 17.24.3 Pushbuttons [CSI 40 78 19.23] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Heavy-Duty, Watertight, and Corrosion-Resistant Type: Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type E34; Square D Co., Type SK; Allen Bradley, Type 800H; General Electric Co., Type CR 104P. Manufactured Units Pushbuttons shall be NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion-resistant/watertight/oil-tight, type push buttons with momentary contacts rated for 10-ampere continuous at proper operating voltage. Button color shall be as specified in control panels and shall have a full guard. Pushbutton contact arrangements shall be as shown on Plans. Size of pushbuttons as indicated on the Plans. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-13 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Special Functions Pushbutton for “Emergency Help” applications shall have maintained contacts and red mushroom head operators. 17.24.4 Panel Relays [CSI 40 78 53] Part 1 – General Design Criteria Relays shall be provided as necessary to perform switching functions required of control panels and other control circuits as shown on the Plans and described in the technical specifications. Appropriate relay type and associated contacts shall be selected based on the application from the control wiring diagrams or the functional description. Where timing relays and control relays require additional contacts, provide auxiliary control relays properly sized for the application. All contacts and relays shall be NEMA rated and UL recognized. The electrical life expectancy for the relay shall be over 500,000 operations at 120V AC, 10 amps; (over 200,000 operations at 120V AC, 10 amp for SPDT, 3PDT, and 4PDT). The mechanical life expectancy for the relay shall be over 50,000,000 operations. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Control Relays Square D Class 8501, Type K or R; Allen Bradley 700 Type HA or HB; IDEC RH Series; or equal. Time Delay and Timing Relays Allen Bradley 700 Type HR; IDEC GE1, RTE or GT3 Series; or equal. Manufactured Units Control Relays Relays for general purpose use shall be DPDT or 3PDT, 10 amp contacts with the appropriate coil voltage for the application. Relays shall be plug-in type with matching socket. All relays shall have LED indicators to signal when the coil is energized. Relay coils shall be rated for continuous duty. Time Delay Relays Time delay relays shall be multi-function, multi-range with plug-in base, pin style terminations timing and timed out LED indicators, and calibrated scales. Relays shall have minimum 0.5 seconds to 60 minutes, 8 selectable timing ranges, 5 amp contacts. Select coil voltage for the application. Units shall be sealed to prevent entry of contamination in the form of dust, dirt, or moisture. Appropriate relay shall be selected based on application from the control wiring diagrams. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-14 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Minimum accuracy (plus or minus) shall be as follows: 1. Repeat accuracy – ½ percent. 2. Timing change over full voltage range – ½ percent change over full temperature range. 3. Scale tolerance – 5-percent. Part 3 – Execution Installation Provide adjustable time relays on all alarm and shut down circuits to prevent nuisance tripping of other alarm points. Time delay relays for these functions may not be shown on the Plans; however, provide as required on all circuits. Provide additional form C contacts over and above the number indicated on the Plans for all relays provided. 120 VAC relays shall not be interchangeable with other voltages to prevent a hazardous interchange of relay voltages. Provide DIN mounted or panel mounted type depending on application. 17.25 Indicating Lights and Readouts [CSI 40 78 13, 40 78 16] 17.25.2 Pilot Lights [CSI 40 78 16.21] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Heavy-Duty, Watertight, and Corrosion-Resistant Type: Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type E34; Square D Co., Type SK; Allen Bradley, Type 800H; General Electric Co., Type CR 104P. Manufactured Units Indicating lights shall be NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion resistant, water -tight, oil-tight, full voltage, push-to-test, high visibility 28 chips LED type. Pilot lights shall be rated for the proper operating voltage. Appropriate lens caps shall be provided as shown on Plans. 17.30 INTELLIGENT CONTROL UNITS 17.31.2 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System [CSI 40 63 43] Part 1 - General Summary Work involved in this contract includes providing new PLC equipment and programming to provide the functions shown on the Plans and described herein. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-15 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Performance and Design Requirements • The PLC system modifications shall accomplish the control requirements of the loop descriptions, Plans, and Specifications. • The design application and installation of the PLCs shall conform to NEMA ICS 1.1. • PLC programming shall be documented. • All PLC control system components shall be capable of meeting or exceeding electromagnetic interference tests per ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers PLC components added to this Contract shall be Siemens. No substitution. Refer to project Telemetry Panel plans for specific Siemens component numbers and quantities. Components Input/Output (I/O) Modules a) Provide plug-in modular-type I/O racks with cables to connect to all other required PLC system components. b) Provide I/O system with: 1. I/O solid state boards with status lights indicating I/O status and board failure. 2. Electric isolation between logic and field device. 3. Interchangeable boards for similar I/O type to allow substitution of operating boards for failed units by the operator. 4. Capability of withstanding low energy common mode transient to 1500 V without failure. 5. Incorporate noise suppression design. 6. Capable of meeting or exceeding surge-withstand capability tests, per ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1. 7. Capable of meeting or exceeding electrical noise tests, NEMA ICS1-109.60- 109.66. c) Discrete I/O modules: 1. Interface to ON/OFF devices. 2. I/O status indicator on module front. 3. Voltage rating to match circuit voltage. 4. Output module current rating: City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-16 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. a. Match maximum circuit current draw. b. Minimum 1.5 A/point for 120 V AC applications. 5. Isolated modules for applications where one module interfaces with devices utilizing different sources of power. 6. Individually fused outputs with blown fuse indication. d) Analog I/O modules: 1. Input modules to accept signals indicated on Plans or Specifications. 2. 12-bit minimum resolution. 3. I/O chassis supplied power for powering connected field devices. 4. Isolated (differential) inputs and outputs. 5. User configurable for desired fault-response state. 6. Provide output signals as indicated on Plans and Specifications. 7. Individual D/A converter for each output module. 8. Individual A/D converter for each input module. Data Highway Communications 1. All PLC controllers shall be capable of PROFINET communications. Any additional industrial protocols shall be provided through protocol converters. PLC Peripheral Devices 1. PLC Peripheral Devices Graphical Operator Interface a. The data entry and display module shall consist of a 12-inch color screen display. b. The unit shall be capable of reading PLC data table register values and pre-defined messages and writing into PLC memory to modify register values. c. The readout module will be used as a local operator interface device for entering operational parameters and reading out process data including display of all alarms by tag number. d. A complete index of parameters and corresponding memory locations and a complete cross reference of alarms will be permanently attached to each PLC enclosure. e. The unit will be self-contained, 24 VDC powered and rated minimum NEMA 12 suitable for panel mounting. f. Communications will be direct with the Ethernet Switch via shielded PROFINET Cable. g. The touch screen panel shall be a Siemens SIMATIC HMI TP1200 Comfort Panel, 12-inch Color Display, Part Number 6AV2124-0MC01-0AX0, No Substitutions. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-17 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 - Execution Installers Control System Integrator and programmers shall have had experience in design, installation, and start-up of at least three similar installations using the proposed hardware and software. Installation Provide a completely integrated distributed programmable controller system capable of analog and sequential control, data acquisition and display, alarm annunciation and communications using the PLC system. I/O cards and memory shall be added as necessary to complete work shown on the Plans and described in the specifications. The system shall provide true distributed control wherein each PLC is an intelligent stand-alone controller programmed for the specific functions required at its respective location. Certain information in the form of control commands, interlocks and data will be passed directly between the PLCs for use in executing the local control programs. Input/Output Connection Requirements 1. Make connections to I/O subsystem by terminating all field wiring on terminal blocks within the I/O enclosure. 2. Prewire I/O modules to terminal blocks. 3. Provide terminal blocks with continuous marking strip. 4. Size terminals to accommodate all active data base points and spares. 5. Provide terminals for individual termination of each signal shield. 6. Field wiring shall not be disturbed when removing or replacing an I/O module. PLC Installment 1. Component placement: a. Mount all components according to manufacturer's instructions. b. Locate incoming line devices (isolation or constant voltage transformers, local power disconnects, surge suppressors, etc.) so as to keep power wire runs within an enclosure as short as possible. c. If items such as magnetic starters, contactors, relays and other electromagnetic devices are located within the same enclosure as the PLC system components, provide at least 6 inches of separation between the magnetic area and the control area. d. Oversize enclosure to accommodate future racks and auxiliary devices as required. 2. Provide enclosure with a single quick disconnect of incoming power. Mount disconnect switch or breaker on enclosure exterior and label. 3. Enclosures shall comply with these specifications. 4. Enclosures shall be equipped with H2S inhibitor(s) suitable for the enclosed volume. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-18 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 17.33 Network Equipment and Computers 17.33.1 Industrial Network Equipment [CSI 40 66 13] Part 1 – General Design Requirements All specified “industrial network equipment” shall comply with the following minimum specifications: 1. Rated for a 5-30VDC power supply. 2. UL listed. 3. Designed for an industrial environment. 4. Operating temperature of -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 176 degrees Fahrenheit. 5. IP66 rated water and dust resistant. 6. Control network device shall be capable of remote monitoring using OPC protocol. 7. All devices on fiber backbone shall have a minimum of two sets of transmit/receive ports. 8. Twisted pair network speed shall be a minimum of 100Base-TX. 9. Fiber optic network speed shall be a minimum of 100Base-FX. These requirements do not apply to non-industrial network equipment. Part 2 - Products Control Network Equipment Data highway communications shall be accomplished on a control network consisting of nodes, one at each PLC or computer workstation and a physical link layer consisting of cables and all interfacing hardware. Control Network equipment shall consist of the following devices. Managed Ethernet Switch One (1) Red Lion N-Tron 716TX Ethernet Switch, or equal. Part 3 – Execution Installation All network equipment in Control Panels shall be installed as per Plans, specifications and product installation instructions. All components shall be suitable for installation in the environment where installed. All devices shall be installed as specified by the manufacturer. All devices shall be installed to be field serviceable without taking the facility out of service. Device displays shall be positioned to be easily read when viewing directly into control panels. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-19 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 17.90 TESTING, STARTUP, AND TRAINING 17.90.1 Common Work for Testing, Startup, and Training [CSI 40 61 21, 40 61 26, 40 80 00] Part 1 – General Summary Total system hardware start-up is the responsibility of the Control System Integrator. Maintenance The Control System Integrator shall be solely and completely responsible for all hardware maintenance of the system from time of start-up to the date of acceptance, by formal action of the Owner, of all work under the contract. The Control System Integrator shall perform all such work required or considered to be required by the Owner to cause and maintain proper operation of the system and to properly maintain the system. Warranty The Contractor shall cause the Control System Integrator to make any and all repairs, replacements, modifications and adjustments required to eliminate any and all defects in design, materials and workmanship which are disclosed within the one year guarantee period. The Control System Integrator shall begin all repairs, replacements, modifications and adjustments within twenty-four (24) hours of notification by telephone by the Owner and shall complete such repairs, replacements, modifications and adjustments within forty -eight (48) hours of notification. Should the Control System Integrator fail to begin the work within 24 hours or complete the work within 48 hours, the Owner may proceed to undertake or complete the work. In such event, the Contractor and his surety shall be liable for all costs incurred by the Owner. Part 3 – Execution Field Quality Control Equipment Manufacturer’s Support 1. The Control System Integrator shall pay for services of equipment manufacturer's field service representative(s) to: a. Inspect equipment covered by these Specifications. b. Supervise adjustments and installation checks. c. Conduct start-up of equipment and perform operational checks. d. Provide Owner with a written statement that manufacturer's equipment has been installed properly, started up and is ready for operation by Owner's personnel. Repairs The Control System Integrator shall correct all deficiencies and defects and make any and all repairs, replacements, modifications, and adjustments as malfunctions or failures occur. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-20 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. The Contractor and the Control System Integrator shall anticipate that the Owner may delay acceptance of all work under the contract if, in the judgment of the Owner, malfunctions or failures in operation of the control system repeatedly occur after start-up. Both the Contractor and the Control System Integrator shall not be entitled to an extension of time or to any claim for damages because of hindrances, delays or complications caused by or resulting from delay by the Owner in accepting the work because of malfunctions or failures in operation of the control system. 17.91 Tests and Inspections [CSI 40 61 21, 40 80 13] Part 1 - General Summary Materials, equipment, and construction included under this specification shall be inspected in accordance with the specifications. Testing shall be performed by the Control System Integrator in accordance with Division 16, and this and subsequent sections of this division. Testing shall be required to determine if installed equipment and system(s) will operate in the manner in which they are intended to operate. The decision of the Owner upon the acceptability of the test procedures and conformance shall be final. The work will not be accepted until all testing has been satisfactorily performed. Scheduling The Contractor shall prepare factory and field test procedures to demonstrate conformance of the complete system to this specification. The Contractor shall submit the detailed test procedures within four weeks after the notice to proceed for the Engineer’s review and approval. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, instruments and services necessary to perform all specific functional testing of all installed equipment and systems at no additional cost. The Control System Integrator and Contractor shall notify the Owner of the factory testing date 30 days before testing. The Contractor and Control System Integrator shall include in the schedule 10 consecutive working days as part of the factory testing to test the control system software with the hardware supplied by the Control System Integrator at the Control System Integrator’s shop. The Control System Integrator and Contractor shall submit to the Owner a detailed field testing schedule identifying each day that the Control System Integrator will need to be on site for field testing of equipment. A preliminary schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for review 60 days before testing. A final schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for review 30 days before testing. The Contractor and Control System Integrator shall include in the construction schedule 10 consecutive working days to perform field software testing. Startup shall not proceed until the software field testing is complete. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-21 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 – Products Factory Testing All factory testing of motor control centers and VFD panels shall be performed at the Control System Integrator’s shop. The completed control system shall be tested in the shop by the Control System Integrator. All motor control centers and VFD’s supplied by the Control System Integrator shall be interconnected with the control system and powered with rated incoming voltage. Testing shall be conducted in two phases. The initial hardware testing shall include, but not be limited to, operation of all input and output (I/O) points, control devices and motor controllers. The initial hardware testing of the control system shall include the following: 1. The entire assembled panels shall be meggered and tested to be free from grounds and shorts. 2. Energize each discrete input and output and simulating each analog input and output using a loop simulator and calibrator. Circuits not energized shall be tested for continuity. Discrete input signals shall be tested in both the “on” and “off” state. Analog signals shall be tested at a minimum of three values (4 mA, 12 mA, and 20 mA). The test results shall be documented by the Control System Integrator in checklist format. The final test results shall be signed by both the Engineer and Control System Integrator prior to shipment of equipment to the job site. 3. Provide signal generators, multimeters, and other test equipment as required to verify proper operation of the assembled panels. 4. The Control System Integrator shall interconnect the control panels with the motor control centers and VFD’s for both hardware and software testing phases. Control panels shall initially be hardware tested in one group. Similarly, the motor control centers and VFD’s shall be hardware tested in another group. After both groups of hardware are confirmed to be operating correctly, the Control System Integrator shall interconnect the equipment with Ethernet cables and analog and discrete wiring as shown on the Plans. The equipment shall remain connected for the remainder of the factory testing period. 5. Correct, replace, or repair control panel and motor control center wiring, and/or components until testing demonstrates proper operation. Control panels and motor control centers shall not be shipped to the job site until testing has demonstrated complete operation of the panels. 6. Provide updated and complete as-built drawings for the control panels and motor control centers at the time of final factory testing. The Engineer shall review the drawings against the panel construction at the time of final factory testing . Drawings which do not reflect the actual construction of the panel shall be revised and reviewed again by the Engineer. As-built drawings that require revisions shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to shipment of equipment to the job site . This review process shall be repeated as necessary so that as -built drawings reflect the actual construction of the panels and motor control centers at the time of shipment. Panels and motor control centers shall not be shipped to the job site until the as-built City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-22 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. drawings are updated, complete, and reflect the actual as -shipped status of the equipment. Upon completion of the initial hardware testing, Control System Integrator shall conduct software testing for final inspection by the Owner. All control functions and all status and alarm monitoring and indication shall be demonstrated under simulated operating conditions. Simulating equipment shall be provided and wired into the control system for this testing. Testing shall be continued for the time period required by the Owner to observe and verify any revisions and as described above in the scheduling portion of this specification. Part 3 – Execution Field Quality Control Following installation by the Contractor, the Control System Integrator will verify the correctness of the interconnecting wiring and energize all control equipment in the field. Each point at the controller(s) shall be checked for proper functional operation through communication with the central computer. Field Tests The Control System Integrator in conjunction with the Contractor shall conduct field tests of all panels, motor control centers, VFD’s, and instrumentation in the presence of the Engineer after installation of the equipment at the site. Testing shall be conducted by physically actuating signaling devices, installing temporary jumpers, or artificially imposing signa ls on the field wiring. This shall be done to establish proper operation of the field devices, the integrity of the field wiring, and the proper connection of field devices to the panels. The Contractor and Control System Integrator shall coordinate with the Engineer to provide for as complete testing of the control system as is practical prior to placing the equipment on line for actual control and monitoring. The Contractor and Control System Integrator shall make corrections or repairs to the wiring and/or devices as necessary to provide proper operation of the system. After the initial testing is complete, commissioning shall be accomplished by the Control Systems Integrator, and Contractor, with the Owner and Engineer present. Commissioning shall include operation and verification of all control components and features of the entire control system. Each function shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Owner. Repairs Should any part of the system fail during the test, the test shall be reschedu led and repeated to the satisfaction of the Owner after repairs. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-23 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 17.92 Startup [CSI 40 80 15] Part 1 – General Summary All testing, startup and operation shall not be cause for claims for delay by the Contractor, and all expenses accruing therefrom shall be deemed to be incidental to this contract. The Contractor shall make arrangement for all materials, supplies and labor necessary to efficiently complete the testing, startup and operation. Startup shall consist of testing, by a simulated operation, all operational equipment and controls. The purpose of these tests shall be to check that all equipment will function under operating conditions, that all interlocking controls and sequences are properly set, and that the facility will function as an operating unit. Scheduling Factory representatives of all major units shall be present for the startup phase. The test shall continue until it is demonstrated that all functions of controls and machinery are correct. Part 3 - Execution Field Quality Control When the installation of the Control System is substantially complete, the Contractor shall commence with calibration and field testing. Testing shall determine that all system components connect up correctly to each other so that the system works as designed. Refer to section 17.91 for field testing requirements. All components of the control system shall be calibrated by the Control System Integrator after completion of installation. Each component shall be adjusted to be within the Manufacturer's required range and for the specific application. Components that cannot be properly calibrated or that are found to exceed the Manufacturer's specified range or accuracy shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. The control system shall be placed into operation by the Control Systems Integrator. The Control System Integrator shall calibrate all instruments, indicators, recorders, loops, etc. and shall provide a five-point calibration test results sheet for each calibrated instrument supplied by the Control System Integrator. The five-point calibration shall include one point at: Minimum input range value, Maximum input range value, Midrange input value, no other point less than 25 percent of span to any other point. Test forms shall identify each instrument tested, input conditions vs. output signal results in tabulated form, and shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to final commissioning. Repairs All deficiencies observed during the start-up will be corrected by the Contractor. City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-24 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 17.93 Training [CSI 40 61 26] Part 1 – General Submittals Submit index of all training offered by PLC system equipment manufacturers including operation and maintenance. The Control System Integrator shall prepare and assemble specific instruction materials for each training session and shall supply such materials to the Owner at least 2 weeks prior to the time of the training. Part 3 – Execution Hands-On Training The Control System Integrator shall conduct specifically organized training sessions in operation and maintenance of the control system for personnel employed by the Owner. The training sessions shall be conducted to educate and train the personnel in maintenance and operation of all components of the control system. Training shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Preventative maintenance procedures 2. Trouble-shooting 3. Calibration 4. Testing 5. Replacement of components At least two separate training sessions, each at least 4 hours in duration, shall be conducted at the facility after start-up of the system. 17.94 Documentation 17.94.2 Operations and Maintenance Manuals [CSI 40 80 23] Part 1 – General Summary Two types of operation and maintenance manuals (O&M) will be required for the contract: 1. General manuals for use by the Water Department staff for daily operation, maintenance and troubleshooting. 2. Technical manuals for use by trained electronics technicians for technica l and “board level” maintenance and repair. Submittals Prior to the receipt of payment for more than 50 percent of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner five sets of acceptable manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions covering each piece of mechanical and electrical equipment, or equipment City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-25 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. assembly, furnished under this contract. Each set of instructions shall be bound into multiple volumes; each volume to be complete with and index and bound in a suitable hard-cover binder. Manuals shall be assembled and indexed so that information on each piece of equipment can be readily found. Quality Assurance Manuals shall be purposefully made for this installation, and general manuals which are vague or have limited applicability will not be accepted. The manuals shall be written in a non- technical format suitable for reading by water system operators with no previous automatic control equipment experience. The decision of the Owner on the acceptability of the manual shall be final. Part 2 – Products Materials The Control System Integrator shall prepare and assemble detailed operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with the project general requirements. The manuals shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Name, location and phone number of nearest supplier and spare part warehouse. 2. Step by step operating procedures. 3. Narrative of overall system performance and operation. 4. Listing of all equipment setpoints. 5. Preventative maintenance procedures 6. Trouble-shooting of master and remote equipment. 7. Calibration 8. Testing 9. Replacement of components 10. System schematics / shop drawings 11. As-built elementary and one-line diagrams 12. Catalog data and complete parts list for all equipment and control devices 13. Listing of recommended spare parts. 14. Listing of recommended maintenance tools and equipment. 15. Warranties. 16. Disassembly and reassembly instructions. 17. Program documentation printout with tag numbers and descriptive comments. 18. Backup program on CD-ROM or flash drive. All plans shall be provided on hard copy and in electronic form on disk. Electronic drawing files shall be provided in AutoCAD .DWG format with all “xrefs” bound. If “xrefs” are not City of Kent Fall 2020 Clark Springs Generator and Electrical Upgrade Division 17 17-26 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/15/20 11:35 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. bound, all “xref”.DWG files shall be provided unlinked with instructions to reestablish the links. Files shall be in AutoCAD 2010 or later format. 18-1 J:\Data\KEN\119-142\30 Specs\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 9/15/20 11:37 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 18 Measurement and Payment – This Division Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond A - 2 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 GEOTECHNICAL MEMORANDUM 10/24/2019 6:58 AM Z:\BOTHELL\DATA\KEN\119-142\10 REPORTS\GEO\TECH MEMO RE KEN GENERATOR PAD.DOCX TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM Client: City of Kent Project: Clark Springs Standby Generator Project File: KEN 119.142.01.0001.0102 Project Manager: Chris Roberts, PE Composed by: Steve Nelson, LEG Reviewed by: Geoff Dillard, PE Subject: Engineering Geology Evaluation Date: October 24, 2019 Signed: 10/24/2019 Signed: 10/24/2019 INTRODUCTION The City of Kent (City) has aging electrical and motor control equipment located at its Clark Springs facility that needs replacement. The City has requested the services of RH2 Engineering, Inc., (RH2) for the design of the replacement electrical and motor starter equipment at the Clark Springs facility, installation of a proposed standby engine generator system and shelter, and replacement of the existing electrical service equipment and utility transformers. This technical memorandum summarizes the findings of a limited subsurface investigation to observe, characterize, and document earth and groundwater conditions of the proposed standby engine generator system and shelter site (the Site); identify potential geologic hazards; and provide recommendations for design and construction of the proposed standby engine generator system and shelter. The Site is in the NE ¼ of the SW ¼ of Section 26, Township 22 N, Range 06 E, centered at latitude 47.362299 degrees N, longitude 122.008086 degrees W. The Site is located approximately 0.5 miles east of the intersection of the Maple Valley Highway (State Route 169) and SE Kent-Kangley Road (State Route 516) at approximately 570 feet in elevation above mean sea level (amsl). The Site is shown in Figure 1. The area of the Site is undeveloped and accessed by a gravel road connected to SE Kent-Kangley Road. Technical Memorandum RE: Engineering Geology Evaluation October 23, 2019 Page 2 10/24/2019 6:58 AM Z:\BOTHELL\DATA\KEN\119-142\10 REPORTS\GEO\TECH MEMO RE KEN GENERATOR PAD.DOCX PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION Construction of the proposed standby engine generator system and shelter will require excavating into native soil to create a level surface to construct a concrete slab foundation, concrete pavement, and a low concrete block wall surrounding the Site. The concrete slab foundation will be integrated with to the concrete pavement to create a continuous impervious surface without seams sloped to a catch basin for generator fuel spill containment. Figure 1 illustrates the proposed Site layout. REGIONAL GEOLOGY RH2 reviewed geologic maps and descriptions of regional geologic conditions on the Washington State Department of Natural Resources (WADNR) website. RH2 reviewed the driller’s logs for borings and wells completed within 1 mile of the Site that were recorded at the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology) well log website. The surficial geologic unit mapped at the Site is glacial outwash consisting of fine to coarse sand with gravel and boulders, and a limited amount of fines. The WADNR Interactive Geologic Map, based on the United States Geological Survey National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program, assigns a Seismic Site Class C to D, Stiff to Soft Soil, and a low risk of liquefaction to the site soils. SITE INVESTIGATION Before site exploration, RH2 reviewed available geologic maps, soil maps, and exploration boring logs for the local area. On October 9th, 2019, RH2 observed the excavation of two exploration test pits (TP-1, TP-2) by City staff using a backhoe to dig to a depth of 6 feet. After the investigations were complete, City staff backfilled the test pits with excavated soil. The test pits are shown on Figure 1. RH2 observed soil samples retrieved from the excavations to identify stratigraphy, composition, texture, structure, and cohesion of fill and native earth materials encountered in the excavations. Appendix A contains the soil test pit logs. The native soil encountered in the excavations consisted primarily of loose to compact fine to coarse gravelly sand with many cobbles and few boulders . Review of the Clark Springs facility and collector system indicates that groundwater exists at a depth greater than 15 feet at the Site. No groundwater seepage was observed at either test pit. GEOLOGIC HAZARDS The WADNR website was reviewed for geologic hazards at the Site. The information that follows summarizes the geologic hazards and relative risk they pose to the lift station. • Risks from landslides, mass wasting, and flooding are negligible. • The risk of earthquakes of magnitude 5 (M 5) to 6 (M 6) during the next 50 years is high (80 percent). • Liquefaction risk is mapped as low due to the compact, coarse-grained composition of the native soil and greater than 10-foot depth to groundwater. Technical Memorandum RE: Engineering Geology Evaluation October 23, 2019 Page 3 10/24/2019 6:58 AM Z:\BOTHELL\DATA\KEN\119-142\10 REPORTS\GEO\TECH MEMO RE KEN GENERATOR PAD.DOCX • The risk of persistent groundwater seepage from surrounding native soil into site excavations during site development is low. GEOTECHNICAL PROPERTIES Based on the observed soil composition and density, the native soil unit may support a structure with an appropriately designed foundation that spreads a load that does not exceed a net allowable bearing capacity of 3,000 pounds per square foot (psf). The following earth pressures are estimated for the fine-grained soil and unconsolidated fill, assuming a friction angle of 32 degrees and a unit weight of 115 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). • At rest – 54 psf per foot of depth • Active – 35 psf per foot of depth • Passive – 374 psf per foot of depth There is a high probability that the Site will experience a moderate (M 5) earthquake in the next 50 years. The native soil should be considered as a Site Class C to D Stiff to Soft Soil. RECOMMENDATIONS SITE EXCAVATION FOR IMPROVEMENTS • The new generator pad and associated concrete containment pavement and the low concrete block wall would be founded on compact native gravelly sand. • Excavation for the generator pad foundation may be achieved using standard excavation equipment; there is a low probability that large boulders greater than 3 feet in diameter underlie the generator pad location. • No groundwater control will be required. • Excavations to the subgrade should be reviewed by a Licensed Engineering Geologist (LEG) or Professional Engineer with a geotechnical background (PEG) prior to any subgrade improvements. SLOPES AND SHORING • Excavation will not require shoring. • Temporary slopes should not be steeper than 2H:1V and should be inspected for stability several times a day, or as often as necessary to ensure slope integrity. This shall include reviewing the top of the slope for tension cracks and settlement, as well as erosion. • All temporary slopes should be protected from erosion from direct precipitation or runoff from adjacent impermeable surfaces. Before and during precipitation events, the surface should be covered by plastic sheeting or other techniques that prevent rain splash erosion and rilling. Measures should be taken to prevent stormwater runoff into the open excavation. Technical Memorandum RE: Engineering Geology Evaluation October 23, 2019 Page 4 10/24/2019 6:58 AM Z:\BOTHELL\DATA\KEN\119-142\10 REPORTS\GEO\TECH MEMO RE KEN GENERATOR PAD.DOCX • All permanent slopes should be protected from erosion by hydroseeding and planting with landscape fabric, coarse bark placement, quarry spalls, or other materials that prevent rain splash erosion and rilling. SUBGRADE PREPARATION • Areas of subgrade that consist of less than 12 inches of loose or unsuitable native soil or large tree roots or stumps should be over-excavated and backfilled with compacted crushed rock up to the design subgrade depth. • Areas of subgrade that consist of more than 12 inches of loose or unsuitable native soil should be over-excavated and backfilled with compacted structural fill up to the design subgrade depth. • Structural backfill should meet the requirements of gravel borrow (or equivalent) per the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) 2018 Standard Specifications, 9-03.14(1). Structural backfill should be placed at optimal moisture in 6-inch loose lifts and compacted to a firm and unyielding surface to achieve at least 95-percent of maximum dry density as determined by the modified proctor test (American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D 1557). • The final subgrade should be flat and free of loose earth materials and cobbles larger than 4 inches in diameter. The subgrade should be probed to confirm uniform soil density and approved by a LEG or PEG. • Crushed rock should meet the requirements of crushed surfacing base course (CSBC) per the WSDOT 2018 Standard Specifications, 9-03.9(3). CSBC should be placed in 6-inch lifts and compacted to a firm and unyielding surface to achieve at least 95-percent of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D 1557. ATTACHMENTS 1. Figure 1 – Clark Springs Proposed Site Plan 2. Appendix A – Test Pit Logs Figure 1 Site Plan THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GAT E GA T E SIGN RA IN G A UG E UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LOCATED 8/19/19 UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LOCATED 8/19/19 UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LOCATED 8/19/19 TELEMETRY PHONE LINE TELEMETRY PHONE LINE SE KEN T K A N G L E Y R O A D CLARK SPRINGS PROPOSED SITE PLAN ALTERNATE 1 CLARK SPRINGS PROPOSED SITE PLAN City of Kent Public Works Department Engineering Division CLARK SPRINGS GENERATOR AND ELECTRICAL UPGRADES RH2 PROJECT NO. 119-142 www.rh2.com RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. Bothell, Wa 22722 29th Drive SE, Suite 210 1.800.720.8052 SLOPE CONCRETE CONTAINMENT TO CATCH BASIN FOR SPILL CONTAINMENT PROPOSED GENERATOR SHELTER PROPOSED ELECTRICAL PANEL SHELTER ROUTE DRAIN TO KENT KANGLEY ROAD 6'x2'x2' ECOLOGY BLOCK, TYP. OF 24, FOR VEGETATION BUFFER CATCH BASIN WITH KNIFE GATE ON OUTLET FOR ISOLATION 100' SANITARY RADIUS GENERATOR OUTLINE TP-1 TP-2 FIGURE 1 Appendix A Test Pit Logs THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Page 1 of 2 Z:\Bothell\Data\KEN\119-142\10 Reports\Geo\KEN Generator Pad Test Pits.docx Test Pit/Exploration Log KEN TP-1 Exploration Name Clark Springs Standby Generator Project East of Second Entrance Gate Location Steve Nelson, LEG Observed By October 9, 2019 Date KEN 119.142 Project No. Deere 35G mini-track excavator, 2-foot bucket City of Kent Backhoe and Operator Depth Description Sketch/Photo 0 to 0.75 feet Topsoil 0.75 to 6.0 feet Silty Gravelly SAND (SW). Gray; fine to medium sand, fine to medium subrounded gravel, non-plastic fines, many cobbles, few boulders to 12 inches; stratified; moist; loose. (Recessional outwash) No groundwater seepage. Sidewalls stable unless disturbed. Exploration backfilled with excavated soil. Page 2 of 2 Z:\Bothell\Data\KEN\119-142\10 Reports\Geo\KEN Generator Pad Test Pits.docx Test Pit/Exploration Log KEN TP-2 Exploration Name Clark Springs Standby Generator Project Near Second Entrance Gate Location Steve Nelson, LEG Observed By October 9, 2019 Date KEN 119.142 Project No. Deere 35G mini-track excavator, 2-foot bucket City of Kent Backhoe and Operator Depth Description Sketch/Photo 0 to 0.75 feet Topsoil 0.75 to 6.0 feet Silty Gravelly SAND (SW). Gray; fine to medium sand, fine to medium subrounded gravel, non-plastic fines, many cobbles, few boulders to 12 inches; stratified; moist; loose. (Recessional outwash) No groundwater seepage. Sidewalls stable unless disturbed. Exploration backfilled with excavated soil. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond A - 3 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 KENT STANDARD PLANS The following Kent Standard Plans supplement all other plans, which have been prepared for this project and are considered to be a part of the project plans. SANITARY SEWER 4-7 6” Cleanout STORM 5-13 Beehive Grate 5-30 Sample TESC Site Plan 1 Acre and Smaller 5-31 Filter Fabric Fence 5-32 TESC Sediment Trap Earth Berm 5-33 TESC Interceptor Ditch with Rock Check Dams 5-34 TESC Pipe Slope Drain 5-35 Temporary Stockpiling STREET 6-33 Cement Concrete Curbs 6-57 Site Grading 6-58 Minor Fills Around Trees 6-59 Cuts or Fills Around Trees (BELL x SPIGOT) 6"-45° ELBOW 6" WYE OF CLEANOUTBEGINNING SLOPE WATER TIGHT PLUG NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE CITY OF KENT. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST. 6" SIDE SEWER SEE STANDARD PLAN 4-8M 10" NOTES: 1.CAST IRON TO CONFORM TO A.S.T.M. A48-56 CLASS 30. 2.COVER SHALL BE OLYMPIC FOUNDRY M1007 OR EQUIVALENT MARKED "SEWER-CO" OR "CO". 3.TRACER WIRE = 12 GUAGE INSULATED SOLID COPPER WIRE, GREEN PLASTIC COATED. BARE END OF WIRE PERMANENTLY CONNECTED TO TEE AT MAIN WITH A SS HOSE CLAMP. WRAP SIDE SEWER AND INSTALL WIRE WITHIN CLEANOUT COVER, COIL ENOUGH LENGTH TO BRING ABOVE GRADE 18 INCHES FOR LOCATE PURPOSES. SEE NOTE 3 8 7/8" 2'-0"1/2"CAST IRON RING & COVER CLEANOUT RING & COVER 15" 7"1 1/4"9"2"10"2'-0"15" 7 3/4"2 7/8"8 3/4"4"5/8"10"INDICATED-HT. 1/8" WIDE BORDER 1/8" RAISE - 1/2" SPACED 3/4" AS 3/4" SQUARES CLASS 3000 CEMENT CONC. 1" 1" 1/2" 7 3/4"7 3/4" 9" 10" 2'-0"2"2%2% 6" PVC THREADED PLUG 8" PVC PIPE (FOR SLEEVE) FIBER JOINT PACKING (OPTIONAL) SEE NOTE 2 CLASS 3000 CEMENT CONC. SEE NOTE 3 CLEANOUT STATION6" PIPE 24 3/4" 23 3/4" 9" 6" 5/8" 5/8" NOTES: 1. MATERIAL: CAST IRON ASTM A48, CL 30. 2. PROVIDE 2-5/8" LONG STAINLESS STEEL ALLEN TYPE BOLTS COUNTER SUNK FLUSH WITH COVER. MANHOLE RING AND LOCKING BEEHIVE GRATE PLAN SECTION B-B NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE CITY OF KENT. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST. A A 1/2" 2" DRILL & TAP: 5/8"-11 UNC -1B (3 @ 120° ON 22-1/8" BOLT CIRCLE 1" HANDLING HOLE (3 PLCS) OF OF SF SF OF OF FENCE ORANGE BARRIEROF OUTLET PROTECTIONOP SILT FENCE ENTRANCE CONSTRUCTION STABILIZED SEDIMENT TRAP INTERCEPTOR SWALE OR DITCH TESC FEATURE CATCH BASIN OP SF CE ST IS LABEL IS SF ST IS CE OF EXISTING ROADEXISTING EOP SEDIMENT TRAP9896949290888684 8280 EXISTING DITCH CLEARING LIMITS: PRIOR TO ANY SITE CLEARING OR GRADING, THOSE AREAS THAT ARE TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED DURING PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE DELINEATED. MEASURES TO USE: IN MOST CIRCUMSTANCES, MARK CLEARING LIMITS BY DELINEATING THE SITE WITH A CONTINUOUS LENGTH OF ORANGE BARRIER FENCE. IN CRITICAL AREAS, INSTALL A SILT FENCE IN THE SEDIMENT BASIN. INTERCEPTOR DITCH W/ROCK CHECK DAMS SEE STANDARD PLAN 5-33 SEDIMENT BASIN OUTLET STRUCTURE AND DAM - SEE STANDARD PLAN 5-32 CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE - SEE WSDOT STANDARD PLAN I-80.10-02 NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE CITY OF KENT. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST. CHECK DAMCD CD LEGEND: NOTES: 1. THIS IS A SAMPLE PLAN ONLY, INTENDING TO SHOW HOW TESC FEATURES MAY BE SHOWN ON A SITE PLAN. INDIVIDUAL PROJECT TESC PLANS SHOULD BE LAID OUT TO MEET PROJECT SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. TESC FEATURES ARE SHOWN IN THESE STD PLANS (5-32, 5-34) AND THE KSWDM. SECTION A-A ELEVATION FLOW INSTALLATION NOTES: NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE CITY OF KENT. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST. A 1. FILTER FABRIC FENCE SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN THEY HAVE SERVED THEIR USEFUL PURPOSE AFTER THE UPSLOPE AREA HAS BEEN PERMANENTLY STABILIZED. THE NEWLY DISTURBED AREAS RESULTING FROM FILTER FABRIC REMOVAL SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY SEEDED AND MULCHED OR STABILIZED AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 2. FILTER FABRIC FENCES SHALL BE INSPECTED IMMEDIATELY AFTER EACH RAINFALL AND AT LEAST DAILY DURING PROLONGED RAINFALL. ANY REQUIRED REPAIRS SHALL BE MADE IMMEDIATELY. 3. REMOVE SEDIMENT WHEN IT REACHES 1/3 FENCE HEIGHT. 4. INSTALL THE SILT FENCE FIRST. AFTER THE SILT FENCE HAS BEEN INSTALLED, CONSTRUCT BERM AND TRENCH. NEWLY GRADED OR DISTURBED SIDE SLOPE WIRE FABRIC 1 1/2" WASHED ROCK 2"x2"x14 GAUGE WELDED WIRE FABRIC OR EQUAL (IF 180# EXTRA STRENGTH FABRIC IF USED MAY ELIMINATE WIRE FABRIC)WIRE RINGS (TYP.) JOINTS IN FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE SPLICED AT POSTS. USE STAPLES, WIRE RINGS, OR EQUIVALENT TO ATTACH FABRIC TO POSTS. FILTER FABRIC MATERIAL MIRAFI 100X OR QUIVALENT STEEL OR 2x4 WOOD POSTS 6' O.C. WIRE RINGS (TYP.) FILTER FABRIC MATERIAL NATIVE BACKFILL MATERIAL OR 3/4"-1.5" WASHED GRAVEL 3"2'-6" MIN.1'1'-6" MIN.6"x6" TRENCH 2'2'1'4"2" A LEVEL BOTTOM BERM TOP OF 13 1 2 CB PLAN PROFILE GENERAL NOTES: 1. SHAPE OF SEDIMENTATION POND MAY VARY TO FIT DRAINAGE AREA AND TERRAIN. MODIFY AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE SATISFACTORY TRAPPING OF SEDIMENT. 2. USE THE KENT SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL TO DETERMINE THE TRAP GEOMETRY. 3. TO AID IN DETERMINING SEDIMENT DEPTH, ALL TRAPS SHALL HAVE A STAFF GAUGE WITH A PROMINENT MARK 1 FOOT ABOVE THE BOTTOM OF THE TRAP. CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE THE TRAP BACK TO ORIGINAL DEPTH AND SIZE WHEN THE SEDIMENT REACHES THIS LEVEL. 4. FOR USE ON SITES LESS THAN 1 ACRE IN SIZE. 5. TRAP MAY BE BERM OR BY PARTIAL OR COMPLETE EXCAVATION. NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE CITY OF KENT. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.2'2'1'MIN.2' MIN.1'MIN.SEDIMENT TRAP SEE KCSWDM EMERGENCY SPILLWAY RIP-RAP OVER FILTER FABRIC ENTIRE LENGTH. (SEE KCSWDM TABLE 4.4.1.A) COMPACTED EARTH DAMN (BERM) RISER PIPE CONNECT TO CITY STORM DRAIN SYSTEM SEE RISER PIPE KCSWDM WATER LEVEL DURING STORM ORIGINAL GRADE 2" DEPRESSION FOR EMERGENCY SPILLWAY2' MIN.WIDTHMAX MAX DETAIL NOTES: 1 2 TABLE A 1:5 1:10 1:15 1:20 1:25 1:50 1:100 100 50 25 20 15 10 5 0 2 3 4 5 10 10 FT/FT SLOPE 1 3 1 3 1 3 SEDIMENT TRAP LENGTH2 DAM SPACING1 FLOW LINE GENERAL NOTES:SECTION A-A DITCH PLAN DITCH PROFILE FLOW DITCH FLOW 2 LEVEL LINE EXISTING GRADE 1. SUMP BEHIND ROCK CHECK DAM SHALL BE INSPECTED DAILY, AND CLEANED WHEN COLLECTED DEBRIS EXCEEDS 1/2 OF ITS DEPTH. LINE THE BOTTOM OF THE SWALE WITH 4" CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE. NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE CITY OF KENT. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST. 1 3 1 3 MIN.12"18"30"6"12"12"12"12"6"SEE TABLE A SEE TABLE A ROCK CHECK DAM - (TYP) TOP OF CHECK DAM EX. GRADE SEDIMENT TRAP UP STREAM 3 3 A A ISOMETRIC SECTION A-APLAN NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE CITY OF KENT. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST. ANCHOR PINS AS REQUIRED EXISTING GROUND INTERCEPTOR SWALE/DIKE HOLDING STRAPS FLEXIBLE HDPE DRAIN PIPE (OR APPROVED EQUAL) SLOPE ANCHORS REQUIRED FOR SLOPE GREATER THAN 20%, SEE KSWDM INTERCEPTOR SWALE/DIKE STANDARD METAL OR HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE END SECTION WITH HOLDING STRAPS AND ANCHOR PINS (TYP. TOP AND BOTTOM) EXISTING OR GRADED SLOPE NOTE: 1.FOR ALL OTHER OUTLETS, THE OUTLET PROTECTION SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE "OUTFALLS" SECTION OF CORE REQUIREMENTS #4 AND SECTION 4.2.2. OF THE KSWDM. ANCHOR PINS AS REQUIRED FOR THE STANDARD PIPE SLOPE DRAIN IN KSWDM, SECTION D.3.6.2 AND OTHER SMALLER CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS, THE STANDARD ROCK PAD (6'x8') MADE OF 1-FOOT THICK QUARRY SPALL IS ADEQUATE. A A NOTES: 1. PLASTIC SHEETING SHALL MEET ASTM D 4397 REQUIREMENTS. 2. MAXIMUM PERMITTED SLOPE SHALL BE 2H:1V. 3. SEAMS BETWEEN SHEETS MUST OVERLAP A MINIMUM OF 12" AND BE WEIGHTED OR TAPED. 4. TEMPORARY STOCKPILES SHALL NOT BLOCK THE SIGHT DISTANCES OF ANY INTERSECTION OR DRIVEWAY. 10' MA X . S P A C I N G BETWE E N P L A S T I C S H E E T S NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE CITY OF KENT. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON STOCKPILING MATERIAL SEE CITY OF KENT DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS SECTION 2.3.E BURY SHEETING INTO EXISTING SOIL MINIMUM 4"x4" TRENCH SANDBAGS, OR EQUIVALENT MAY BE USED TO WEIGHT PLASTIC MAX SPACING SHALL BE 10' BURY SHEETING INTO EXISTING SOIL MINIMUM 4"X4" TRENCH CLEAR PLASTIC SHEETING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 6 MIL.24' MAX.HEIGHT COMBINED CURB AND GUTTER1/2"R12"6"5 1/2" 6"12" 1 " R 1 " R 1"6"12" 24"12"3 1/2"2"10"4"6 1/2"CURB TRANSITION NOTES: 1.CONCRETE CLASS 3000. TYPICAL, UNLESS WITHIN DRIVEWAY SECTION, SEE DRIVEWAY STANDARD PLANS. 2.ROLLED CURB MAY ONLY BE USED WITHIN A CUL-DE-SAC OR ON A PRIVATE STREET (KENT STD. PLAN 6-18). 3.IN ROADWAY SECTIONS WITH SUPER ELEVATION, THE GUTTER PAN WILL MATCH THE ADJACENT PAVEMENT SLOPE. 4.DESIGN SIDEWALK CROSS GRADE SHALL BE 1.5%. CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCE SHALL BE 1% MIN AND 2% MAX. 5.FORMS SHALL BE STEEL UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. FORMS SHALL BE SET TRUE TO LINE AND GRADE AND SECURELY STAKED PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT. COMBINED CURB AND GUTTER ROLLED CURB SIDEWALK 5"1"6"10" 2 1/2"2 1/2"1 1 /2 "R1 1/2"R1"R1"R EXTRUDED CURB PAVEMENT NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE CITY OF KENT. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST. 1% MIN. - 2% MAX. 1.5% 9"EDGE OF TRAFFIC LANE12"R13"RFULL DEPTH BOND BREAK MATERIAL: 30 LB ROOFING FELT, 6 MIL PLASTIC OR APPROVED EQUAL 1 / 2 " R MAINTAIN FLOW LINE WITHOUT VERTICAL LIP BETWEEN GUTTER AND CURB 6"12"1"6"VARIES1 1/2"R1 1/2"3"8" EXTRUDED CURB UNDER GUARDRAIL NOTE: FACE OF CURB SHALL NOT EXTEND BEYOND THE FACE OF GUARDRAIL TOWARD THE TRAFFIC LANE 18" 6" ROLLED CURB24" 4" MAINTAIN EDGE OF CONCRETE CURB + SLOPE = 1 / 2 " - SLOP E = 1 " EPOXY ADHESIVE FOR FRESH CONCRETE 6"12"1"6"DRIVEWAYADA RAMP 5'-0" HAND TROWELED TAPER SECTION 2% MAX.1.5% MAX. GUTTER SHALL BE 8" THICK AND REINFORCED WHEN INSTALLED NEAR COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAYS C OF CURBL SEE NOTE 4 1/2" FOR POSITIVE SLOPE 1" FOR NEGATIVE SLOPE September 2009 NOTES: 1.EXTEND STRAW OUT TO DRIPLINE OF TREE. 2.COMPACT SOIL BY HAND EQUIPMENT ONLY. 3.FOR ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS SEE DETAILS 6-52, 6-53, AND 6-54. NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE CITY OF KENT. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST. ORIGINAL GRADE DRIP LINE NATIVE SOIL FILL 1" STRAW LAYER FINISHED GRADE SEE 6-52 FOR PRUNING CONSIDERATIONS AND SIGHT DISTANCES.5"MAX.ORIGINAL GRADE DRY WELL, MIN. 3' OR THREE TIMES THE MATURE TRUNK DIAMETER FILL SOIL STONE 3" Ø VENT WITH CAP DRAIN TILE (3" Ø MIN.) LOOSE STONE NEW SOIL LINE OLD SOIL LINE RAISING THE GRADE SECTION PLAN LOWERING THE GRADE SLOPE TO DRAIN AWAY FROM TREE @ 1% MINIMUM DRIP LINE DRAIN TILE TO DRIP LINE DRY WELL VENTS (3"Ø MIN.) WITH CAPS DRIP LINE INSTALL ENGINEERED WALL FOR CUTS GREATER THAN FOUR FEET AND SLOPES GREATER THAN 2:1 HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL (TYP). OLD SOIL LINE LOWERING AND RAISING THE GRADE FILL 1 6 NEW SOIL LINE CUT NOTES: 1.ALL DRAIN TILE SHALL BE PERFORATED PVC AND WRAPPED IN PERMEABLE DRAIN FABRIC OR CLOTH SOCKS DESIGNED FOR PERFORATED PIPE. 2.MINIMUM BATTER ON DRY WELLS WALLS SHALL BE 1:6 HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL. 3.ALL FILL SOIL SHALL BE COMPACTED BY HAND EQUIPMENT ONLY. 4. FINAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY A LICENSED ARBORIST. NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION IS KEPT ON FILE AT THE CITY OF KENT. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST. DRIP LINE ROCKERY OR CONCRETE BLOCK WALL EX. TREE EX. TREE 2' 2' ROCKERY OR CONCRETE BLOCK WALL FILL EX. TREE Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond A - 4 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 WSDOT STANDARD PLANS The following WSDOT Standard Plans supplement all other plans, which have been prepared for this project and are considered to be a part of the project plans. ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION A-40.15-00 PCC Pavement Isolation Joints (2 sheets) DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND HYDRAULICS B-5.20-02 Catch Basin Type 1 APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION DATESTATE DESIGN ENGINEER Washington State Department of Transportation 1' - 0" CURB FACE OF 1' - 0" (TYP.)4" R PAD ISOLATION TRACK JOINT USUAL LESS THAN 4' - 0"RECTANGULAR FRAME JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ 4' - 0" OR MORE CURB FACE OF FRAME RECTANGULAR 1' - 0"FRAME CIRCULAR 1' - 0"FRAME CIRCULAR JOINT (TYP.) PAVEMENT JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~1' - 0"TRACK JOINT USUAL FRAME CIRCULAR PAVEMENT JOINT (TYP.) JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ STANDARD PLAN A-40.15-00 SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS ISOLATION JOINTS PCC PAVEMENT CONDITION A CONDITION B CONDITION D CONDITION E CONDITION F CONDITION G CONDITION H CONDITION J FACE OF CURB (COMBINATION INLET SHOWN) RECTANGULAR FRAME1' - 0"FRAME CIRCULAR 1' - 0"PAVEMENT JOINT (TYP.) FRAME CIRCULAR JOINT ADJUSTED PAVEMENT LESS 4' - 0" THAN CONDITION I 4' - 0" OR LESS 4' - 0" OR MORE 4' - 0"OR MORE4' - 0"OR LESS1' - 0" CURB FACE OF CONDITION C PAVEMENT JOINT 4' - 0" OR MORE NOTE LESS THAN 4' - 0" FACE OF CURB ALL CONDITIONS ARE SHOWN IN PLAN VIEW. (SHOULDER USE ONLY)6' - 0" MIN.PAVEMENT JOINT PAVEMENT JOINT JOINT (TYP.) PAVEMENT PAVEMENT JOINT (TYP.) FACE OF CURB EDGE OF SHOULDER DRAWN BY: FERN LIDDELLJOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ SPACING = 6" O.C. TIE BAR ~ # 5 BAR, 30" LONG SPACING = 6" O.C. 30" LONG TIE BAR ~ # 5 BAR, JOINT (TYP.) ADJUSTED PAVEMENT JOINT PAVEMENT TRACK (TYP.) USUAL JOINT SPACING = 6" O.C. # 5 BAR, 30" LONG TIE BAR ~ SPACING = 6" O.C. # 5 BAR, 30" LONG TIE BAR ~ STA TEOFWASHINGT O NR EGISTEREDPROFE S SIONAL ENGINEERRET NEPRAC .J DRAWDE 29635 Pasco Bakotich III 08-11-09PORTATION. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANS-THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION, IS KEPT ON BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION DATESTATE DESIGN ENGINEER Washington State Department of Transportation STANDARD PLAN A-40.15-00 SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS ISOLATION JOINTS PCC PAVEMENT FEATURE TYPICAL ISOLATION JOINT GUIDELINES CONDITION PAVEMENT SECTION FACE THROUGH THE CONTINUOUS VERTICAL TRANSVERSE JOINT FROM NEAREST DISTANCE A B C D E F G H USE USE USE ----- ----- USE USE USE ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- CONDITION A CONDITION B CONDITION D CONDITION E CONDITION F CONDITION G CONDITION H CONDITION I CONDITION J PAVEMENT JOINT (TYP.) T - JOINT DETAIL PAVEMENT SECTION LIPS IN THE EDGES, FLANGES OR I USE -----< 4 FT FROM JOINT SECTION A 1 2 1 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS SECTION B 2 IN PAVEMENT SECTION EDGES, FLANGES OR LIPS A B JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ JOINT FILLER 3/4" PREMOLDED ISOLATION JOINT ~ PAVED SECTION FACE THROUGH THE CONTINUOUS VERTICAL CONDITION C PLAN COMBINATION GRATE CATCH BASIN OR COMBINATION GRATE CATCH BASIN OR CONCRETE INLET CATCH BASIN OR GRATE INLET, CONCRETE INLET CATCH BASIN OR GRATE INLET, CONCRETE INLET CATCH BASIN OR GRATE INLET, COMBINATION GRATE CATCH BASIN OR USE USE CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 MANHOLE OR CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 MANHOLE OR CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 MANHOLE OR J USE -----CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 MANHOLE OR < 4 FT FROM JOINT < 4 FT FROM JOINT > 4 FT FROM JOINT > 4 FT FROM JOINT > 4 FT FROM JOINT ----- ----- PAVEMENT JOINT (TYP.) WITH RECTANGULAR GRATE CAST INTO ADJUSTMENT SECTION. FILL WITH JOINT SEALER FULL-DEPTH HOLE, DRILL A 2" DIAM. DRAWN BY: FERN LIDDELLSTA TEOFWASHINGT O NR EGISTEREDPROFE S SIONAL ENGINEERRET NEPRAC .J DRAWDE 29635 Pasco Bakotich III 08-11-09PORTATION. A COPY MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST.FILE AT THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANS-THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION, IS KEPT ON BUT AN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE. THE ORIGINAL, SIGNED BY NOTE: THIS PLAN IS NOT A LEGAL ENGINEERING DOCUMENT SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION STATE DESIGN ENGINEER Washington State Department of Transportation CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 STANDARD PLAN B-5.20-02 PIPE ALLOWANCES ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTIONDRAWN BY: LISA CYFORDALL METAL PIPE * STORM SEWER PIPE CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE 12" 15" 12" 15" 15" 26" (SEE NOTE 6)22" (SEE NOTE 6)3"4"21" MIN.44"4" M IN. (TYP.) 5" 34" 24"5"30"20" (SEE NOTE 1) #3 BAR HOOP #3 BAR EACH CORNER #3 BAR EACH WAY 2", 4", 6", 12", OR 24" * 1. NOTES 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. PIPE MATERIAL PLAIN CONCRETE REINFORCED OR PRECAST BASE SECTION RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION FRAME AND VANED GRATE INCREMENT (SPACED EQUALLY) ONE #3 BAR FOR 6" (IN) HEIGHT #3 BAR HOOP 18" (IN) MIN. #3 BAR EACH CORNER (INCHES) DIAMETER INSIDE MAXIMUM CPSSP (STD. SPEC. SECT. 9-05.20) SOLID WALL PVC (STD. SPEC. SECT. 9-05.12(1)) PROFILE WALL PVC (STD. SPEC. SECT. 9-05.12(2)) All pickup holes shall be grouted full after the basin has been placed. .Precast Base SectionThe opening shall be measured at the top of the be sloped at a rate of 1 : 24 or steeper. The Precast Base Section may have a rounded floor, and the walls may cast into the adjustment section with flange up. The frame and grate may be installed with the flange down, or integrally shall be 5' (ft). The maximum depth from the finished grade to the lowest pipe invert .Standard Specification Section 9-04.3with pipe. After the pipe is installed, fill the gap with joint mortar in accordance a 1.5" (in) minimum gap between the knockout wall and the outside of the have a wall thickness of 2" (in) minimum to 2.5" (in) maximum. Provide The knockout diameter shall not be greater than 20" (in). Knockouts shall knockouts. . Wire mesh shall not be placed in thePRECAST BASE SECTION be used with the minimum required rebar shown in the ALTERNATIVE wire mesh having a minimum area of 0.12 square inches per foot shall , fibers (placed according to the Standard Specifications), orSECTION PRECAST BASEAs acceptable alternatives to the rebar shown in the #3 BAR (TYP.)STA TEOFWASHINGT O NR EGISTEREDPROFE S SIONAL ENGINEERNA M L IEH EILUJ 41819 Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond A - 5 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED (MPH) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 LENGTH (feet) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495 570 645 730 TRANSPORTABLE ATTENUATOR ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT 9,900 TO 22,000 Ibs. HOST VEHICLE WEIGHT I > 22,000 lbs. < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH < 45 MPH 45-55 MPH > 55 MPH 100, 123' 172' 74' 100, 150, PROTECTIVE VEHICLE (WORK VEHICLE) = R NO SPECIFIED DISTANCE REQUIRED 300' ONE LANE .� ROAD AHEAD 48" 48" W20-4 48. W20-7A ROAD BE WORK PREPARED AHEAD TO STOP 48" 48" W20.1 W20-7111 W20.7B (OPTIONAL IF 40 MPH OR LESS) LEGEND FLAGGING STATION b TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION D CHANNELIZING DEVICES PROTECTIVE VEHICLE SIGN SPACING = X (1) RURAL HIGHWAYS 60 165 MPH 800't RURAL ROADS 45/55 MPH 500'i RURAL ROADS & URBAN ARTERIALS 35/40 MPH 350't RURAL ROADS, URBAN ARTERIALS, 25 / 30 MPH RESIDENTIAL & BUSINESS DISTRICTS 200't (2) URBAN STREETS 25 MPH OR LESS 100'i (2) (1) ALL SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE INTERSECTIONS AND DRIVEWAYS. (2) THIS SPACING MAY BE REDUCED IN URBAN AREAS TO FIT ROADWAY CONDITIONS. 50. TO 100' 6 DEVICE MIN I I R O AREA 59TO 100' 6 DEVICE W20-7A ONE LANE ROAD AHEAD� W20-4 W20_7B (OPTIONAL IF 40 MPH OR LESS) 481, 48' BE ROAD PREPARED WORK To STOPrr AHEAD 48" 48" 48. 48' Or . W20.713 ONE LANE W20.1 ROAD AHEAD 48" 48" W20-7A W20-4 BE PREPARED > W20-713 IONAL IF 40 MPH OR(OPTLESS) TO STOP 48' W20-7B 48' ROAD CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING (FEET) MPH TAPER TANGENT 50/65 10 TO 20 80 35/45 10 TO 20 60 25/30 1 10 TO 20 40 WORK NOTES AHEAD 48' 1. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE. ONE -LANE, TWO-WAY TRAFFIC CONTROL WITH FLAGGERS NOT TO SCALE 2. EXTENDING THE CHANNELIZING DEVICE TAPER ACROSS SHOULDER IS RECOMMENDED. 3. NIGHT WORK REQUIRES ADDITIONAL ROADWAY LIGHTING AT FLAGGING STATIONS. SEE THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. 4. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR WORK HOUR RESTRICTIONS. Plot 1 TIME 3:05:14 PM s•"•s "WAS FED.AID PROJ.NO. .e " E Amokxnx � �I/ Washington State Department of Transportation .ss TC7� DATE 1/212018 PLOTTED BY Ilddelf DESIGNED BY +". x... Ex sx.E. o. ENTERED BY CHECKED BY c"x.xnm x"wnox xo. TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN PROJ. ENGR. REGIONAL ADM. REVISION DATE BY Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond A - 6 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 PREVAILING WAGE RATES State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 10/13/2020 County Trade Job Classification Wage HolidayOvertime Note *Risk Class King Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $52.39 5D 1H View King Boilermakers Journey Level $69.29 5N 1C View King Brick Mason Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View King Brick Mason Pointer-Caulker-Cleaner $60.57 7E 1N View King Building Service Employees Janitor $26.28 5S 2F View King Building Service Employees Traveling Waxer/Shampooer $26.63 5S 2F View King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Non-Scaffold) $29.33 5S 2F View King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Scaffold) $30.33 5S 2F View King Cabinet Makers (In Shop)Journey Level $22.74 1 View King Carpenters Acoustical Worker $64.94 7A 4C View King Carpenters Carpenter $64.94 7A 4C View King Carpenters Carpenters on Stationary Tools $65.07 7A 4C View King Carpenters Creosoted Material $65.07 7A 4C View King Carpenters Floor Finisher $64.94 7A 4C View King Carpenters Floor Layer $64.94 7A 4C View King Carpenters Scaffold Erector $64.94 7A 4C View King Cement Masons Application of all Composition Mastic $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Application of all Epoxy Material $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Application of all Plastic Material $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Application of Sealing Compound $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Application of Underlayment $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Building General $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Composition or Kalman Floors $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Concrete Paving $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Curb & Gutter Machine $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Curb & Gutter, Sidewalks $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Curing Concrete $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Finish Colored Concrete $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Floor Grinding $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Floor Grinding/Polisher $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Green Concrete Saw, self- powered $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Grouting of all Plates $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Grouting of all Tilt-up Panels $64.34 7A 4U View Page 1 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... King Cement Masons Gunite Nozzleman $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Hand Powered Grinder $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Journey Level $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Patching Concrete $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Pneumatic Power Tools $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Power Chipping & Brushing $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Sand Blasting Architectural Finish $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Screed & Rodding Machine $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Spackling or Skim Coat Concrete $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Troweling Machine Operator $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Troweling Machine Operator on Colored Slabs $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Tunnel Workers $64.84 7A 4U View King Divers & Tenders Bell/Vehicle or Submersible Operator (Not Under Pressure) $116.80 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Dive Supervisor/Master $81.98 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Diver $118.80 7A 4C 8V View King Divers & Tenders Diver On Standby $76.98 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Diver Tender $69.91 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator $69.91 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator Mixed Gas $74.91 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Operator/Technician $69.91 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Tender $65.19 7A 4C View King Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $70.62 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Assistant Mate (Deckhand) $70.07 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Boatmen $70.62 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $71.97 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $73.41 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Mates $70.62 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Oiler $70.07 5D 3F View King Drywall Applicator Journey Level $64.94 5D 1H View King Drywall Tapers Journey Level $65.31 5P 1E View King Electrical Fixture Maintenance Workers Journey Level $31.99 5L 1E View King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $89.11 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer (tunnel) $95.77 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder $86.08 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder (tunnel) $92.44 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $43.18 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Journey Level $83.05 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Journey Level (tunnel) $89.11 7C 4E View King Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $47.53 5A 1B View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Cable Splicer $82.39 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Certified Line Welder $75.64 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Groundperson $49.17 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Heavy Line Equipment Operator $75.64 5A 4D View King Journey Level Lineperson $75.64 5A 4D View Page 2 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... Electricians - Powerline Construction King Electricians - Powerline Construction Line Equipment Operator $64.54 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Meter Installer $49.17 5A 4D 8W View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Pole Sprayer $75.64 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Powderperson $56.49 5A 4D View King Electronic Technicians Journey Level $53.57 7E 1E View King Elevator Constructors Mechanic $97.31 7D 4A View King Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $105.06 7D 4A View King Fabricated Precast Concrete Products All Classifications - In-Factory Work Only $18.25 5B 1R View King Fence Erectors Fence Erector $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Fence Erectors Fence Laborer $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Flaggers Journey Level $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Glaziers Journey Level $69.26 7L 1Y View King Heat & Frost Insulators And Asbestos Workers Journeyman $79.43 5J 4H View King Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $89.61 7F 1E View King Hod Carriers & Mason Tenders Journey Level $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaner Journey Level $13.50 1 View King Inland Boatmen Boat Operator $61.41 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Cook $56.48 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Deckhand $57.48 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $58.81 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $58.89 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Mate $57.31 5B 1K View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Cleaner Operator, Foamer Operator $31.49 1 View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Grout Truck Operator $13.50 1 View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Head Operator $24.91 1 View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Technician $19.33 1 View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Tv Truck Operator $20.45 1 View King Insulation Applicators Journey Level $64.94 7A 4C View King Ironworkers Journeyman $75.23 7N 1O View King Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating Screed $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Batch Weighman $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Brick Pavers $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Brush Cutter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View Page 3 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... King Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Burner $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Caisson Worker $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Carpenter Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Cement Dumper-paving $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Chipping Gun (30 Lbs. And Over) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Chipping Gun (Under 30 Lbs.) $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Choker Setter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Chuck Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Clary Power Spreader $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Clean-up Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Concrete Saw Operator/Core Driller $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Crusher Feeder $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Curing Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Demolition: Wrecking & Moving (Incl. Charred Material) $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Ditch Digger $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Diver $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Drill Operator (Hydraulic, Diamond) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Dry Stack Walls $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Dump Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Epoxy Technician $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Erosion Control Worker $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Faller & Bucker Chain Saw $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Fine Graders $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Firewatch $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Form Setter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers General Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Grade Checker & Transit Person $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Grinders $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Grout Machine Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Groutmen (Pressure) Including Post Tension Beams $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Guardrail Erector $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A) $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C) $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers High Scaler $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Jackhammer $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Laserbeam Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View Page 4 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... King Laborers Maintenance Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Manhole Builder-Mudman $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Material Yard Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Motorman-Dinky Locomotive $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Nozzleman (Concrete Pump, Green Cutter When Using Combination Of High Pressure Air & Water On Concrete & Rock, Sandblast, Gunite, Shotcrete, Water Blaster, Vacuum Blaster) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pavement Breaker $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pilot Car $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Layer Lead $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Layer/Tailor $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Reliner $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Wrapper $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pot Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Powderman $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Powderman's Helper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Power Jacks $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Raker - Asphalt $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Re-timberman $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Rigger/Signal Person $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Rip Rap Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Rivet Buster $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Rodder $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Scaffold Erector $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Scale Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Sloper (Over 20") $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Sloper Sprayer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Spreader (Concrete) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Stake Hopper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Stock Piler $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Swinging Stage/Boatswain Chair $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tamper & Similar Electric, Air & Gas Operated Tools $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tamper (Multiple & Self- propelled) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (Lagger, Shorer & Cribber) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite) $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Topper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Track Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Track Liner (Power) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $47.48 7A 4V 9C View King Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $50.31 7A 4V 9C View King Laborers Truck Spotter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tugger Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View Page 5 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 0-30 psi $129.67 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 30.01-44.00 psi $134.70 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 44.01-54.00 psi $138.38 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 54.01-60.00 psi $144.08 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 60.01-64.00 psi $146.20 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 64.01-68.00 psi $151.30 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 68.01-70.00 psi $153.20 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 70.01-72.00 psi $155.20 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 72.01-74.00 psi $157.20 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Guage and Lock Tender $54.11 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Miner $54.11 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Vibrator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Vinyl Seamer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Watchman $40.36 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Welder $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Well Point Laborer $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Window Washer/Cleaner $40.36 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water General Laborer & Topman $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water Pipe Layer $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Landscape Construction Landscape Construction/Landscaping Or Planting Laborers $40.36 7A 4V 8Y View King Landscape Construction Landscape Operator $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Landscape Maintenance Groundskeeper $17.87 1 View King Lathers Journey Level $64.94 5D 1H View King Marble Setters Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View King Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Journey Level $40.08 1 View King Millwright Journey Level $66.44 7A 4C View King Modular Buildings Cabinet Assembly $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Electrician $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Equipment Maintenance $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Plumber $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Production Worker $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Tool Maintenance $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Utility Person $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Welder $13.50 1 View King Painters Journey Level $43.40 6Z 2B View King Pile Driver Crew Tender $69.91 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Crew Tender/Technician $69.91 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 0-30.00 PSI $80.76 7A 4C View Page 6 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 30.01 - 44.00 PSI $85.76 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 44.01 - 54.00 PSI $89.76 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 54.01 - 60.00 PSI $94.76 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 60.01 - 64.00 PSI $97.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 64.01 - 68.00 PSI $102.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 68.01 - 70.00 PSI $104.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 70.01 - 72.00 PSI $106.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 72.01 - 74.00 PSI $108.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Journey Level $65.19 7A 4C View King Plasterers Journey Level $61.67 7Q 1R View King Playground & Park Equipment Installers Journey Level $13.50 1 View King Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $90.69 6Z 1G View King Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator: concrete $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Brooms $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cableways $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Chipper $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Compressor $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine - Laser Screed $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes friction: 200 tons and over $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 tons through 199 tons, or 150' of boom (including jib with attachments) $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250' of boom including jib with attachments $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators $75.72 7A 3K 8X View Page 7 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' of boom including jib with attachments King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And Under $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 tons $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: through 19 tons with attachments, A-frame over 10 tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Crusher $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Dozers D-9 & Under $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Elevator And Man-lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco & Similar Equipment $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker/Stakeman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. & Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off-road Equipment Under 45 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill Locator $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill Operator $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. & Over $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $72.84 7A 3K 8X View Page 8 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... King Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution & Mulch Seeding Operator $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (Elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Pumps - Water $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Rigger and Bellman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman (Certified) $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift Materials $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Saws - Concrete $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers - Equipment $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators $74.22 7A 3K 8X View Page 9 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Slipform Pavers $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider & Screedman $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane: over 175’ through 250’ in height, base to boom $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Cranes: over 250' in height from base to boom $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 Tons And Over $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/Driver Under 100 Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Welder $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Asphalt Plant Operators $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Assistant Engineer $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Barrier Machine (zipper) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bobcat $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Brooms $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bump Cutter $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cableways $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Chipper $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Compressor $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Finish Machine - Laser Screed $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $73.49 7A 3K 8X View Page 10 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Conveyors $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes friction: 200 tons and over $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 100 tons through 199 tons, or 150' of boom (including jib with attachments) $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250' of boom including jib with attachments $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' of boom including jib with attachments $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And Under $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 tons $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: through 19 tons with attachments, A-frame over 10 tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Crusher $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Derricks, On Building Work $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Dozers D-9 & Under $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Drilling Machine $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Elevator And Man-lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco & Similar Equipment $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Gradechecker/Stakeman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Guardrail Punch $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. & Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View Page 11 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off-road Equipment Under 45 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Horizontal/Directional Drill Locator $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Horizontal/Directional Drill Operator $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. & Over $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders, Plant Feed $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Locomotives, All $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Material Transfer Device $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Motor Patrol Graders $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution & Mulch Seeding Operator $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Outside Hoists (Elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pavement Breaker $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Posthole Digger, Mechanical $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Power Plant $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pumps - Water $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View Page 12 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rigger and Bellman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman (Certified) $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rollagon $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift Materials $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Saws - Concrete $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Service Engineers - Equipment $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Slipform Pavers $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Spreader, Topsider & Screedman $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Subgrader Trimmer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Bucket Elevators $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Crane: over 175’ through 250’ in height, base to boom $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Cranes: over 250' in height from base to boom $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $73.49 7A 3K 8X View Page 13 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Trenching Machines $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 Tons And Over $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Truck Crane Oiler/Driver Under 100 Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Welder $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Yo Yo Pay Dozer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Journey Level In Charge $53.10 5A 4A View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Spray Person $50.40 5A 4A View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Equipment Operator $53.10 5A 4A View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer $47.48 5A 4A View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer Groundperson $36.10 5A 4A View King Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Mechanics Journey Level $85.51 6Z 1G View King Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View King Residential Carpenters Journey Level $32.06 1 View King Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $29.25 1 View King Residential Drywall Applicators Journey Level $48.17 7A 4C View King Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $47.73 5P 1E View King Residential Electricians Journey Level $36.01 1 View King Residential Glaziers Journey Level $45.90 7L 1H View King Residential Insulation Applicators Journey Level $29.87 1 View King Residential Laborers Journey Level $26.18 1 View King Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $27.38 1 View King Residential Painters Journey Level $27.80 1 View King Residential Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $39.43 1 View King Residential Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Mechanics Journey Level $55.87 5A 1G View King Residential Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $54.01 7F 1R View King Residential Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $51.07 5A 3J View King Residential Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Protection) Journey Level $50.89 5C 2R View King Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View King Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $55.71 7E 1N View King Residential Terrazzo/Tile Finishers Journey Level $24.39 1 View King Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $21.04 1 View King Roofers Journey Level $55.55 5A 3H View King Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous Materials $58.55 5A 3H View King Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $89.61 7F 1E View Page 14 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Boilermaker $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Carpenter $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Crane Operator $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Electrician $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Heat & Frost Insulator $79.43 5J 4H View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Laborer $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Machinist $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Operating Engineer $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Painter $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Pipefitter $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Rigger $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Sheet Metal $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Shipfitter $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Warehouse/Teamster $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Welder / Burner $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Boilermaker $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Carpenter $44.95 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Crane Operator $45.06 7Y 4K View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Electrician $47.42 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Heat & Frost Insulator $79.43 5J 4H View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Laborer $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Machinist $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Operating Engineer $45.06 7Y 4K View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Painter $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Pipefitter $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Rigger $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Sheet Metal $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Shipwright $44.95 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Warehouse / Teamster $45.06 7Y 4K View King Sign Makers & Installers (Electrical) Journey Level $49.44 0 1 View King Sign Makers & Installers (Non- Electrical) Journey Level $31.96 0 1 View King Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $51.07 5A 3J View King Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $13.50 1 View King Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Protection)Journey Level $84.39 5C 1X View King Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Structural) Journey Level $13.50 1 View King Stone Masons Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View King Street And Parking Lot Sweeper Workers Journey Level $19.09 1 View King Surveyors Assistant Construction Site Surveyor $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Surveyors Chainman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Telecommunication Technicians Journey Level $53.57 7E 1E View King Cable Splicer $41.81 5A 2B View Page 15 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... Telephone Line Construction - Outside King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Hole Digger/Ground Person $23.53 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Installer (Repairer) $40.09 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Special Aparatus Installer I $41.81 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Special Apparatus Installer II $40.99 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Equipment Operator (Heavy) $41.81 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Equipment Operator (Light) $38.92 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Lineperson $38.92 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television Groundperson $22.32 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television Lineperson/Installer $29.60 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television System Technician $35.20 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television Technician $31.67 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Tree Trimmer $38.92 5A 2B View King Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $55.71 7E 1N View King Tile Setters Journey Level $55.71 7E 1N View King Tile, Marble & Terrazzo Finishers Finisher $46.54 7E 1N View King Traffic Control Stripers Journey Level $49.13 7A 1K View King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards $63.85 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards $63.71 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers Dump Truck $63.71 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers Dump Truck & Trailer $63.85 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers Other Trucks $63.85 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Transit Mix $63.85 5D 4Y 8L View King Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Irrigation Pump Installer $17.71 1 View King Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Oiler $13.50 1 View King Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Well Driller $18.00 1 View Page 16 of 16 9/28/2020https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=govd... Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 1 ************************************************************************************************************ Overtime Codes Overtime calculations are based on the hourly rate actually paid to the worker. On public works projects, the hourly rate must be not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of the cost of fringe benefits actually provided for the worker. 1. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. C. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. D. The first two (2) hours before or after a five-eight (8) hour workweek day or a four-ten (10) hour workweek day and the first eight (8) hours worked the next day after either workweek shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All additional hours worked and all worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. F. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. G. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten (10) hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a four- ten hour schedule, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions or equipment breakdown) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. I. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall also be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. J. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over ten (10) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. M. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. N. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 2 Overtime Codes Continued 1. O. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays, holidays and after twelve (12) hours, Monday through Friday and after ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. P. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if circumstances warrant) and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and up to ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Christmas day) shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Christmas day shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. S. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays and all other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Labor Day) shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. V. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays (except make-up days due to conditions beyond the control of the employer)) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. X. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When holiday falls on Saturday or Sunday, the day before Saturday, Friday, and the day after Sunday, Monday, shall be considered the holiday and all work performed shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Y. All hours worked outside the hours of 5:00 am and 5:00 pm (or such other hours as may be agreed upon by any employer and the employee) and all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day (10 hours per day for a 4 x 10 workweek) and on Saturdays and holidays (except labor day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (except for employees who are absent from work without prior approval on a scheduled workday during the workweek shall be paid at the straight-time rate until they have worked 8 hours in a day (10 in a 4 x 10 workweek) or 40 hours during that workweek.) All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Z. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid the straight time rate of pay in addition to holiday pay. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 3 Overtime Codes Continued 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. C. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. F. The first eight (8) hours worked on holidays shall be paid at the straight hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday pay. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. O. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked over sixty (60) in one week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over 12 hours in a day or on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four-day, ten- hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on the fifth day shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked on the fifth, sixth, and seventh days and on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 3. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at time and one-half the straight time rate. Hours worked over twelve hours (12) in a single shift and all work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 6:00 am Monday and holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay. Any shift starting between the hours of 6:00 pm and midnight shall receive an additional one dollar ($1.00) per hour for all hours worked that shift. The employer shall have the sole discretion to assign overtime work to employees. Primary consideration for overtime work shall be given to employees regularly assigned to the work to be performed on overtime situations. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. C. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 4 Overtime Codes Continued 3. E. All hours worked Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Each week, once 40 hours of straight time work is achieved, then any hours worked over 10 hours per day Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly wage rate. F. All hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All work performed on Sundays between March 16th and October 14th and all Holidays shall be compensated for at two (2) times the regular rate of pay. Work performed on Sundays between October 15th and March 15th shall be compensated at one and one half (1-1/2) times the regular rate of pay. J. All hours worked between the hours of 10:00 pm and 5:00 am, Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at a one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays, and all hours worked in excess of twelve (12) hours in a single shift shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. When an employee returns to work without at least eight (8) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until he/she shall have the eight (8) hours rest period. 4. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. B. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours per day and all hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. C. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (10) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay. On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, except that if the job is down on Monday through Friday due to weather conditions or other conditions outside the control of the employer, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday may be worked at the straight time rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours in a day and all hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at two (2) times the straight time rate of pay. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 5 Overtime Codes Continued 4. D. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. Rates include all members of the assigned crew. EXCEPTION: On all multipole structures and steel transmission lines, switching stations, regulating, capacitor stations, generating plants, industrial plants, associated installations and substations, except those substations whose primary function is to feed a distribution system, will be paid overtime under the following rates: The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday of overtime on a regular workday, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours in excess of ten (10) hours will be at two (2) times the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on Saturday will be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays will be at the double the hourly rate of wage. All overtime eligible hours performed on the above described work that is energized, shall be paid at the double the hourly rate of wage. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four-day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The Monday or Friday not utilized in the normal four- day, ten hour work week, and Saturday shall be paid at one and one half (1½) times the regular shift rate for the first eight (8) hours. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. F. All hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 20% over the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, and all hours on Sunday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. I. The First eight (8) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) per day on Saturdays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. J. The first eight (8) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on a Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday is the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 6 Overtime Codes Continued 4. L. The first twelve (12) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on a Saturday in excess of twelve (12) hours shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on a holiday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, except that all hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. M. All hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate. Any employee reporting to work less than nine (9) hours from their previous quitting time shall be paid for such time at time and one-half times the hourly rate. N. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays, and all work performed between the hours of midnight (12:00 AM) and eight AM (8:00 AM) every day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. O. All hours worked between midnight Friday to midnight Sunday shall be paid at one and one-half the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked in excess of eight (8) continuous hours in any one or more calendar days, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of six (6) hours or more. All hours worked on Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. P. All hours worked on Holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday is the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. S. All hours worked on Saturdays and Holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. T. The first two (2) hours of overtime for hours worked Monday-Friday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. For work on Saturday which is scheduled prior to the end of shift on Friday, the first six (6) hours work shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, and all hours over (6) shall be paid double the hourly rate of wage. For work on Saturday which was assigned following the close of shift on Friday, all work shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. U. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (Except on makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather, then the first eight (8) hours on Saturday may be paid the regular rate.) All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 7 Overtime Codes Continued 4. V. Work performed in excess of ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established or outside the normal shift (5 am to 6pm), and all work on Saturdays, except for make-up days shall be paid at time and one-half (1 ½) the straight time rate. In the event the job is down due to weather conditions, then Saturday may, be worked as a voluntary make-up day at the straight time rate. However, Saturday shall not be utilized as a make-up day when a holiday falls on Friday. All work performed on Sundays and holidays and work in excess of twelve (12) hours per day shall be paid at double (2x) the straight time rate of pay. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours. When an employee returns to work without a break of eight (8) hours since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours. W. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When an employee returns to work without at least eight (8) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours. X. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Work performed outside the normal shift of 6 am to 6pm shall be paid at one and one-half the straight time rate, (except for special shifts or three shift operations). All work performed on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Shifts may be established when considered necessary by the Employer. The Employer may establish shifts consisting of eight (8) or ten (10) hours of work (subject to WAC 296-127-022), that shall constitute a normal forty (40) hour work week. The Employer can change from a 5-eight to a 4-ten hour schedule or back to the other. All hours of work on these shifts shall be paid for at the straight time hourly rate. Work performed in excess of eight hours (or ten hours per day (subject to WAC 296-127-022) shall be paid at one and one- half the straight time rate. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer, or when contract specifications require that work can only be performed outside the regular day shift, then by mutual agreement a special shift may be worked at the straight time rate, eight (8) hours work for eight (8) hours pay. The starting time shall be arranged to fit such conditions of work. When an employee returns to work without at a break of eight (8) hours since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 8 Overtime Codes Continued 4. Y. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at time and one-half the straight time rate. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 6:00 am Monday and holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay. Any shift starting between the hours of 6:00 pm and midnight shall receive an additional one dollar ($1.00) per hour for all hours worked that shift. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. ZOvertime Calculations are based on the hourly rate actually paid to the worker. On public works projects, the hourly rate must be not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of the cost of fringe benefits actually provided for the worker. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. All hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 20% over the hourly rate of wage. Work performed on Sundays may be paid at double time. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Holiday Codes 5. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7). B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas, and Christmas Day (8). C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Day after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas (6). I. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, And Christmas Day (7). K. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). L. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (9). Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 9 Holiday Codes Continued 5. P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday And Saturday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). If A Holiday Falls On Sunday, The Following Monday Shall Be Considered As A Holiday. Q. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After Thanksgiving Day, One-Half Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day. (7 1/2). S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Washington’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And The Day Before Or After Christmas (9). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). 6. A. Paid Holidays: New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). E. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Day Before Or After New Year's Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and a Half- Day On Christmas Eve Day. (9 1/2). G. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and Christmas Eve Day (11). H. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, New Year’s Eve Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Christmas, And A Floating Holiday (10). I. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Last Working Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (9). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). If a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be considered as the holiday. If a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered as the holiday. 7. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any Holiday Which Falls On A Sunday Shall Be Observed As A Holiday On The Following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 10 Holiday Codes Continued 7. B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. D. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Unpaid Holidays: President’s Day. Any paid holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any paid holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. E. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. F. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the last working day before Christmas day and Christmas day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. G. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 11 Holiday Codes Continued 7. M. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, The Day after or before New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And the Day after or before Christmas Day (10). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. When Christmas falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday. P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Q. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the day after or before New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day after or before Christmas Day (10). If any of the listed holidays fall on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as the holiday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the Day after Christmas, and A Floating Holiday (9). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the Day after or before New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and The Day after or before Christmas Day. (10). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. V. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the day before or after Christmas, and the day before or after New Year’s Day. If any of the above listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. W. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day After New Year’s, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, Christmas Day, the day after Christmas, the day before New Year’s Day, and a Floating Holiday. X. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day before or after New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day before or after Christmas day. If a holiday falls on a Saturday or on a Friday that is the normal day off, then the holiday will be taken on the last normal workday. If the holiday falls on a Monday that is the normal day off or on a Sunday, then the holiday will be taken on the next normal workday. Y. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (8) If the holiday falls on a Sunday, then the day observed by the federal government shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 12 Holiday Codes Continued 7. Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. 15. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day. (8) Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (9) C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day. (8) D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day after Christmas. E. Holidays: the day before New Years’s Day, New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas, and Christmas Day. (12) Note Codes 8. D. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour. L. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, And Level C: $0.25. M. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows: Levels A & B: $1.00, Levels C & D: $0.50. N. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0.75, Level C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25. P. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00, And Class D Suit $0.50. Q. The highest pressure registered on the gauge for an accumulated time of more than fifteen (15) minutes during the shift shall be used in determining the scale paid. S. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 13 Note Codes Continued 8. T. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012. U. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows – Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, And Class C Suit: $1.00. Workers performing underground work receive an additional $0.40 per hour for any and all work performed underground, including operating, servicing and repairing of equipment. The premium for underground work shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who work suspended by a rope or cable receive an additional $0.50 per hour. The premium for work suspended shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who do “pioneer” work (break open a cut, build road, etc.) more than one hundred fifty (150) f eet above grade elevation receive an additional $0.50 per hour. V. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth and enclosure premiums shall be paid. The premiums are to be calculated for the maximum depth and distance into an enclosure that a diver reaches in a day. The premiums are to be paid one time for the day and are not used in calculating overtime pay. Depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more. Over 50' to 100' - $2.00 per foot for each foot over 50 feet. Over 101' to 150' - $3.00 per foot for each foot over 101 feet. Over 151' to 220' - $4.00 per foot for each foot over 220 feet. Over 221' - $5.00 per foot for each foot over 221 feet. Enclosure premiums apply when divers enter enclosures (such as pipes or tunnels) where there is no vertical ascent and is measured by the distance travelled from the entrance. 25’ to 300’ - $1.00 per foot from entrance. 300’ to 600’ - $1.50 per foot beginning at 300’. Over 600’ - $2.00 per foot beginning at 600’. W. Meter Installers work on single phase 120/240V self-contained residential meters. The Lineman/Groundmen rates would apply to meters not fitting this description. X. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows - Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00, and Class D Suit: $0.50. Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when an owner (not acting as the contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications requires that work can only be performed outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic hourly rate. When an employee works on a special shift, they shall be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in OT or Double-time status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on Saturday or Sunday.) Y. Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work (work located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay. Swinging Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging state or boatswains chair or under conditions that require them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above the classification rate. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 14 Note Codes Continued 8. Z. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour. Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when an owner (not acting as a contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications require that more than (4) hours of a special shift can only be performed outside the normal 6 am to 6pm shift, then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic straight time for the entire shift. When an employee works on a special shift, they will be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in overtime or double- time status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on Saturday or Sunday.) 9. A. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour. Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when an owner (not acting as the contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications require that more than four (4) hours of a special shift can only be performed outside the normal 6 am to 6pm shift, then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic straight time for the entire shift. When an employee works on a special shift, they shall be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in overtime or double- time status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on Saturday or Sunday.) Certified Crane Operator Premium: Crane operators requiring certifications shall be paid $0.50 per hour above their classification rate. Boom Pay Premium: All cranes including tower shall be paid as follows based on boom length: (A) – 130’ to 199’ – $0.50 per hour over their classification rate. (B) – 200’ to 299’ – $0.80 per hour over their classification rate. (C) – 300’ and over – $1.00 per hour over their classification rate. B. The highest pressure registered on the gauge for an accumulated time of more than fifteen (15) minutes during the shift shall be used in determining the scale paid. Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work (work located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay. Swinging Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging stage or boatswains chair or under conditions that require them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above the classification rate. C. Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work (work located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay. Swinging Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging stage or boatswains chair or under conditions that require them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above the classification rate. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. These classifications are only effective on or after August 31, 2012. Benefit Code Key – Effective 9/2/2020 thru 3/2/2021 15 Note Codes Continued 9. D. Industrial Painter wages are required for painting within industrial facilities such as treatment plants, pipelines, towers, dams, bridges, power generation facilities and manufacturing facilities such as chemical plants, etc., or anywhere abrasive blasting is necessary to prepare surfaces, or hazardous materials encapsulation is required. E. Heavy Construction includes construction, repair, alteration or additions to the production, fabrication or manufacturing portions of industrial or manufacturing plants, hydroelectric or nuclear power plants and atomic reactor construction. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0.75, Level C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25. F. Industrial Painter wages are required for painting within industrial facilities such as treatment plants, pipelines, towers, dams, power generation facilities and manufacturing facilities such as chemical plants, etc., or anywhere abrasive blasting is necessary to prepare surfaces, or hazardous materials encapsulation is required. Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond A - 7 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 RELEVANT RECORD DRAWINGS EXISTING MOTOR CONTROL CENTER EXISTING MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH LOCATION EXISTING PANEL "P1" EXISTING TELEMETRY PANEL EXISTING ATS AND PANEL "H1" EXISTING ELECTRICAL ROOM EXISTING LADDER Clark Springs Generator & Electrical Upgrades/Bond A - 8 October 8, 2020 Project Number: 19-3021 CLARIFICATIONS The following are responses to questions received to-date: 1. Question: Who owns the power pole? Response: The City owns the power pole that is shown as being replaced on sheet E04. Puget Sound Energy (PSE) owns the meter pole located along side SE Kent Kangley Road. 2. Question: How is PSE involved in the project? Response: Refer to section 16.20 Utility Service in the Technical Specifications for a description of both the Contractor and Utility responsibilities with regards to replacement of the electrical service. 3. Question: The generator has a 12-week lead time, how does that work with the 60 working days? Response: Refer to Section 1-08.6 of the Kent Special Provisions for procurement suspension.